1.
図書
Maxim Ryadnov
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introductory Notes / Chapter 1：
Inspiring Hierarchical / 1.1：
Encoding Instructive / 1.2：
Starting Lowest / 1.3：
Picturing Biological / 1.4：
References
Recycling Hereditary / Chapter 2：
Coding Dual / 2.1：
Deoxyribonucleic / 2.1.1：
Building up in Two / 2.1.1.1：
Keeping in Shape / 2.1.1.2：
Priming Topological / 2.1.2：
Resequencing Basic / 2.1.2.1：
Choosing the Fittest / 2.1.2.1.1：
Evolving Diverse / 2.1.2.1.2：
Primary Motifs / 2.1.2.2：
Gluing Universal / 2.1.2.2.1：
Alienating Axial / 2.1.2.2.2：
Fixing Spatial / 2.2：
Hinting Geometric: Secondary Motifs / 2.2.1：
Crossing Double / 2.2.1.1：
Reporting Visible / 2.2.1.1.1：
Translating Symmetrical / 2.2.1.1.2：
Extending Cohesive / 2.2.1.2：
Sharing Mutual / 2.2.1.2.1：
Multiplying Traversal / 2.2.1.2.2：
Tiling Square / 2.2.1.2.3：
Scaffolding Algorithmic / 2.3：
Pursuing Autonomous / 2.3.1：
Lengthening to Shorten / 2.3.1.1：
Gathering to Limit / 2.3.1.2：
Assigning Arbitrary / 2.3.2：
Synchronising Local / 2.3.2.1：
Prescribing General / 2.3.2.2：
Adding up to Third / 2.3.3：
Wrapping to Shut / 2.3.3.1：
Framing to Classify / 2.3.3.2：
Outlook / 2.4：
Recaging Within / Chapter 3：
Enclosing to Deliver / 3.1：
Transporting Foreign / 3.1.1：
Fitting Flat and Straight / 3.1.1.1：
Spiralling Along / 3.1.1.2：
Packing Out and In / 3.1.2：
Spooling Around / 3.1.2.1：
Tunnelling Through
Escaping Walled / 3.1.3：
Capturing On and Off / 3.1.3.1：
Storing Exchangeable / 3.1.3.2：
Reacting Nano / 3.2：
Clustering Spherical / 3.2.1：
Contriving Consistent / 3.2.1.1：
Scaling Hosting / 3.2.1.2：
Following Linear / 3.2.2：
Channelling Inner
Converting Outer
Repairing from Inside / 3.3：
Uninviting Levy / 3.3.1：
Necessitating Exterior / 3.3.2：
Antagonising Dressing / 3.3.2.1：
Renting Occasional / 3.3.2.1.2：
Phasing West / 3.3.2.2：
Facing Concentric / 3.3.2.2.1：
Encircling Between / 3.3.2.2.2：
Singling Out Unique / 3.3.2.2.3：
Sharing the Balance / 3.3.3：
Driving Symmetrical / 3.3.3.1：
Sealing Annular / 3.3.3.2：
Reassembling Multiple / 3.4：
Keeping All in Touch / 4.1：
Unravelling the Essential / 4.1.1：
Winding Three in One / 4.1.1.1：
Aligning Stagger / 4.1.1.2：
Tapering Polar / 4.1.1.3：
Branching and Stretching / 4.1.1.4：
Replicating Apparent / 4.1.2：
Scraping Refusal / 4.1.2.1：
Tempting Compatible / 4.1.2.2：
Likening Synthetic / 4.1.2.3：
Recovering Intelligent / 4.1.2.4：
Restoring Available / 4.2：
Prompting Longitudinal / 4.2.1：
Invoking Granted / 4.2.1.1：
Reposing Modular / 4.3：
Displacing Coil / 4.3.1：
Settling Lateral / 4.3.2：
Bundling Exclusive / 4.3.2.1：
Permitting Distinctive / 4.3.2.2：
Inviting Captive / 4.3.2.3：
Clearing Limiting / 4.3.3：
Equilibrating Transitional / 4.3.3.1：
Extracting Minimal / 4.3.3.2：
Gambling Beyond / 4.4：
Guiding Proliferative / 4.4.1：
Feeding Proximate / 4.4.1.1：
Rooting Renewal / 4.4.1.2：
Accepting Inescapable / 4.4.2：
Patterning Positional / 4.4.2.1：
Relating Interfacial / 4.4.2.2：
Grafting Integral / 4.4.2.3：
Concluding Remarks / 4.5：
Learning Fluent / 5.1：
Parsing Semantic / 5.2：
Drawing Pragmatic / 5.3：
Revealing Contributory / Chapter 6：
Subject Index
Introductory Notes / Chapter 1：
Inspiring Hierarchical / 1.1：
Encoding Instructive / 1.2：
2.
ＥＢ
Johann; Engel, Thomas Gasteiger, Thomas Engel, Johann Gasteiger
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Addresses of the Authors
Introduction / 1：
The Domain of Chemistry / 1.1：
A Chemists Fundamental Questions / 1.2：
The Scope of Chemoinformatics / 1.3：
Learning in Chemoinformatics / 1.4：
Major Tasks / 1.5：
Representation of the Objects / 1.5.1：
Data / 1.5.2：
Learning / 1.5.3：
History of Chemoinformatics / 1.6：
Structure Databases 10 / 1.6.1：
Quantitative Structure--Activity Relationships / 1.6.2：
Molecular Modeling / 1.6.3：
Structure Elucidation / 1.6.4：
Chemical Reactions and Synthesis Design / 1.6.5：
The Scope of this Book / 1.7：
Teaching Chemoinformatics / 1.8：
Representation of Chemical Compounds / 2：
Chemical Nomenclature / 2.1：
Development of Chemical Nomenclature / 2.2.1：
Representation of Chemical Elements / 2.2.2：
Characterization of Elements / 2.2.2.1：
Representation of the Empirical Formulas of (Inorganic) Compounds / 2.2.3：
Present-Day Representation / 2.2.3.1：
Representation of the Empirical Formulas of Organic Compounds / 2.2.4：
Systematic Nomenclature of Inorganic and Organic Compounds / 2.2.4.1：
Line Notations / 2.3：
Wiswesser Line Notation / 2.3.1：
Applications / 2.3.1.1：
ROSDAL / 2.3.2：
The SMILES Coding / 2.3.2.1：
Sybyl Line Notation / 2.3.3.1：
Coding the Constitution / 2.3.4.1：
Graph Theory / 2.4.1：
Basics of Graph Theory / 2.4.1.1：
Matrix Representations / 2.4.2：
Adjacency Matrix / 2.4.2.1：
Distance Matrix / 2.4.2.2：
Atom Connectivity Matrix / 2.4.2.3：
Incidence Matrix / 2.4.2.4：
Bond Matrix / 2.4.2.5：
Connection Table / 2.4.3：
Input and Output of Chemical Structures / 2.4.4：
Standard Structure Exchange Formats / 2.4.5：
Tutorial: Molfiles and SDfiles / 2.4.6：
Structure of a Molfile / 2.4.6.1：
Structure of an SDfile / 2.4.6.2：
Libraries and Toolkits / 2.4.6.3：
Processing Constitutional Information / 2.5：
Ring Perception / 2.5.1：
Minimum Number of Cycles / 2.5.1.1：
All Cycles / 2.5.1.2：
Smallest Fundamental Basis / 2.5.1.3：
Unambiguous and Unique Representations / 2.5.2：
Structure Isomers and Isomorphism / 2.5.2.1：
Canonicalization / 2.5.2.2：
The Morgan Algorithm / 2.5.3：
Tutorial: Morgan Algorithm / 2.5.3.1：
Beyond a Connection Table / 2.6：
Deficiencies in Representing Molecular Structures by a Connection Table / 2.6.1：
Representation of Molecular Structures by Electron Systems / 2.6.2：
General Concepts / 2.6.2.1：
Simple Single and Double Bonds / 2.6.2.2：
Conjugation and Aromaticity / 2.6.2.3：
Orthogonality of ûSystems / 2.6.2.4：
Non-bonding Orbitals / 2.6.2.5：
Charged Species and Radicals / 2.6.2.6：
Ionized States / 2.6.2.7：
Electron-Deficient Compounds / 2.6.2.8：
Organometallic Compounds / 2.6.2.9：
Generation of RAMSES from a VB Representation / 2.6.3：
Special Notations of Chemical Structures / 2.7：
Markush Structures / 2.7.1：
Fragment Coding / 2.7.2：
Fingerprints / 2.7.2.1：
Hashed Fingerprints / 2.7.3.1：
Hash Codes / 2.7.4：
Representation of Stereochemistry / 2.7.4.1：
Representation of Configuration Isomers and Molecular Chirality / 2.8.1：
Detection and Specification of Chirality / 2.8.2.1：
Ordered Lists / 2.8.3：
Rotational Lists / 2.8.4：
Permutation Descriptors / 2.8.5：
Stereochemistry in Molfile and SMILES / 2.8.6：
Stere / 2.8.6.1：
Foreword
Preface
Addresses of the Authors
3.
ＥＢ
Hans-Joachim Hubschmann
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Weinheim : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Fundamentals / 2：
Sample Preparation / 2.1：
Solid Phase Extraction / 2.1.1：
Solid Phase Microextraction / 2.1.1.1：
Supercritical Fluid Extraction / 2.1.2：
Pressurized Fluid Extraction / 2.1.3：
Online Liquid Chromatography Clean-up / 2.1.4：
Headspace Techniques / 2.1.5：
Static Headspace Technique / 2.1.5.1：
Dynamic Headspace Technique (Purge and Trap) / 2.1.5.2：
Headspace versus Purge and Trap / 2.1.5.3：
Adsorptive Enrichment and Thermodesorption / 2.1.6：
Sample Collection / 2.1.6.1：
Calibration / 2.1.6.2：
Desorption / 2.1.6.3：
Pyrolysis and Thermal Extraction / 2.1.7：
Foil Pyrolysis / 2.1.7.1：
Curie Point Pyrolysis / 2.1.7.2：
Thermal Extraction / 2.1.7.3：
Gas Chromatography / 2.2：
Fast Gas Chromatography / 2.2.1：
Fast Chromatography / 2.2.1.1：
Ultra Fast Chromatography / 2.2.1.2：
Two Dimensional Gas Chromatography / 2.2.2：
Heart Cutting / 2.2.2.1：
Comprehensive GC x GC / 2.2.2.2：
Modulation / 2.2.2.3：
Detection / 2.2.2.4：
Data Handling / 2.2.2.5：
Moving Capillary Stream Switching / 2.2.2.6：
GC/MS Sample Inlet Systems / 2.2.3：
Carrier Gas Regulation / 2.2.3.1：
The Microseal Septum / 2.2.3.2：
Hot Sample Injection / 2.2.3.3：
Cold Injection Systems / 2.2.3.4：
Injection Volumes / 2.2.3.5：
On-column Injection / 2.2.3.6：
Cryofocusing / 2.2.3.7：
Capillary Columns / 2.2.4：
Sample Capacity / 2.2.4.1：
Internal Diameter / 2.2.4.2：
Film Thickness / 2.2.4.3：
Column Length / 2.2.4.4：
Adjusting the Carrier Gas Flow / 2.2.4.5：
Properties of Stationary Phases / 2.2.4.6：
Chromatography Parameters / 2.2.5：
The Chromatogram and its Meaning / 2.2.5.1：
Capacity Factor k' / 2.2.5.2：
Chromatographic Resolution / 2.2.5.3：
Factors Affecting the Resolution / 2.2.5.4：
Maximum Sample Capacity / 2.2.5.5：
Peak Symmetry / 2.2.5.6：
Optimisation of Flow / 2.2.5.7：
Classical Detectors for GC/MS Systems / 2.2.6：
FID / 2.2.6.1：
NPD / 2.2.6.2：
ECD / 2.2.6.3：
PID / 2.2.6.4：
ELCD / 2.2.6.5：
FPD / 2.2.6.6：
PDD / 2.2.6.7：
Connection of Classical Detectors Parallel to the Mass Spectrometer / 2.2.6.8：
Mass Spectrometry / 2.3：
Resolving Power and Resolution in Mass Spectrometry / 2.3.1：
High Resolution / 2.3.1.1：
Unit Mass Resolution / 2.3.1.2：
High and Low Resolution in the Case of Dioxin Analysis / 2.3.1.3：
Time-of-Flight Analyser / 2.3.2：
Isotope Ratio Monitoring GC/MS / 2.3.3：
Ionisation Procedures / 2.3.4：
Electron Impact Ionisation / 2.3.4.1：
Chemical Ionisation / 2.3.4.2：
Measuring Techniques in GC/MS / 2.3.5：
Detection of the Complete Spectrum (Full Scan) / 2.3.5.1：
Recording Individual Masses (SIM/MID) / 2.3.5.2：
High Resolution Accurate Mass MID Data Acquisition / 2.3.5.3：
MS/MS - Tandem Mass Spectrometry / 2.3.6：
Mass Calibration / 2.3.7：
Special Aspects of GC/MS Coupling / 2.4：
Vacuum Systems / 2.4.1：
GC/MS Interface Solutions / 2.4.2：
Open Split Coupling / 2.4.2.1：
Direct Coupling / 2.4.2.2：
Separator Techniques / 2.4.2.3：
References for Chapter 2
Evaluation of GC/MS Analyses / 3：
Display of Chromatograms / 3.1：
Total Ion Current Chromatograms / 3.1.1：
Mass Chromatograms / 3.1.2：
Substance Identification / 3.2：
Extraction of Mass Spectra / 3.2.1：
The Retention Index / 3.2.2：
Libraries of Mass Spectra / 3.2.3：
Universal Mass Spectral Libraries / 3.2.3.1：
Application Libraries of Mass Spectra / 3.2.3.2：
Library Search Procedures / 3.2.4：
The INCOS/NIST Search Procedure / 3.2.4.1：
The PBM Search Procedure / 3.2.4.2：
The SISCOM Procedure / 3.2.4.3：
Interpretation of Mass Spectra / 3.2.5：
Isotope Patterns / 3.2.5.1：
Fragmentation and Rearrangement Reactions / 3.2.5.2：
DMOX Derivatives for Location of Double Bond Positions / 3.2.5.3：
Mass Spectroscopic Features of Selected Substance Classes / 3.2.6：
Volatile Halogenated Hydrocarbons / 3.2.6.1：
Benzene/Toluene/Ethylbenzene/Xylenes (BTEX, Alkylaromatics) / 3.2.6.2：
Polyaromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) / 3.2.6.3：
Phenols / 3.2.6.4：
Pesticides / 3.2.6.5：
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) / 3.2.6.6：
Polychlorinated Dioxins/Furans (PCDDs/PCDFs) / 3.2.6.7：
Drugs / 3.2.6.8：
Explosives / 3.2.6.9：
Chemical Warfare Agents / 3.2.6.10：
Brominated Flame Retardants (BFR) / 3.2.6.11：
Quantitation / 3.3：
Decision Limit / 3.3.1：
Limit of Detection / 3.3.2：
Limit of Quantitation / 3.3.3：
Sensitivity / 3.3.4：
The Calibration Function / 3.3.5：
Quantitation and Standardisation / 3.3.6：
External Standardization / 3.3.6.1：
Internal Standardisation / 3.3.6.2：
The Standard Addition Procedure / 3.3.6.3：
Frequently Occurring Impurities / 3.4：
References for Chapter 3
Applications / 4：
Air Analysis According to EPA Method TO-14 / 4.1：
BTEX Using Headspace GC/MS / 4.2：
Simultaneous Determination of Volatile Halogenated Hydrocarbons and BTEX / 4.3：
Static Headspace Analysis of Volatile Priority Pollutants / 4.4：
MAGIC 60 - Analysis of Volatile Organic Compounds / 4.5：
irm-GC/MS of Volatile Organic Compounds Using Purge and Trap Extraction / 4.6：
Vinyl Chloride in Drinking Water / 4.7：
Chloral Hydrate in Surface Water / 4.8：
Field Analysis of Soil Air / 4.9：
Residual Monomers and Polymerisation Additives / 4.10：
Geosmin and Methylisoborneol in Drinking Water / 4.11：
Substituted Phenols in Drinking Water / 4.12：
GC/MS/MS Target Compound Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Difficult Matrices / 4.13：
Multi-component Pesticide Analysis by MS/MS / 4.14：
Multi-method for the Determination of 239 Pesticides / 4.15：
Nitrophenol Herbicides in Water / 4.16：
Dinitrophenol Herbicides in Water / 4.17：
Hydroxybenzonitrile Herbicides in Drinking Water / 4.18：
Routine Analysis of 24 PAHs in Water and Soil / 4.19：
Fast GC Quantification of 16 EC Priority PAH Components / 4.20：
Analysis of Water Contaminants by On-line SPE-GC/MS / 4.21：
Determination of Polar Aromatic Amines by SPME / 4.22：
Congener Specific Isotope Analysis of Technical PCB Mixtures / 4.23：
Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Indoor Air / 4.24：
Confirmation Analysis of Dioxins and Dioxin-like PCBs / 4.25：
Fast GC Analysis for PCBs / 4.26：
Analysis of Brominated Flame Retardants PBDE / 4.27：
Trace Analysis of BFRs in Waste Water Using SPME-GC/MS/MS / 4.28：
Analysis of Military Waste / 4.29：
Detection of Drugs in Hair / 4.30：
Detection of Morphine Derivatives / 4.31：
Detection of Cannabis Consumption / 4.32：
Analysis of Steroid Hormones Using MS/MS / 4.33：
Determination of Prostaglandins Using MS/MS / 4.34：
Detection of Clenbuterol by CI / 4.35：
General Unknown Toxicological-chemical Analysis / 4.36：
Clofibric Acid in Aquatic Systems / 4.37：
Polycyclic Musks in Waste Water / 4.38：
Identification and Quantification of Trichothecene Mycotoxins / 4.39：
Highly Sensitive Screening and Quantification of Environmental Components Using Chemical Ionisation with Water / 4.40：
Characterization of Natural Waxes by Pyrolysis-GC/MS / 4.41：
Quantitative Determination of Acrylate Copolymer Layers / 4.42：
References for Chapter 4
Glossary / 5：
Subject Index
Introduction / 1：
Fundamentals / 2：
Sample Preparation / 2.1：
4.
図書
Karl Pfleger, Hans H. Maurer, Armin Weber
出版情報:
Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2007 2 v. ; 29 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
(Methods, Tables) / Volume 1：
Methods
Introduction / 1：
Experimental Section / 2：
Origin and choice of samples / 2.1：
Sample preparation / 2.2：
Standard extraction procedures / 2.2.1：
Standard liquid-liquid extraction (LLE) for plasma, urine or gastric contents (P, U, G) / 2.2.1.1：
STA procedure (hydrolysis, extraction and microwave-assisted acetylation) for urine (U+UHYAC) / 2.2.1.2：
Extraction of urine after cleavage of conjugates by glucuronidase and arylsulfatase (UGLUC) / 2.2.1.3：
Extractive methylation procedure for urine or plasma (UME, PME) / 2.2.1.4：
Solid-phase extraction for plasma or urine (PSPE, USPE) / 2.2.1.5：
LLE of plasma for determination of drugs for brain death diagnosis / 2.2.1.6：
Extraction of ethylene glycol and other glycols from plasma or urine followed by microwave-assisted pivalylation (PEGPIV or UEGPIV) / 2.2.1.7：
Derivatization procedures / 2.2.2：
Acetylation (AC) / 2.2.2.1：
Methylation (ME) / 2.2.2.2：
Ethylation (ET) / 2.2.2.3：
tert.-Butyldimethylsilylation (TBDMS) / 2.2.2.4：
Trimethylsilylation (TMS) / 2.2.2.5：
Trimethylsilylation followed by trifluoroacetylation (TMSTFA) / 2.2.2.6：
Trifluoroacetylation (TFA) / 2.2.2.7：
Pentafluoropropionylation (PFP) / 2.2.2.8：
Pentafluoropropylation (PFPOL) / 2.2.2.9：
Heptafluorobutyrylation (HFB) / 2.2.2.10：
Pivalylation (PIV) / 2.2.2.11：
Heptafluorobutyrylprolylation (HFBP) / 2.2.2.12：
GC-MS Apparatus / 2.3：
Apparatus and operation conditions / 2.3.1：
Quality assurance of the apparatus performance / 2.3.2：
Determination of retention indices / 2.4：
Systematic toxicological analysis (STA) of several classes of drugs and their metabolites by GC-MS / 2.5：
Screening for 200 drugs in blood plasma after LLE / 2.5.1：
Screening for most of the basic and neutral drugs in urine after acid hydrolysis, LLE and acetylation / 2.5.2：
Systematic toxicological analysis procedures for the detection of acidic drugs and/or their metabolites / 2.5.3：
General screening procedure for zwitterionic compounds after SPE and silylation / 2.5.4：
Application of the electronic version of this handbook / 2.6：
Quantitative determination / 2.7：
Correlation between Structure and Fragmentation / 3：
Principle of electron-ionization mass spectrometry (EI-MS) / 3.1：
Correlation between fundamental structures or side chains and fragment ions / 3.2：
Formation of Artifacts / 4：
Artifacts formed by oxidation during extraction with diethyl ether / 4.1：
N-Oxidation of tertiary amines / 4.1.1：
S-Oxidation of phenothiazines / 4.1.2：
Artifacts formed by thermolysis during GC (GC artifact) / 4.2：
Decarboxylation of carboxylic acids / 4.2.1：
Cope elimination of N-oxides (-(CH3)2NOH, -(C2H5)2NOH, -C6H14N2O2) / 4.2.2：
Rearrangement of bis-deethyl flurazepam (-H2O) / 4.2.3：
Elimination of various residues / 4.2.4：
Methylation of carboxylic acids in methanol ((ME), ME in methanol) / 4.2.5：
Formation of formaldehyde adducts using methanol as solvent (GC artifact in methanol) / 4.2.6：
Artifacts formed by thermolysis during GC and during acid hydrolysis (GC artifact, HY artifact) / 4.3：
Dehydration of alcohols (-H2O) / 4.3.1：
Decarbamoylation of carbamates / 4.3.2：
Cleavage of morazone to phenmetrazine / 4.3.3：
Artifacts formed during acid hydrolysis / 4.4：
Cleavage of the ether bridge in beta-blockers and alkanolamine antihistamines (HY) / 4.4.1：
Cleavage of 1,4-benzodiazepines to aminobenzoyl derivatives (HY) / 4.4.2：
Cleavage and rearrangement of N-demethyl metabolites of clobazam to benzimidazole derivatives (HY) / 4.4.3：
Cleavage and rearrangement of bis-deethyl flurazepam (HY -H2O) / 4.4.4：
Cleavage and rearrangement of tetrazepam / 4.4.5：
(Methods, Tables) / Volume 1：
Methods
Introduction / 1：
5.
ＥＢ
Anthony Sofronas
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2005
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Strength of Materials / 2：
Load Calculations / 2.1：
Stress Calculations / 2.2：
Axial / 2.2.1：
Shear / 2.2.2：
Bending / 2.2.3：
Torsional / 2.2.4：
Combined Stresses / 2.2.5：
Thermal Stresses / 2.2.6：
Transient Temperatures and Stresses / 2.2.7：
High Temperature Creep / 2.2.8：
Shell Stresses / 2.2.9：
Piping Thermal Forces, Moments, Frequencies / 2.3：
Piping Failures / 2.3.1：
Allowable and Design Stresses / 2.4：
Fatigue Due to Cyclic Loading / 2.5：
Elongation and Deflection Calculations / 2.6：
Factors of Safety / 2.7：
Case History: Agitator Bearing Loading / 2.8：
Case History: Shaft Failure / 2.9：
Dynamic Loading / 2.10：
Centrifugal Force / 2.10.1：
Inertia's and WR2 / 2.10.2：
Energy Relationships / 2.10.3：
Case History: Centrifuge Bearing Failures / 2.11：
Case History: Bird Impact Force on a Windscreen / 2.12：
Case History: Torsional Impact on a Propeller / 2.13：
Case History: Start-up Torque on a Motor Coupling / 2.14：
Case History: Frictional Clamping Due to Bolting / 2.15：
Case History: Failure of a Connecting Rod in a Race Car / 2.16：
Bolting / 2.17：
Holding Capacity / 2.17.1：
Limiting Torque / 2.17.2：
Bolt Elongation and Relaxation / 2.17.3：
Torquing Methods / 2.17.4：
Fatigue of Bolts / 2.17.5：
Stripping Strength of Threads / 2.17.6：
Case History: A Power Head Gasket Leak / 2.17.7：
Ball and Roller Bearing Life Estimates / 2.18：
Case History: Bearing Life of a Shaft Support / 2.18.1：
Coupling Offset and Bearing Life / 2.18.2：
Hydrodynamic Bearings / 2.19：
Shell and Pad Failures / 2.19.1：
Gears / 2.20：
Gear Acceptability Calculations / 2.20.1：
Case History: Up-Rate Acceptability of a Gear Unit / 2.20.2：
Interference Fits / 2.21：
Keyless Hydraulically Fitted Hubs / 2.21.1：
Case History: Taper Fit Holding Ability / 2.21.2：
Case History: The Flying Hydraulically Fitted Hub / 2.21.3：
Strength of Welds / 2.22：
Fatigue of Welds / 2.23：
Repair of Machinery / 2.24：
Shafts / 2.24.1：
Housing and Cases / 2.24.2：
Gearboxes / 2.24.3：
Sleeve bearings and Bushing Clearances / 2.24.4：
Alignments / 2.24.5：
Acceptable Coupling Offset and Angular Misalignment / 2.24.6：
Vibration Measurements / 2.24.7：
Interpreting Mechanical Failures / 2.25：
Failures with Axial, Bending and Torsional Loading / 2.25.1：
Gear Teeth Failures / 2.25.2：
Spring Failures / 2.25.3：
Bolt Failures / 2.25.4：
Bearing Failures / 2.25.5：
Reading a Bearing / 2.25.6：
Large Gearbox Keyway / Shaft Failures / 2.25.7：
Case History: Sizing a Bushing Running Clearance / 2.26：
Case History: Galling of a Shaft In A Bushing / 2.27：
Case History: Remaining Fatigue Life with Cyclic Stresses / 2.28：
A Procedure for Evaluating Gasket Joints / 2.29：
Gaskets In High Temperature Service / 2.30：
"O" Ring Evaluation / 2.31：
Case History: Gasket Won't Pass Hydrotest / 2.32：
Case History: Heat Exchanger Leak Due to Temperature / 2.33：
Wear of Equipment / 2.34：
Case History: Excessive Wear of a Ball Valve / 2.35：
Vibration Analysis / 3：
Spring /Mass Systems and Resonance / 3.1：
Case History: Critical Speed Problem on Steam Turbine / 3.2：
Determining Vibration Amplitudes / 3.3：
Allowable Levels for X or F at Resonance / 3.3.1：
Case History: Vibratory Torque on Gear of a Ship System / 3.4：
Torsional Vibration / 3.5：
Case History: Torsional Vibration of Motor-Generator-Blower / 3.6：
Vibration Diagnosis and Campbell Diagrams / 3.7：
Case History: The Effect of a Suddenly Applied Torsional Load / 3.8：
Flow Induced Vibrations / 3.9：
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Strength of Materials / 2：
6.
図書
authors, G. Guelachvili, K.Narahari Rao ; editor, G. Guelachvili
目次情報:
続きを見る
CS2 (SCS).
CS2+ (SCS+).
CS2++ (SCS++).
CSe2 (SeCSe).
C2N (CCN).
C2N (CNC).
C2N+ (CCN+).
C2N+ (CNC+).
CS2 (SCS).
CS2+ (SCS+).
CS2++ (SCS++).
7.
図書
Corneliu Constantinescu
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction
Banach Algebras / 2：
Algebras / 2.1：
General Results / 2.1.1：
Invertible Elements / 2.1.2：
The Spectrum / 2.1.3：
Standard Examples / 2.1.4：
Complexification of Algebras / 2.1.5：
Exercises
Normed Algebras / 2.2：
The Standard Examples / 2.2.1：
The Exponential Function and the Neumann Series / 2.2.3：
Invertible Elements of Unital Banach Algebras / 2.2.4：
The Theorems of Riesz and Gelfand / 2.2.5：
Poles of Resolvents / 2.2.6：
Modules / 2.2.7：
Involutive Banach Algebras / 2.3：
Involutive Algebras / 2.3.1：
Sesquilinear Forms / 2.3.2：
Positive Linear Forms / 2.3.4：
The State Space / 2.3.5：
Involutive Modules / 2.3.6：
Gelfand Algebras / 2.4：
The Gelfand Transform / 2.4.1：
Involutive Gelfand Algebras / 2.4.2：
Examples / 2.4.3：
Locally Compact Additive Groups / 2.4.4：
The Fourier Transform / 2.4.5：
Compact Operators / 3：
The General Theory / 3.1：
Fredholm Operators / 3.1.1：
Point Spectrum / 3.1.4：
Spectrum of a Compact Operator / 3.1.5：
Integral Operators / 3.1.6：
Linear Differential Equations / 3.2：
Boundary Value Problems for Differential Equations / 3.2.1：
Supplementary Results / 3.2.2：
Linear Partial Differential Equations / 3.2.3：
Name
Index Subject
Index Symbol
Index
Introduction
Banach Algebras / 2：
Algebras / 2.1：
8.
ＥＢ
Kim-Kwang Raymond Choo
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Key Distribution Problem / 1.1：
Solution: Key Establishment Protocols / 1.2：
Computer Security Approach / 1.2.1：
Computational Complexity Approach / 1.2.2：
Research Objectives and Deliverables / 1.2.3：
Structure of Book and Contributions to Knowledge / 1.3：
References
Background Materials / 2：
Mathematical Background / 2.1：
Abstract Algebra and the Main Groups / 2.1.1：
Bilinear Maps from Elliptic Curve Pairings / 2.1.2：
Computational Problems and Assumptions / 2.1.3：
Cryptographic Tools / 2.1.4：
Encryption Schemes: Asymmetric Setting / 2.1.4.1：
Encryption Schemes: Symmetric Setting / 2.1.4.2：
Digital Signature Schemes / 2.1.4.3：
Message Authentication Codes / 2.1.4.4：
Cryptographic Hash Functions / 2.1.4.5：
Random Oracles / 2.1.4.6：
Key Establishment Protocols and their Basis / 2.2：
Protocol Architectures / 2.2.1：
Existing Cryptographic Keys / 2.2.1.1：
Method of Session Key Generation / 2.2.1.2：
Number of Entities / 2.2.1.3：
Protocol Goals and Attacks / 2.2.2：
Protocol Goals / 2.2.2.1：
Additional Security Attributes / 2.2.2.2：
Types of Attacks / 2.2.2.3：
A Need for Rigorous Treatment / 2.2.2.4：
The Computational Complexity Approach / 2.3：
Adversarial Powers / 2.3.1：
Definition of Freshness / 2.3.2：
Definition of Security / 2.3.3：
The Bellare-Rogaway Models / 2.3.4：
The BR93 Model / 2.3.4.1：
The BR95 Model / 2.3.4.2：
The BPR2000 Model / 2.3.4.3：
The Canetti-Krawczyk Model / 2.3.5：
Protocol Security / 2.3.6：
Summary / 2.4：
A Flawed BR95 Partnership Function / 3：
A Flaw in the Security Proof for 3PKD Protocol / 3.1：
The 3PKD Protocol / 3.1.1：
Key Replicating Attack on 3PKD Protocol / 3.1.2：
The Partner Function used in the BR95 Proof / 3.1.3：
A Revised 3PKD Protocol in Bellare-Rogaway Model / 3.2：
Defining SIDs in the 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.1：
An Improved Provably Secure 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.2：
Security Proof for the Improved 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.3：
Adaptive MAC Forger F / 3.2.3.1：
Multiple Eavesdropper Attacker ME / 3.2.3.2：
Conclusion of Proof / 3.2.3.3：
On The Key Sharing Requirement / 3.3：
Bellare-Rogaway 3PKD Protocol in CK2001 Model / 4.1：
New Attack on 3PKD Protocol / 4.1.1：
A New Provably-Secure 3PKD Protocol in CK2001 Model / 4.1.3：
Jeong-Katz-Lee Protocol JP2 / 4.2：
Protocol JP2 / 4.2.1：
New Attack on Protocol JP2 / 4.2.2：
An Improved Protocol JP2 / 4.2.3：
The Key Sharing Requirement / 4.3：
Comparison of Bellare-Rogaway and Canetti-Krawczyk Models / 4.4：
Relating The Notions of Security / 5.1：
Proving BR93 (EA+KE) to BPR2000 (EA+KE) / 5.1.1：
Proof for the key establishment goal / 5.1.1.1：
Proof for the entity authentication goal / 5.1.1.2：
Proving CK2001 to BPR2000 (KE) / 5.1.2：
Proving CK2001 to BR93 (KE) / 5.1.3：
BR93 (KE) to BR95 and BR93 (KE), CK2001 [not left arrow] BR95 / 5.1.4：
BR93 (KE)/CK2001 [not left arrow] BPR2000 (KE) / 5.1.5：
CK2001 [not left arrow] BR93 (EA+KE) / 5.1.6：
BR93 (KE) [not left arrow] CK2001 / 5.1.7：
BPR200 (KE) [not left arrow] BR95 / 5.1.8：
A Drawback in the BPR2000 Model / 5.2：
Case Study: Abdalla-Pointcheval 3PAKE / 5.2.1：
Unknown Key Share Attack on 3PAKE / 5.2.2：
An Extension to the Bellare-Rogaway Model / 5.3：
A Provably-Secure Revised Protocol of Boyd / 6.1：
Secure Authenticated Encryption Schemes / 6.1.1：
Revised Protocol of Boyd / 6.1.2：
Security Proof / 6.1.3：
Integrity attacker / 6.1.3.1：
Confidentiality attacker / 6.1.3.2：
Conclusion of Security Proof / 6.1.3.3：
An Extension to the BR93 Model / 6.2：
An Efficient Protocol in Extended Model / 6.3：
An Efficient Protocol / 6.3.1：
Integrity Breaker / 6.3.2：
Confidentiality Breaker / 6.3.2.2：
Comparative Security and Efficiency / 6.3.2.3：
A Proof of Revised Yahalom Protocol / 6.5：
The Yahalom Protocol and its Simplified Version / 7.1：
A New Provably-Secure Protocol / 7.2：
Proof for Protocol 7.2 / 7.2.1：
Conclusion of Proof for Theorem 7.2.1 / 7.2.1.1：
An Extension to Protocol 7.2 / 7.2.2：
Partnering Mechanism: A Brief Discussion / 7.3：
Errors in Computational Complexity Proofs for Protocols / 7.4：
Boyd-Gonzalez Nieto Protocol / 8.1：
Unknown Key Share Attack on Protocol / 8.1.1：
An Improved Conference Key Agreement Protocol / 8.1.2：
Limitations of Existing Proof / 8.1.3：
Jakobsson-Pointcheval MAKEP / 8.2：
Unknown Key Share Attack on JP-MAKEP / 8.2.1：
Flaws in Existing Security Proof for JP-MAKEP / 8.2.2：
Wong-Chan MAKEP / 8.3：
A New Attack on WC-MAKEP / 8.3.1：
Preventing the Attack / 8.3.2：
Flaws in Existing Security Proof for WC-MAKEP / 8.3.3：
An MT-Authenticator / 8.4：
Encryption-Based MT-Authenticator / 8.4.1：
Flaw in Existing Security Proof Revealed / 8.4.2：
Addressing the Flaw / 8.4.3：
An Example Protocol as a Case Study / 8.4.4：
On Session Key Construction / 8.5：
Chen-Kudla ID-Based Protocol / 9.1：
The ID-Based Protocol / 9.1.1：
Existing Arguments on Restriction of Reveal Query / 9.1.2：
Improved Chen-Kudla Protocol / 9.1.3：
Security Proof for Improved Chen-Kudla Protocol / 9.1.4：
McCullagh-Barreto 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2：
The 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.1：
Why Reveal Query is Restricted / 9.2.2：
Errors in Existing Proof for 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.3：
Error 1 / 9.2.3.1：
Error 2 / 9.2.3.2：
Improved 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.4：
A Proposal for Session Key Construction / 9.3：
Another Case Study / 9.4：
Reflection Attack on Lee-Kim-Yoo Protocol / 9.4.1：
Complementing Computational Protocol Analysis / 9.4.2：
The Formal Framework / 10.1：
Analysing a Provably-Secure Protocol / 10.2：
Protocol Specification / 10.2.1：
Initial State of Protocol 10.1 / 10.2.1.1：
Step 1 of Protocol 10.1 / 10.2.1.2：
A Malicious State Transition / 10.2.1.3：
Protocol Analysis / 10.2.2：
Hijacking Attack / 10.2.2.1：
New Attack 1 / 10.2.2.2：
New Attack 2 / 10.2.2.3：
Analysing Another Two Protocols With Claimed Proofs of Security / 10.3：
Analysis of Protocol 10.2 / 10.3.1：
Analysis of Protocol 10.3 / 10.3.1.2：
Flaws in Refuted Proofs / 10.3.2：
A Possible Fix / 10.3.3：
Analysing Protocols with Heuristic Security Arguments / 10.4：
Case Studies / 10.4.1：
Jan-Chen Mutual Protocol / 10.4.1.1：
Yang-Shen-Shieh Protocol / 10.4.1.2：
Kim-Huh-Hwang-Lee Protocol / 10.4.1.3：
Lin-Sun-Hwang Key Protocols MDHEKE I and II / 10.4.1.4：
Yeh-Sun Key Protocol / 10.4.1.5：
Protocol Analyses / 10.4.2：
Protocol Analysis 1 / 10.4.2.1：
Protocol Analysis 2 / 10.4.2.2：
Protocol Analysis 3 / 10.4.2.3：
Protocol Analysis 4 / 10.4.2.4：
Protocol Analysis 5 / 10.4.2.5：
Protocol Analysis 6 / 10.4.2.6：
Protocol Analysis 7 / 10.4.2.7：
An Integrative Framework to Protocol Analysis and Repair / 10.5：
Case Study Protocol / 11.1：
Proposed Integrative Framework / 11.2：
Protocols Specification / 11.2.1：
Defining SIDs in Protocol 11.1 / 11.2.1.1：
Description of Goal State / 11.2.1.2：
Description of Possible Actions / 11.2.1.3：
Protocols Analysis / 11.2.2：
Protocol Repair / 11.2.3：
Conclusion and Future Work / 11.3：
Research Summary / 12.1：
Open Problems and Future Directions / 12.2：
Index
Introduction / 1：
The Key Distribution Problem / 1.1：
Solution: Key Establishment Protocols / 1.2：
9.
ＥＢ
Kim-Kwang Raymond Choo
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Key Distribution Problem / 1.1：
Solution: Key Establishment Protocols / 1.2：
Computer Security Approach / 1.2.1：
Computational Complexity Approach / 1.2.2：
Research Objectives and Deliverables / 1.2.3：
Structure of Book and Contributions to Knowledge / 1.3：
References
Background Materials / 2：
Mathematical Background / 2.1：
Abstract Algebra and the Main Groups / 2.1.1：
Bilinear Maps from Elliptic Curve Pairings / 2.1.2：
Computational Problems and Assumptions / 2.1.3：
Cryptographic Tools / 2.1.4：
Encryption Schemes: Asymmetric Setting / 2.1.4.1：
Encryption Schemes: Symmetric Setting / 2.1.4.2：
Digital Signature Schemes / 2.1.4.3：
Message Authentication Codes / 2.1.4.4：
Cryptographic Hash Functions / 2.1.4.5：
Random Oracles / 2.1.4.6：
Key Establishment Protocols and their Basis / 2.2：
Protocol Architectures / 2.2.1：
Existing Cryptographic Keys / 2.2.1.1：
Method of Session Key Generation / 2.2.1.2：
Number of Entities / 2.2.1.3：
Protocol Goals and Attacks / 2.2.2：
Protocol Goals / 2.2.2.1：
Additional Security Attributes / 2.2.2.2：
Types of Attacks / 2.2.2.3：
A Need for Rigorous Treatment / 2.2.2.4：
The Computational Complexity Approach / 2.3：
Adversarial Powers / 2.3.1：
Definition of Freshness / 2.3.2：
Definition of Security / 2.3.3：
The Bellare-Rogaway Models / 2.3.4：
The BR93 Model / 2.3.4.1：
The BR95 Model / 2.3.4.2：
The BPR2000 Model / 2.3.4.3：
The Canetti-Krawczyk Model / 2.3.5：
Protocol Security / 2.3.6：
Summary / 2.4：
A Flawed BR95 Partnership Function / 3：
A Flaw in the Security Proof for 3PKD Protocol / 3.1：
The 3PKD Protocol / 3.1.1：
Key Replicating Attack on 3PKD Protocol / 3.1.2：
The Partner Function used in the BR95 Proof / 3.1.3：
A Revised 3PKD Protocol in Bellare-Rogaway Model / 3.2：
Defining SIDs in the 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.1：
An Improved Provably Secure 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.2：
Security Proof for the Improved 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.3：
Adaptive MAC Forger F / 3.2.3.1：
Multiple Eavesdropper Attacker ME / 3.2.3.2：
Conclusion of Proof / 3.2.3.3：
On The Key Sharing Requirement / 3.3：
Bellare-Rogaway 3PKD Protocol in CK2001 Model / 4.1：
New Attack on 3PKD Protocol / 4.1.1：
A New Provably-Secure 3PKD Protocol in CK2001 Model / 4.1.3：
Jeong-Katz-Lee Protocol JP2 / 4.2：
Protocol JP2 / 4.2.1：
New Attack on Protocol JP2 / 4.2.2：
An Improved Protocol JP2 / 4.2.3：
The Key Sharing Requirement / 4.3：
Comparison of Bellare-Rogaway and Canetti-Krawczyk Models / 4.4：
Relating The Notions of Security / 5.1：
Proving BR93 (EA+KE) to BPR2000 (EA+KE) / 5.1.1：
Proof for the key establishment goal / 5.1.1.1：
Proof for the entity authentication goal / 5.1.1.2：
Proving CK2001 to BPR2000 (KE) / 5.1.2：
Proving CK2001 to BR93 (KE) / 5.1.3：
BR93 (KE) to BR95 and BR93 (KE), CK2001 [not left arrow] BR95 / 5.1.4：
BR93 (KE)/CK2001 [not left arrow] BPR2000 (KE) / 5.1.5：
CK2001 [not left arrow] BR93 (EA+KE) / 5.1.6：
BR93 (KE) [not left arrow] CK2001 / 5.1.7：
BPR200 (KE) [not left arrow] BR95 / 5.1.8：
A Drawback in the BPR2000 Model / 5.2：
Case Study: Abdalla-Pointcheval 3PAKE / 5.2.1：
Unknown Key Share Attack on 3PAKE / 5.2.2：
An Extension to the Bellare-Rogaway Model / 5.3：
A Provably-Secure Revised Protocol of Boyd / 6.1：
Secure Authenticated Encryption Schemes / 6.1.1：
Revised Protocol of Boyd / 6.1.2：
Security Proof / 6.1.3：
Integrity attacker / 6.1.3.1：
Confidentiality attacker / 6.1.3.2：
Conclusion of Security Proof / 6.1.3.3：
An Extension to the BR93 Model / 6.2：
An Efficient Protocol in Extended Model / 6.3：
An Efficient Protocol / 6.3.1：
Integrity Breaker / 6.3.2：
Confidentiality Breaker / 6.3.2.2：
Comparative Security and Efficiency / 6.3.2.3：
A Proof of Revised Yahalom Protocol / 6.5：
The Yahalom Protocol and its Simplified Version / 7.1：
A New Provably-Secure Protocol / 7.2：
Proof for Protocol 7.2 / 7.2.1：
Conclusion of Proof for Theorem 7.2.1 / 7.2.1.1：
An Extension to Protocol 7.2 / 7.2.2：
Partnering Mechanism: A Brief Discussion / 7.3：
Errors in Computational Complexity Proofs for Protocols / 7.4：
Boyd-Gonzalez Nieto Protocol / 8.1：
Unknown Key Share Attack on Protocol / 8.1.1：
An Improved Conference Key Agreement Protocol / 8.1.2：
Limitations of Existing Proof / 8.1.3：
Jakobsson-Pointcheval MAKEP / 8.2：
Unknown Key Share Attack on JP-MAKEP / 8.2.1：
Flaws in Existing Security Proof for JP-MAKEP / 8.2.2：
Wong-Chan MAKEP / 8.3：
A New Attack on WC-MAKEP / 8.3.1：
Preventing the Attack / 8.3.2：
Flaws in Existing Security Proof for WC-MAKEP / 8.3.3：
An MT-Authenticator / 8.4：
Encryption-Based MT-Authenticator / 8.4.1：
Flaw in Existing Security Proof Revealed / 8.4.2：
Addressing the Flaw / 8.4.3：
An Example Protocol as a Case Study / 8.4.4：
On Session Key Construction / 8.5：
Chen-Kudla ID-Based Protocol / 9.1：
The ID-Based Protocol / 9.1.1：
Existing Arguments on Restriction of Reveal Query / 9.1.2：
Improved Chen-Kudla Protocol / 9.1.3：
Security Proof for Improved Chen-Kudla Protocol / 9.1.4：
McCullagh-Barreto 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2：
The 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.1：
Why Reveal Query is Restricted / 9.2.2：
Errors in Existing Proof for 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.3：
Error 1 / 9.2.3.1：
Error 2 / 9.2.3.2：
Improved 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.4：
A Proposal for Session Key Construction / 9.3：
Another Case Study / 9.4：
Reflection Attack on Lee-Kim-Yoo Protocol / 9.4.1：
Complementing Computational Protocol Analysis / 9.4.2：
The Formal Framework / 10.1：
Analysing a Provably-Secure Protocol / 10.2：
Protocol Specification / 10.2.1：
Initial State of Protocol 10.1 / 10.2.1.1：
Step 1 of Protocol 10.1 / 10.2.1.2：
A Malicious State Transition / 10.2.1.3：
Protocol Analysis / 10.2.2：
Hijacking Attack / 10.2.2.1：
New Attack 1 / 10.2.2.2：
New Attack 2 / 10.2.2.3：
Analysing Another Two Protocols With Claimed Proofs of Security / 10.3：
Analysis of Protocol 10.2 / 10.3.1：
Analysis of Protocol 10.3 / 10.3.1.2：
Flaws in Refuted Proofs / 10.3.2：
A Possible Fix / 10.3.3：
Analysing Protocols with Heuristic Security Arguments / 10.4：
Case Studies / 10.4.1：
Jan-Chen Mutual Protocol / 10.4.1.1：
Yang-Shen-Shieh Protocol / 10.4.1.2：
Kim-Huh-Hwang-Lee Protocol / 10.4.1.3：
Lin-Sun-Hwang Key Protocols MDHEKE I and II / 10.4.1.4：
Yeh-Sun Key Protocol / 10.4.1.5：
Protocol Analyses / 10.4.2：
Protocol Analysis 1 / 10.4.2.1：
Protocol Analysis 2 / 10.4.2.2：
Protocol Analysis 3 / 10.4.2.3：
Protocol Analysis 4 / 10.4.2.4：
Protocol Analysis 5 / 10.4.2.5：
Protocol Analysis 6 / 10.4.2.6：
Protocol Analysis 7 / 10.4.2.7：
An Integrative Framework to Protocol Analysis and Repair / 10.5：
Case Study Protocol / 11.1：
Proposed Integrative Framework / 11.2：
Protocols Specification / 11.2.1：
Defining SIDs in Protocol 11.1 / 11.2.1.1：
Description of Goal State / 11.2.1.2：
Description of Possible Actions / 11.2.1.3：
Protocols Analysis / 11.2.2：
Protocol Repair / 11.2.3：
Conclusion and Future Work / 11.3：
Research Summary / 12.1：
Open Problems and Future Directions / 12.2：
Index
Introduction / 1：
The Key Distribution Problem / 1.1：
Solution: Key Establishment Protocols / 1.2：
10.
ＥＢ
Boy; Herrmann, Wolfgang A. Cornils, Boy Cornils, Wolfgang A. Herrmann
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2004
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction. / 1：
Introduction / B. Cornils, ; W.A. Herrmann.
Basic Aqueous Chemistry. / 2：
Organic Chemistry in Water / A. Lubineau, ; J. Auge, ; M.-C. Scherrmann.2.1：
Origin of the Reactivity in Water. / 2.1.1：
Pericyclic Reactions / 2.1.3：
Diels - Alder Reactions. / 2.1.3.1：
Hetero Diels -Alder Reactions. / 2.1.3.2：
Other Cycloadditions. / 2.1.3.3：
Claisen Rearrangements. / 2.1.3.4：
Carbonyl Additions. / 2.1.4：
Aldol-type Reactions. / 2.1.4.1：
Michael-type Reactions. / 2.1.4.2：
Allylation Reactions. / 2.1.4.3：
Oxido-reductions. / 2.1.5：
Oxidations. / 2.1.5.1：
Reductions. / 2.1.5.2：
Radical Reactions. / 2.1.6：
Outlook. / 2.1.7：
Organometallic Chemistry in Water / W.A. Herrmann, ; F.E. Kuhn.2.2：
Water as a Solvent and Ligand. / 2.2.1：
Organometallic Reactions of Water. / 2.2.3：
Catalytic Reactions with Water. / 2.2.4：
Water-gas Shift Reaction. / 2.2.4.1：
Wacker- Hoechst Acetaldehyde Process. / 2.2.4.2：
Olefin Hydration. / 2.2.4.3：
Hydrodimerization. / 2.2.4.4：
Water-soluble Metal Complexes. / 2.2.5：
Perspectives. / 2.2.6：
Characterization of Organometallic Compounds in Water / G. Laurenczy.2.3：
General Survey. / 2.3.1：
Effect of High Hydrostatic Pressure on Aqueous Organometall lic Systems. / 2.3.3：
Aqueous Organometallics with Pressurized Gases. / 2.3.4：
Concluding Remarks. / 2.3.5：
Catalysts for an Aqueous Catalysis. / 3：
Variation of Central Atoms. / 3.1：
Transition Metals / D.J. Darensbourg, ; C.G. Ortiz.3.1.1：
Water-soluble Catalysts by Virtue of Water-soluble Ligands / 3.1.1.1：
Water-soluble Catalysts through Water Coordination. / 3.1.1.3：
Lanthanides in Aqueous-phase Catalysis / S. Kobayashi.3.1.2：
Aldol Reactions. / 3.1.2.1：
Mannich-type Reactions. / 3.1.2.3：
Micellar Systems. / 3.1.2.4：
Asymmetric Catalysis in Aqueous Media. / 3.1.2.6：
Conclusions / 3.1.2.7：
Variation of Ligands. / 3.2：
Monophosphines / O. Stelzer , ; S. Rossenbach, ; D. Hoff.3.2.1：
General Features, Scope, and Limitations. / 3.2.1.1：
Anionic Phosphines. / 3.2.1.2：
Cationic Phosphines. / 3.2.1.3：
Nonionic Water-soluble Phosphines. / 3.2.1.4：
Diphosphines and Other Phosphines / M. Schreuder Goedheijt, ; P.C.J. Kamer, ; J.N.H. Reek, P.W.N.M. van Leeuwen.3.2.2：
General. / 3.2.2.1：
Diphosphines - Introduction of Sulfonate Groups by Direct Sulfonation. / 3.2.2.2：
Introduction of Sulfonate Groups During Synthesis. / 3.2.2.3：
Diphosphines with Quaternized Aminoalkyl or Aminoaryl Groups. / 3.2.2.4：
Diphosphines with Hydroxyalkyl or Polyether Substituents / 3.2.2.5：
Carboxylated Diphosphines. / 3.2.2.6：
Amphiphilic Diphosphines. / 3.2.2.7：
Other Phosphines. / 3.2.2.8：
Ligands or Complexes Containing Ancillary Functionalities / P. Kalck, ; M. Urrutigoity.3.2.3：
Complexes Containing at Least Two Classical Functionalities. / 3.2.3.1：
Cationic Complexes / 3.2.3.2：
Immobilization on Silica Supports. / 3.2.3.3：
Macromolecular Ligands or Supports. / 3.2.3.4：
Ligands not Containing Phosphorus. / 3.2.3.5：
Additional Perspectives. / 3.2.3.6：
Tenside Ligands / G. Papadogianakis.3.2.4：
Tenside Phosphines and Amines / 3.2.4.1：
Hydroformylation Reactions Catalyzed by Transition Metal Surfactant -Phosphine Complexes. / 3.2.4.3：
Hydrogenation Reactions Catalyzed by Transition Metal Surfactant -Phosphine Complexes. / 3.2.4.4：
Carbonylation Reactions Catalyzed by Transition Metal Surfactant -Phosphine Complexe / 3.2.4.5：
Introduction. / 1：
Introduction / B. Cornils, ; W.A. Herrmann.
Basic Aqueous Chemistry. / 2：
11.
ＥＢ
Alain Nouailhat
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Preface
What are Nanos? / Chapter 1：
What are we talking about? / 1.1：
References / 1.2：
Two basic facts / 1.2.1：
Two approaches / 1.2.2：
Two key points / 1.2.3：
Some bonus material for economists / 1.3：
Some Science to Get You Started / Chapter 2：
Quantum physics / 2.1：
From the traditional world to the quantum world / 2.1.1：
Two fundamental concepts / 2.1.2：
Wave-corpuscle duality / 2.1.2.1：
Probability in the quantum world / 2.1.2.2：
The key players / 2.2：
The electron / 2.2.1：
The cornerstone of matter / 2.2.1.1：
Electronic states / 2.2.1.2：
The quantification of energy / 2.2.1.3：
Bonds / 2.2.1.4：
The photon / 2.2.2：
The wave / 2.2.2.1：
The energy grain / 2.2.2.2：
Molecules / 2.3：
From the smallest molecule to the largest and their spectacular properties / 2.3.1：
Functionality / 2.3.2：
Solid matter / 2.4：
Insulators or conductors / 2.4.1：
Semi-conductors / 2.4.2：
Silicon crystal / 2.4.2.1：
Electrons and holes / 2.4.2.2：
Junctions / 2.4.2.3：
Nanomaterials / 2.4.3：
Quantum boxes: between the atom and the crystal / 2.5：
Some bonus material for physicists / 2.6：
Luminescence / 2.6.1：
The laser device / 2.6.2：
The Revolution in Techniques Used in Observation and Imagery / Chapter 3：
Observing with photons / 3.1：
The optical microscope in visible light / 3.1.1：
X-ray machines / 3.1.2：
Observing with electrons / 3.2：
The transmission electron microscope (TEM) / 3.2.1：
The scanning electron microscope (SEM) / 3.2.2：
Touching the atoms / 3.3：
Observing how our brain functions / 3.4：
Nuclear magnetic resonance / 3.4.1：
Functional magnetic resonance imaging / 3.4.2：
Some bonus material for researchers / 3.5：
The Marriage of Software and Hardware / Chapter 4：
Small is beautiful / 4.1：
Miniaturization / 4.2：
Integration / 4.3：
The silicon planet / 4.3.1：
An expanding universe / 4.3.2：
Programs / 4.4：
Some bonus material for mathematicians / 4.5：
Mechanics of the Living World / Chapter 5：
Proteins - molecules with exceptional properties / 5.1：
The program of cellular production / 5.1.1：
Reading instructions and the production of proteins / 5.1.2：
How does it work? / 5.1.3：
Molecular disfunctioning / 5.1.4：
External causes / 5.1.4.1：
Internal causes / 5.1.4.2：
Intervention of human beings / 5.2：
Medication / 5.2.1：
The creation of those famous GMOs (Genetically Modified Organisms) / 5.2.2：
Manipulation of embryos / 5.2.3：
Some bonus material for biologists / 5.3：
The Uses of Nanotechnologies / Chapter 6：
New objects / 6.1：
Carbon in all its states / 6.1.1：
Nanodiamonds / 6.1.1.1：
Carbon nanotubes / 6.1.1.2：
A handful of gold atoms / 6.1.2：
Ground-breaking products / 6.2：
Surface treatment / 6.2.1：
Incorporation in a composite environment / 6.2.2：
From micro to nanosystems / 6.3：
Miniature components - MEMS / 6.3.1：
A print head for inkjet printers / 6.3.1.1：
Airbags / 6.3.1.2：
A microlens for miniaturized optics / 6.3.1.3：
Magnetic disk readheads: quantum nanostructures / 6.3.1.4：
Microsources of energy: key points for embedded systems / 6.3.2：
Micromotors / 6.3.3：
A global integration / 6.4：
Some bonus material for engineers / 6.5：
Nanos are Changing the World / Chapter 7：
A simulation or a virtual world / 7.1：
Understanding nature / 7.2：
Understanding energy / 7.2.1：
Understanding materials / 7.2.2：
Understanding information / 7.2.3：
Understanding life / 7.2.4：
Watch out for nanomedicine / 7.3：
Nanosciences and our future / 7.4：
Essential ethics / 7.5：
Conclusion / 7.6：
Appendices
European Parliament Resolution on Nanosciences and Nanotechnologies / Appendix A：
Eight Guidelines on Nanotechnologies Issued by the CNRS Ethics Committee / Appendix B：
Abbreviations
Bibliography
Figures
Index
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Preface
12.
ＥＢ
Eric Setton, Bernd Girod
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Background / 2：
Video Compression / 2.1：
H.264 Video Coding / 2.1.1：
Distortion Models / 2.1.2：
Video Streaming / 2.2：
Error Resilience / 2.2.1：
Congestion Control / 2.2.2：
Path Diversity / 2.2.3：
Multicast Architectures / 2.3：
IP Multicast / 2.3.1：
Content Delivery Networks / 2.3.2：
Peer-to-Peer Systems / 2.4：
Peer-to-Peer File Transfer, the Example of BitTorrent / 2.4.1：
Peer-to-Peer Streaming / 2.4.2：
Streaming over Throughput-Limited Paths / 3：
Video Encoding for Throughput-Limited Paths / 3.1：
End-to-End Rate-Distortion Performance Model / 3.1.1：
Experimental Results / 3.1.2：
Congestion-Distortion Optimized Scheduling / 3.2：
Channel Model / 3.2.1：
Evaluating a Schedule / 3.2.2：
Randomized Schedule Search / 3.2.3：
CoDiO Light / 3.2.4：
Chapter Summary / 3.2.5：
Peer-to-Peer Control Protocol / 4：
Protocol Description / 4.1：
Different Peer States / 4.1.1：
Different Tree Connection States / 4.1.2：
Multicast Source / 4.1.3：
Protocol Settings / 4.1.4：
Experimental Protocol Evaluation / 4.2：
Experimental Setup / 4.2.1：
Control Protocol Traffic Distribution / 4.2.2：
Join and Rejoin Latency / 4.2.3：
Scalability / 4.2.4：
Limiting Throughput / 4.2.5：
Video Streaming over a Peer-to-Peer Network / 4.3：
Video Streaming Protocol / 5.1：
Video Packet Transmission / 5.1.1：
Retransmissions / 5.1.2：
Peer-to-Peer CoDiO Scheduling / 5.2：
Sender-Driven Prioritization / 5.2.1：
Distortion-Optimized Retransmission Scheduling / 5.2.2：
Scheduler Evaluation / 5.2.3：
Video Sessions / 5.3：
Diversity / 5.3.2：
CoDiO P2P / 5.3.3：
Conclusions and Future Work / 5.4：
Conclusions / 6.1：
Future Work / 6.2：
Video Experiments / A：
Encoding Structures / A.1：
Latency-Constrained Video Streaming / A.1.2：
Error-Resilient Decoding / A.1.3：
Quality Metric / A.1.4：
Video Sequences / A.2：
Container / A.2.1：
Foreman / A.2.2：
Mobile / A.2.3：
Mother & Daughter / A.2.4：
News / A.2.5：
Salesman / A.2.6：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Background / 2：
Video Compression / 2.1：
13.
ＥＢ
Eric Setton, Bernd Girod
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Background / 2：
Video Compression / 2.1：
H.264 Video Coding / 2.1.1：
Distortion Models / 2.1.2：
Video Streaming / 2.2：
Error Resilience / 2.2.1：
Congestion Control / 2.2.2：
Path Diversity / 2.2.3：
Multicast Architectures / 2.3：
IP Multicast / 2.3.1：
Content Delivery Networks / 2.3.2：
Peer-to-Peer Systems / 2.4：
Peer-to-Peer File Transfer, the Example of BitTorrent / 2.4.1：
Peer-to-Peer Streaming / 2.4.2：
Streaming over Throughput-Limited Paths / 3：
Video Encoding for Throughput-Limited Paths / 3.1：
End-to-End Rate-Distortion Performance Model / 3.1.1：
Experimental Results / 3.1.2：
Congestion-Distortion Optimized Scheduling / 3.2：
Channel Model / 3.2.1：
Evaluating a Schedule / 3.2.2：
Randomized Schedule Search / 3.2.3：
CoDiO Light / 3.2.4：
Chapter Summary / 3.2.5：
Peer-to-Peer Control Protocol / 4：
Protocol Description / 4.1：
Different Peer States / 4.1.1：
Different Tree Connection States / 4.1.2：
Multicast Source / 4.1.3：
Protocol Settings / 4.1.4：
Experimental Protocol Evaluation / 4.2：
Experimental Setup / 4.2.1：
Control Protocol Traffic Distribution / 4.2.2：
Join and Rejoin Latency / 4.2.3：
Scalability / 4.2.4：
Limiting Throughput / 4.2.5：
Video Streaming over a Peer-to-Peer Network / 4.3：
Video Streaming Protocol / 5.1：
Video Packet Transmission / 5.1.1：
Retransmissions / 5.1.2：
Peer-to-Peer CoDiO Scheduling / 5.2：
Sender-Driven Prioritization / 5.2.1：
Distortion-Optimized Retransmission Scheduling / 5.2.2：
Scheduler Evaluation / 5.2.3：
Video Sessions / 5.3：
Diversity / 5.3.2：
CoDiO P2P / 5.3.3：
Conclusions and Future Work / 5.4：
Conclusions / 6.1：
Future Work / 6.2：
Video Experiments / A：
Encoding Structures / A.1：
Latency-Constrained Video Streaming / A.1.2：
Error-Resilient Decoding / A.1.3：
Quality Metric / A.1.4：
Video Sequences / A.2：
Container / A.2.1：
Foreman / A.2.2：
Mobile / A.2.3：
Mother & Daughter / A.2.4：
News / A.2.5：
Salesman / A.2.6：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Background / 2：
Video Compression / 2.1：
14.
図書
H. Haug ... [et al.] ; edited by C. Klingshirn
目次情報:
続きを見る
Landolt-Börnstein
Group III: Condensed Matter
Semiconductor Quantum Structures / Volume 34：
Optical Properties (Part 2) / Subvolume C2：
Introductory material
Low-dimensional structures of II-VI compounds / 5：
General properties / H. Kalt5.1：
Introduction / 5.1.1：
Some basic properties of bulk II-VI compounds / 5.1.2：
Band-gap energies / 5.1.2.1：
Excitonic properties / 5.1.2.2：
Alignment of electronic bands / 5.1.3：
References for 5.1 / 5.1.4：
Quantum-well structures of II-VI compounds / 5.2：
(Hg,X)Te quantum wells / 5.2.1：
Low-density regime / 5.2.1.1：
Electronic states in quantum wells / 5.2.1.1.1：
Electron-hole and excitonic transitions / 5.2.1.1.2：
Modification of the optical properties by internal fields / 5.2.1.2：
Modification of the optical properties by external fields / 5.2.1.3：
High-density regime and nonlinear optics / 5.2.1.4：
References for 5.2.1 / 5.2.1.5：
CdTe quantum wells / 5.2.2：
Excitonic transitions / 5.2.2.1：
Localized excitons / 5.2.2.1.3：
Polariton effects / 5.2.2.1.4：
Strained quantum wells / 5.2.2.2：
Piezoelectric quantum wells / 5.2.2.2.2：
Hydrostatic pressure / 5.2.2.3：
External electric fields / 5.2.2.3.2：
External magnetic fields / 5.2.2.3.3：
The intermediate-density regime / 5.2.2.4：
Exciton-exciton interaction / 5.2.2.4.1：
Excitonic lasing and optical gain / 5.2.2.4.2：
Biexcitons / 5.2.2.4.3：
The high-density regime / 5.2.2.5：
One-component plasma (2DEG) / 5.2.2.5.1：
Electron-hole plasma / 5.2.2.5.2：
Coherent dynamics and relaxation of optical excitations / 5.2.2.6：
Coherent interactions / 5.2.2.6.1：
Dephasing mechanisms and homogeneous linewidth / 5.2.2.6.2：
Relaxation processes / 5.2.2.6.3：
Transport phenomena of excitons and trions / 5.2.2.6.4：
Radiative and nonradiative recombination / 5.2.2.6.5：
References for 5.2.2 / 5.2.2.7：
(Cd,Zn)Te, (Cd,Mn)Te, and (Cd,Mg)Te quantum wells / 5.2.3：
The intermediate and high-density regimes / 5.2.3.1：
References for 5.2.3 / 5.2.3.4：
ZnTe quantum wells / 5.2.4：
Excitons and polaritons / 5.2.4.1：
Optical nonlinearities and high-density effects / 5.2.4.3：
References for 5.2.4 / 5.2.4.4：
Telluride diluted-magnetic semiconductor quantum-well structures: (Hg,Mn)Te, (Cd,Mn)Te, and (Zn,Mn)Te QWs; Se/Te type-II QWs / 5.2.5：
Zeeman splitting and its applications / 5.2.5.1：
Giant Zeeman splitting / 5.2.5.1.1：
Magnetic-field induced type-I to type-II transition / 5.2.5.1.2：
Interface effects in non-DMS/DMS QW structures / 5.2.5.1.3：
Magnetic-field induced circular birefringence / 5.2.5.1.4：
Coulomb-bound electron-hole pairs and complexes (low-density regime) / 5.2.5.2：
Magnetic polarons / 5.2.5.2.1：
Donor-acceptor pair recombination / 5.2.5.2.3：
The intermediate and high-density regime / 5.2.5.3：
Spin-aligned excitons / 5.2.5.3.1：
Spin-aligned magnetoplasma / 5.2.5.3.2：
Two-dimensional electron or hole gas / 5.2.5.3.3：
Coherent spin dynamics and spin injection / 5.2.5.4：
Spin relaxation / 5.2.5.4.2：
Exciton dephasing and homogeneous broadening / 5.2.5.4.3：
Formation dynamics of magnetic polarons / 5.2.5.4.4：
Recombination processes / 5.2.5.4.5：
References for 5.2.5 / 5.2.5.5：
Telluride/Selenide quantum wells / 5.2.6：
High-density regime and dynamics / 5.2.6.1：
References for 5.2.6 / 5.2.6.3：
HgSe and (Hg,Cd)Se quantum wells / 5.2.7：
References for 5.2.7
CdSe quantum wells / 5.2.8：
High-density regime / 5.2.8.1：
Relaxation dynamics / 5.2.8.3：
References for 5.2.8 / 5.2.8.4：
(Cd,Zn)Se quantum wells / 5.2.9：
Modifications of the optical properties by internal fields / 5.2.9.1：
Piezoelectric fields / 5.2.9.2.1：
Modifications of the optical properties by external fields / 5.2.9.3：
Excitonic interactions and Pauli blocking / 5.2.9.3.1：
Two-photon absorption and second harmonic generation / 5.2.9.4.2：
Localized biexcitons / 5.2.9.4.3：
Excitonic and biexcitonic stimulated emission and optical gain / 5.2.9.4.4：
Fermi-edge singularity / 5.2.9.5：
Correlated electron-hole plasma / 5.2.9.5.2：
Coherent interactions and dephasing / 5.2.9.6：
Transport phenomena / 5.2.9.6.2：
Dynamics of gain and stimulated emission / 5.2.9.6.4：
Radiative and non-radiative recombination / 5.2.9.6.5：
References for 5.2.9 / 5.2.9.7：
ZnSe quantum wells / 5.2.10：
Strain and piezoelectric fields / 5.2.10.1：
Transient internal space charge fields / 5.2.10.2.2：
Electric fields / 5.2.10.3：
Magnetic fields / 5.2.10.3.3：
Excitonic gain and lasing / 5.2.10.4：
Nonlinear optical effects / 5.2.10.4.4：
Optical gain and lasing / 5.2.10.5：
Hot-exciton relaxation / 5.2.10.6：
Lateral transport / 5.2.10.6.4：
References for 5.2.10 / 5.2.10.6.6：
Selenide-based quantum wells containing Be, Mg, or S in the well / 5.2.11：
References for 5.2.11
Selenide diluted-magnetic semiconductor quantum-well structures: (Cd,Mn)Se, (Zn,Mn)Se, and (Zn,Fe)Se QWs / 5.2.12：
Two-dimensional electron gas / 5.2.12.1：
Spin dephasing and relaxation / 5.2.12.4：
Dynamics of magnetic polarons / 5.2.12.4.2：
References for 5.2.12 / 5.2.12.4.3：
Zincblende Sulphide/Selenide type-II quantum wells / 5.2.13：
References for 5.2.13
CdS/ZnS and (Cd,Zn)S/ZnS quantum wells / 5.2.14：
Intermediate and high-density regime / 5.2.14.1：
Exciton dynamics / 5.2.14.4：
References for 5.2.14 / 5.2.14.5：
ZnS/(Zn,Mg)S quantum wells / 5.2.15：
References for 5.2.15
ZnO and (Zn,Cd)O quantum wells / 5.2.16：
Dynamics of optical excitations / 5.2.16.1：
References for 5.2.16 / 5.2.16.5：
Superlattices and coupled quantum-well structures of II-VI compounds / 5.3：
(Hg,X)Te superlattices / 5.3.1：
Electronic states in superlattices / 5.3.1.1：
References for 5.3.1 / 5.3.1.1.2：
CdTe/(Cd,X)Te and (Cd,X)Te/ZnTe superlattices and coupled quantum wells / 5.3.2：
Transient effects and dynamics / 5.3.2.1：
References for 5.3.2 / 5.3.2.5：
Telluride diluted magnetic semiconductor superlattices and coupled quantum wells / 5.3.3：
Electronic states in DMS SLs / 5.3.3.1：
Spin states in DMS SLs / 5.3.3.2：
Polaritons / 5.3.3.3：
Dynamic processes / 5.3.3.5：
References for 5.3.3 / 5.3.3.6：
Telluride/Selenide and Telluride/Sulphide superlattices / 5.3.4：
Electronic states in type-II SLs / 5.3.4.1：
Excitons and isoelectronic traps / 5.3.4.2：
High-excitation regime / 5.3.4.3：
References for 5.3.4 / 5.3.4.5：
CdSe, ZnSe, (Cd,Zn)Se, and (Zn,Mg)(S,Se) superlattices and coupled quantum wells / 5.3.5：
Electronic states in strained-layer superlattices / 5.3.5.1：
Optical functions in superlattices and multiple quantum wells / 5.3.5.1.2：
Magnetic field / 5.3.5.1.3：
References for 5.3.5 / 5.3.5.4：
Selenide DMS superlattices and coupled quantum wells / 5.3.6：
Electronic states in diluted magnetic semiconductor superlattices (DMS SLs) / 5.3.6.1：
Spin-relaxation and spin injection / 5.3.6.1.2：
References for 5.3.6 / 5.3.6.3：
CdSe/CdS and CdS/ZnSe intrinsic Stark superlattices / 5.3.7：
References for 5.3.7 / 5.3.7.1：
Zincblende Sulphide/Selenide superlattices / 5.3.8：
References for 5.3.8
CdS/ZnS, CdS/(Cd,ZnS), and (Cd,Zn)S/ZnS superlattices / 5.3.9：
References for 5.3.9
Quantum-wire structures / 5.4：
Telluride quantum wires / 5.4.1：
Selenide quantum wires / 5.4.1.1：
Electron-phonon coupling / 5.4.2.1：
Optical gain / 5.4.2.1.3：
Exciton recombination / 5.4.2.3：
Sulfide quantum wires / 5.4.3：
Oxide quantum wires / 5.4.4：
Semimagnetic quantum wires / 5.4.5：
Mn-related transitions / 5.4.5.1：
Magneto-optics / 5.4.5.2：
References for 5.4 / 5.4.6：
II-VI Quantum dots I - Nanocrystals / U. Woggon ; S.V. Gaponenko5.5：
HgTe / 5.5.1：
CdTe / 5.5.2：
The low-density regime / 5.5.2.1：
Size-dependent energy states / 5.5.2.1.1：
Splitting of states / 5.5.2.1.2：
Interaction with phonons / 5.5.2.1.3：
Impurity states / 5.5.2.1.4：
Coherent dynamics, relaxation and recombination of optical excitations / 5.5.2.2：
Dot-dot interactions, quantum dot arrays / 5.5.2.5：
(Cd,Hg)Te / 5.5.3：
Cd(Te,Se) and Cd(Te,S) / 5.5.4：
ZnTe / 5.5.5：
HgSe / 5.5.6：
CdSe / 5.5.7：
Biexciton states / 5.5.7.1：
Nonlinear optical coefficients / 5.5.7.2.2：
Stimulated emission and optical gain / 5.5.7.2.3：
Dephasing times and homogeneous linewidth / 5.5.7.3：
Cd(Se,S) / 5.5.7.4.2：
(Cd,Mn)Se / 5.5.8.1：
(Cd,Zn)Se / 5.5.10：
ZnSe / 5.5.11：
HgS / 5.5.11.1：
CdS / 5.5.13：
Nonlinear-optical coefficients / 5.5.13.1：
(Zn,Cd)S / 5.5.13.2.3：
(Zn,Mn)S / 5.5.15：
ZnS / 5.5.16：
CdO / 5.5.16.1：
ZnO / 5.5.18：
References for 5.5 / 5.5.18.1：
II-VI Quantum dots II - Self-organized, epitaxially grown nanostructures / 5.6：
Excitonic states and their fine structure / 5.6.1：
Charged excitons / 5.6.2.1.2：
(Cd,Mn)Te, (Cd,Mg)Te / 5.6.2.1.3：
CdSe and ZnCdSe / 5.6.4：
References for 5.6 / 5.6.6.1：
Landolt-Börnstein
Group III: Condensed Matter
Semiconductor Quantum Structures / Volume 34：
15.
ＥＢ
John Impagliazzo
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
16.
ＥＢ
Laura L. Pullum, Majorie A. Darrah, Brian J. Taylor
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Overview / 1：
Definitions and Conventions / 1.1：
Organization of the Book / 1.2：
Areas of Consideration for Adaptive Systems / 2：
Safety-Critical Adaptive System Example and Experience / 2.1：
Hazard Analysis / 2.2：
Development of a Neural Network Fault Model / 2.2.1：
Requirements for Adaptive Systems / 2.3：
Rule Extraction / 2.4：
What is Rule Extraction? / 2.4.1：
Rule Formats and Definitions / 2.4.2：
Types of Rule Extraction / 2.4.3：
How is Rule Extraction Useful in V&V? / 2.4.4：
Advantages and Disadvantages / 2.4.5：
Modified Life Cycle for Developing Neural Networks / 2.5：
Nested Loop Model of Neural Network Development Process / 2.5.1：
Safety Life Cycle for Hybrid Neural Networks / 2.5.2：
Operational Monitors / 2.6：
Testing Considerations / 2.7：
Interface Testing / 2.7.1：
Function Testing / 2.7.2：
Knowledge Testing / 2.7.3：
Structure Testing / 2.7.4：
Neural Network Testing Tools / 2.7.5：
Training Set Analysis / 2.8：
Training Data with Too Many or Too Few Inputs / 2.8.1：
"The Curse of Dimensionality" / 2.8.2：
Data Redundancy / 2.8.3：
Irrelevant Data / 2.8.4：
Combining Different Data Sets into One / 2.8.5：
Processing the Training Data / 2.8.6：
Data Outliers / 2.8.7：
Use of Rule Extraction/Insertion/Refinement with Training Data / 2.8.8：
Training Data and Operational Monitoring / 2.8.9：
Version Control of the Training Process / 2.8.10：
Stability Analysis / 2.9：
Configuration Management of Neural Network Training and Design / 2.10：
Simulations of Adaptive Systems / 2.11：
Neural Network Visualization / 2.12：
Adaptive System and Neural Network Selection / 2.13：
General Adaptive Systems / 2.13.1：
Neural Network Systems at a High Level / 2.13.2：
Neural Network Systems at a Low Level / 2.13.3：
Neural Network Taxonomy / 2.13.4：
Verification and Validation of Neural Networks - Guidance / 3：
Process: Management / 3.1：
Activity: Management of V&V / 3.1.1：
Process: Acquisition / 3.2：
Activity: Acquisition Support V&V / 3.2.1：
Process: Supply / 3.3：
Activity: Planning V&V / 3.3.1：
Process: Development / 3.4：
Activity: Concept V&V / 3.4.1：
Activity: Requirements V&V / 3.4.2：
Activity; Design V&V / 3.4.3：
Activity: Implementation V&V / 3.4.4：
Activity: Test V&V / 3.4.5：
Activity: Installation and Checkout V&V / 3.4.6：
Process: Operation / 3.5：
Activity: Operation V&V / 3.5.1：
Process: Maintenance / 3.6：
Activity: Maintenance V&V / 3.6.1：
Recent Changes to IEEE Std 1012 / 4：
References / Appendix A：
Acronyms / Appendix B：
Definitions / Appendix C：
Preface
Acknowledgements
Overview / 1：
17.
ＥＢ
John Impagliazzo
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
18.
図書
Thomas Barkowsky
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Mental Processing of Geographic Knowledge / 1.1：
Cognitive Maps / 1.1.1：
Mental Construction of Spatial Knowledge: An Example / 1.1.2：
Theses and Assumptions / 1.2：
Knowledge Construction and Human Memory / 1.2.1：
Characteristics of Geographic Knowledge / 1.2.2：
Spatial Knowledge Organization in Long-Term Memory / 1.2.3：
Visual Mental Images and Diagrammatic Reasoning / 1.2.4：
Research Questions and Goals / 1.3：
Research Questions / 1.3.1：
Goals / 1.3.2：
Approach: Experimental Computational Modeling / 1.4：
Computational Cognition / 1.4.1：
Building Computational Models / 1.4.2：
Modeling as Experimental Approach / 1.4.3：
Organization of this Thesis / 1.5：
State of the Art / 2：
Spatial Knowledge Conceptions: Cognitive Maps and Other Metaphors / 2.1：
Rubber Sheet Maps, Cognitive Atlases, Collages, and Geographic Information Systems / 2.1.1：
Spatial Mental Models / 2.1.3：
Other Conceptions / 2.1.4：
Human Memory / 2.2：
Working Memory / 2.2.1：
Long-Term Memory / 2.2.2：
Interacting Memory Systems in Mental Imagery / 2.2.3：
Mental Imagery / 2.3：
The Imagery Debate / 2.3.1：
Psychological and Neuroscientific Foundations / 2.3.2：
The Kosslyn Models / 2.3.3：
The 1980 Model / 2.3.3.1：
The 1994 Model / 2.3.3.2：
Spatial Reasoning / 2.4：
Topology / 2.4.1：
Orientation / 2.4.2：
Distance / 2.4.3：
Shape / 2.4.4：
Computational Geometry / 2.4.5：
Diagrammatic Reasoning / 2.5：
Propositional vs. Analogical Knowledge Representation / 2.5.1：
Types of Diagrammatic Reasoning Systems / 2.5.2：
Examples for Diagrammatic Reasoning Architectures / 2.5.3：
DEPIC-2D / 2.5.3.1：
WHISPER / 2.5.3.2：
Computational Imagery / 2.5.3.3：
Summary / 2.6：
MIRAGE - Developing the Model / 3：
Characteristics of the Model / 3.1：
Evaluating the Working Memory Representation / 3.1.1：
MIRAGE - Outline of the Model / 3.2：
Types of Entities and Spatial Relations in MIRAGE / 3.3：
Entities / 3.3.1：
Relations / 3.3.2：
Subsystems, Structures, and Processes / 3.4：
Long-Term Memory Activation / 3.4.1：
Spatial Knowledge Fragments / 3.4.1.1：
The Hierarchical Long-Term Memory Representation / 3.4.1.2：
The Access Process / 3.4.1.3：
The Activated Long-Term Memory Representation / 3.4.1.4：
The Construction Process / 3.4.1.5：
Visual Mental Image Construction / 3.4.2：
The Enriched Representation / 3.4.2.1：
The Conversion Process / 3.4.2.2：
The Visual Buffer / 3.4.2.3：
The Visualization Process / 3.4.2.4：
Image Inspection / 3.4.3：
The Inspection Result / 3.4.3.1：
The Inspection Process / 3.4.3.2：
Visual Mental Image Construction in Detail / 4：
A More Demanding Scenario / 4.1：
Diagrammatic Representations of Lean Knowledge / 4.2：
Consequences for Image Construction / 4.3：
Relaxation of Spatial Constraints / 4.3.1：
Completion of Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.3.2：
Interpretation of Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.3.3：
Image Revision Strategies in MIRAGE / 4.4：
Unstable Images / 4.4.1：
Omission of Facts / 4.4.2：
Revision of Relational Completion / 4.4.3：
Variation of Relational Completion / 4.4.3.1：
Relaxation of Relational Completion / 4.4.3.2：
Revision of Image Specification / 4.4.4：
Depicting Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.4.4.1：
Depicting Unspecified Spatial Relations / 4.4.4.2：
MIRAGE Implementation / 4.5：
Computational Tools for Modeling: SIMSIS / 5.1：
The Idea of SIMSIS / 5.1.1：
The Aspect Map Model / 5.1.1.1：
Modeling Aspect Maps in SIMSIS / 5.1.1.2：
Depictions, Scenarios, and Interpretations / 5.1.2：
SIMSIS Pictures / 5.1.2.1：
SIMSIS Facts and Scenarios / 5.1.2.2：
SIMSIS Interpretations and Meaning Systems / 5.1.2.3：
Realization of the Model / 5.2：
MIRAGE Structures / 5.2.1：
Entities, Relations, and Spatial Knowledge Fragments / 5.2.1.1：
The Long-Term Memory Representations / 5.2.1.2：
MIRAGE Processes / 5.2.1.3：
The Long-Term Memory Activation Processes / 5.2.2.1：
The Image Construction Processes / 5.2.2.2：
Operation and Behavior of MIRAGE / 5.2.2.3：
Conclusion and Outlook / 6：
Results and Discussion / 6.1：
Reflecting the Theses / 6.2.1：
Spatial Knowledge Construction / 6.2.1.1：
Underdeterminacy in Long-Term Memory / 6.2.1.2：
Fragmentation and Hierarchical Organization / 6.2.1.3：
Visual Mental Imagery / 6.2.1.4：
The Parameters of the Model / 6.2.2：
Explicit Parameters / 6.2.2.1：
Implicit Parameters / 6.2.2.2：
Conclusions / 6.2.3：
Future Work / 6.3：
Extending MIRAGE / 6.3.1：
Geographic Entities and Spatial Relations / 6.3.1.1：
Partially Aggregated Knowledge Structures / 6.3.1.2：
Mental Imagery Functionality / 6.3.1.3：
Parameters of MIRAGE / 6.3.1.4：
Empirical Investigations / 6.3.2：
Use of Default Knowledge / 6.3.2.1：
Control of Image Construction / 6.3.2.2：
Processing Capacity for Mental Images / 6.3.2.3：
Use of Chunking Facilities / 6.3.2.4：
Combination of Propositional and Image-Based Reasoning / 6.3.2.5：
Application Perspectives / 6.3.3：
Adequate Presentation of Visual Information / 6.3.3.1：
External Support of Reasoning in Mental Images / 6.3.3.2：
Bibliography
Index
Introduction / 1：
Mental Processing of Geographic Knowledge / 1.1：
Cognitive Maps / 1.1.1：
19.
ＥＢ
Thomas Barkowsky
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2002
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Mental Processing of Geographic Knowledge / 1.1：
Cognitive Maps / 1.1.1：
Mental Construction of Spatial Knowledge: An Example / 1.1.2：
Theses and Assumptions / 1.2：
Knowledge Construction and Human Memory / 1.2.1：
Characteristics of Geographic Knowledge / 1.2.2：
Spatial Knowledge Organization in Long-Term Memory / 1.2.3：
Visual Mental Images and Diagrammatic Reasoning / 1.2.4：
Research Questions and Goals / 1.3：
Research Questions / 1.3.1：
Goals / 1.3.2：
Approach: Experimental Computational Modeling / 1.4：
Computational Cognition / 1.4.1：
Building Computational Models / 1.4.2：
Modeling as Experimental Approach / 1.4.3：
Organization of this Thesis / 1.5：
State of the Art / 2：
Spatial Knowledge Conceptions: Cognitive Maps and Other Metaphors / 2.1：
Rubber Sheet Maps, Cognitive Atlases, Collages, and Geographic Information Systems / 2.1.1：
Spatial Mental Models / 2.1.3：
Other Conceptions / 2.1.4：
Human Memory / 2.2：
Working Memory / 2.2.1：
Long-Term Memory / 2.2.2：
Interacting Memory Systems in Mental Imagery / 2.2.3：
Mental Imagery / 2.3：
The Imagery Debate / 2.3.1：
Psychological and Neuroscientific Foundations / 2.3.2：
The Kosslyn Models / 2.3.3：
The 1980 Model / 2.3.3.1：
The 1994 Model / 2.3.3.2：
Spatial Reasoning / 2.4：
Topology / 2.4.1：
Orientation / 2.4.2：
Distance / 2.4.3：
Shape / 2.4.4：
Computational Geometry / 2.4.5：
Diagrammatic Reasoning / 2.5：
Propositional vs. Analogical Knowledge Representation / 2.5.1：
Types of Diagrammatic Reasoning Systems / 2.5.2：
Examples for Diagrammatic Reasoning Architectures / 2.5.3：
DEPIC-2D / 2.5.3.1：
WHISPER / 2.5.3.2：
Computational Imagery / 2.5.3.3：
Summary / 2.6：
MIRAGE - Developing the Model / 3：
Characteristics of the Model / 3.1：
Evaluating the Working Memory Representation / 3.1.1：
MIRAGE - Outline of the Model / 3.2：
Types of Entities and Spatial Relations in MIRAGE / 3.3：
Entities / 3.3.1：
Relations / 3.3.2：
Subsystems, Structures, and Processes / 3.4：
Long-Term Memory Activation / 3.4.1：
Spatial Knowledge Fragments / 3.4.1.1：
The Hierarchical Long-Term Memory Representation / 3.4.1.2：
The Access Process / 3.4.1.3：
The Activated Long-Term Memory Representation / 3.4.1.4：
The Construction Process / 3.4.1.5：
Visual Mental Image Construction / 3.4.2：
The Enriched Representation / 3.4.2.1：
The Conversion Process / 3.4.2.2：
The Visual Buffer / 3.4.2.3：
The Visualization Process / 3.4.2.4：
Image Inspection / 3.4.3：
The Inspection Result / 3.4.3.1：
The Inspection Process / 3.4.3.2：
Visual Mental Image Construction in Detail / 4：
A More Demanding Scenario / 4.1：
Diagrammatic Representations of Lean Knowledge / 4.2：
Consequences for Image Construction / 4.3：
Relaxation of Spatial Constraints / 4.3.1：
Completion of Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.3.2：
Interpretation of Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.3.3：
Image Revision Strategies in MIRAGE / 4.4：
Unstable Images / 4.4.1：
Omission of Facts / 4.4.2：
Revision of Relational Completion / 4.4.3：
Variation of Relational Completion / 4.4.3.1：
Relaxation of Relational Completion / 4.4.3.2：
Revision of Image Specification / 4.4.4：
Depicting Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.4.4.1：
Depicting Unspecified Spatial Relations / 4.4.4.2：
MIRAGE Implementation / 4.5：
Computational Tools for Modeling: SIMSIS / 5.1：
The Idea of SIMSIS / 5.1.1：
The Aspect Map Model / 5.1.1.1：
Modeling Aspect Maps in SIMSIS / 5.1.1.2：
Depictions, Scenarios, and Interpretations / 5.1.2：
SIMSIS Pictures / 5.1.2.1：
SIMSIS Facts and Scenarios / 5.1.2.2：
SIMSIS Interpretations and Meaning Systems / 5.1.2.3：
Realization of the Model / 5.2：
MIRAGE Structures / 5.2.1：
Entities, Relations, and Spatial Knowledge Fragments / 5.2.1.1：
The Long-Term Memory Representations / 5.2.1.2：
MIRAGE Processes / 5.2.1.3：
The Long-Term Memory Activation Processes / 5.2.2.1：
The Image Construction Processes / 5.2.2.2：
Operation and Behavior of MIRAGE / 5.2.2.3：
Conclusion and Outlook / 6：
Results and Discussion / 6.1：
Reflecting the Theses / 6.2.1：
Spatial Knowledge Construction / 6.2.1.1：
Underdeterminacy in Long-Term Memory / 6.2.1.2：
Fragmentation and Hierarchical Organization / 6.2.1.3：
Visual Mental Imagery / 6.2.1.4：
The Parameters of the Model / 6.2.2：
Explicit Parameters / 6.2.2.1：
Implicit Parameters / 6.2.2.2：
Conclusions / 6.2.3：
Future Work / 6.3：
Extending MIRAGE / 6.3.1：
Geographic Entities and Spatial Relations / 6.3.1.1：
Partially Aggregated Knowledge Structures / 6.3.1.2：
Mental Imagery Functionality / 6.3.1.3：
Parameters of MIRAGE / 6.3.1.4：
Empirical Investigations / 6.3.2：
Use of Default Knowledge / 6.3.2.1：
Control of Image Construction / 6.3.2.2：
Processing Capacity for Mental Images / 6.3.2.3：
Use of Chunking Facilities / 6.3.2.4：
Combination of Propositional and Image-Based Reasoning / 6.3.2.5：
Application Perspectives / 6.3.3：
Adequate Presentation of Visual Information / 6.3.3.1：
External Support of Reasoning in Mental Images / 6.3.3.2：
Bibliography
Index
Introduction / 1：
Mental Processing of Geographic Knowledge / 1.1：
Cognitive Maps / 1.1.1：
20.
図書
Robert Alicki and Mark Fannes
出版情報:
Oxford : Oxford University Press, c2001 xiv, 278 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Basic tools for quantum mechanics / 2：
Hilbert spaces and operators / 2.1：
Vector spaces / 2.1.1：
Banach and Hilbert spaces / 2.1.2：
Geometrical properties of Hilbert spaces / 2.1.3：
Orthonormal bases / 2.1.4：
Subspaces and projectors / 2.1.5：
Linear maps between Banach spaces / 2.1.6：
Linear functionals and Dirac notation / 2.1.7：
Adjoints of bounded operators / 2.1.8：
Hermitian, unitary and normal operators / 2.1.9：
Partial isometries and polar decomposition / 2.1.10：
Spectra of operators / 2.1.11：
Unbounded operators / 2.1.12：
Measures / 2.2：
Measures and integration / 2.2.1：
Distributions / 2.2.2：
Hilbert spaces of functions / 2.2.3：
Spectral measures / 2.2.4：
Probability in quantum mechanics / 2.3：
Pure states / 2.3.1：
Mixed states, density matrices / 2.3.2：
Observables in quantum mechanics / 2.4：
Compact operators / 2.4.1：
Weyl quantization / 2.4.2：
Composed systems / 2.5：
Direct sums / 2.5.1：
Tensor products / 2.5.2：
Observables and states of composite systems / 2.5.3：
Notes / 2.6：
Deterministic dynamics / 3：
Deterministic quantum dynamics / 3.1：
Time-independent Hamiltonians / 3.1.1：
Perturbations of Hamiltonians / 3.1.2：
Time-dependent Hamiltonians / 3.1.3：
Periodic perturbations and Floquet operators / 3.1.4：
Kicked dynamics / 3.1.5：
Classical limits / 3.2：
Classical differentiable dynamics / 3.3：
Self-adjoint Laplacians on compact manifolds / 3.4：
Spin chains / 3.5：
Local observables / 4.1：
States of a spin system / 4.2：
Symmetries and dynamics / 4.3：
Algebraic tools / 5：
C*-algebras / 5.1：
Examples / 5.2：
States and representations / 5.3：
Dynamical systems and von Neumann algebras / 5.4：
Fermionic dynamical systems / 5.5：
Fermions in Fock space / 6.1：
Fock space / 6.1.1：
Creation and annihilation / 6.1.2：
Second quantization / 6.1.3：
The CAR-algebra / 6.2：
Canonical anticommutation relations / 6.2.1：
Quasi-free automorphisms / 6.2.2：
Quasi-free states / 6.2.3：
Ergodic theory / 6.3：
Ergodicity in classical systems / 7.1：
Ergodicity in quantum systems / 7.2：
Asymptotic Abelianness / 7.2.1：
Multitime correlations / 7.2.2：
Fluctuations around ergodic means / 7.2.3：
Lyapunov exponents / 7.3：
Classical dynamics / 7.3.1：
Quantum dynamics / 7.3.2：
Quantum irreversibility / 7.4：
Measurement theory / 8.1：
Open quantum systems / 8.2：
Complete positivity / 8.3：
Quantum dynamical semigroups / 8.4：
Quasi-free completely positive maps / 8.5：
Entropy / 8.6：
von Neumann entropy / 9.1：
Technical preliminaries / 9.1.1：
Properties of von Neumann's entropy / 9.1.2：
Mean entropy / 9.1.3：
Entropy of quasi-free states / 9.1.4：
Relative entropy / 9.2：
Finite-dimensional case / 9.2.1：
Maximum entropy principle / 9.2.2：
Algebraic setting / 9.2.3：
Dynamical entropy / 9.3：
Operational partitions / 10.1：
Symbolic dynamics / 10.2：
The entropy / 10.2.2：
Some technical results / 10.3：
The quantum shift / 10.4：
The free shift / 10.4.2：
Infinite entropy / 10.4.3：
Powers-Price shifts / 10.4.4：
Classical dynamical entropy / 10.5：
The Kolmogorov-Sinai invariant / 11.1：
H-density / 11.2：
Finite quantum systems / 12：
Quantum chaos / 12.1：
Time scales / 12.1.1：
Spectral statistics / 12.1.2：
Semi-classical limits / 12.1.3：
The kicked top / 12.2：
The model / 12.2.1：
The classical limit / 12.2.2：
Kicked mean-field Heisenberg model / 12.2.3：
Chaotic properties / 12.2.4：
Gram matrices / 12.3：
Entropy production / 12.4：
Model systems / 12.5：
Entropy of the quantum cat map / 13.1：
Ruelle's inequality / 13.2：
Non-commutative Riemannian structures / 13.2.1：
Non-commutative Lyapunov exponents / 13.2.2：
Quasi-free Fermion dynamics / 13.2.3：
Description of the model / 13.3.1：
Main result / 13.3.2：
Sketch of the proof / 13.3.3：
Epilogue / 13.4：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Basic tools for quantum mechanics / 2：
Hilbert spaces and operators / 2.1：
21.
図書
Hans Bisswanger
出版情報:
Weinheim : WILEY-VCH, c2008 xviii, 301 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Second English Edition
Preface to the First English Edition
Symbols and Abbreviations
Introduction and Definitions
References
Multiple Equilibria / 1：
Diffusion / 1.1：
Interaction between Macromolecules and Ligands / 1.2：
Binding Constants / 1.2.1：
Macromolecules with One Binding Site / 1.2.2：
Macromolecules with Identical Independent Binding Sites / 1.3：
General Binding Equation / 1.3.1：
Graphic Representations of the Binding Equation / 1.3.2：
Direct and Linear Diagrams / 1.3.2.1：
Analysis of Binding Data from Spectroscopic Titrations / 1.3.2.2：
Binding of Different Ligands, Competition / 1.3.3：
Non-competitive Binding / 1.3.4：
Macromolecules with Non-identical, Independent Binding Sites / 1.4：
Macromolecules with Identical, Interacting Binding Sites, Cooperativity / 1.5：
The Hill Equation / 1.5.1：
The Adair Equation / 1.5.2：
The Pauling Model / 1.5.3：
Allosteric Enzymes / 1.5.4：
The Symmetry or Concerted Model / 1.5.5：
The Sequential Model and Negative Cooperativity / 1.5.6：
Analysis of Cooperativity / 1.5.7：
Physiological Aspects of Cooperativity / 1.5.8：
Examples of Allosteric Enzymes / 1.5.9：
Hemoglobin / 1.5.9.1：
Aspartate Transcarbamoylase / 1.5.9.2：
Aspartokinase / 1.5.9.3：
Phosphofructokinase / 1.5.9.4：
Allosteric Regulation of the Glycogen Metabolism / 1.5.9.5：
Membrane Bound Enzymes and Receptors / 1.5.9.6：
Non-identical, Interacting Binding Sites / 1.6：
Enzyme Kinetics / 2：
Reaction Order / 2.1：
First Order Reactions / 2.1.1：
Second Order Reactions / 2.1.2：
Zero Order Reactions / 2.1.3：
Steady-State Kinetics and the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.2：
Derivation of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.2.1：
Analysis of Enzyme Kinetic Data / 2.3：
Graphical Representations of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.3.1：
Direct and Semi-logarithmic Representations / 2.3.1.1：
Direct Linear Plots / 2.3.1.2：
Linearization Methods / 2.3.1.3：
Analysis of Progress Curves / 2.3.2：
Integrated Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.3.2.1：
Determination of Reaction Rates / 2.3.2.2：
Graphic Methods for Rate Determination / 2.3.2.3：
Graphic Determination of True Initial Rates / 2.3.2.4：
Reversible Enzyme Reactions / 2.4：
Rate Equation for Reversible Enzyme Reactions / 2.4.1：
The Haldane Relationship / 2.4.2：
Product Inhibition / 2.4.3：
Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5：
Unspecific Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.1：
Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.2：
General Features of Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.2.1：
Suicide Substrates / 2.5.2.2：
Transition State Analogs / 2.5.2.3：
Analysis of Irreversible Inhibitions / 2.5.2.4：
Reversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.3：
General Rate Equation / 2.5.3.1：
Non-Competitive Inhibition and Graphic Representation of Inhibition Data / 2.5.3.2：
Competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.3：
Uncompetitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.4：
Partially Non-competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.5：
Partially Uncompetitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.6：
Partially Competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.7：
Noncompetitive and Uncompetitive Product Inhibition / 2.5.3.8：
Substrate Inhibition / 2.5.3.9：
Enzyme Reactions with Two Competing Substrates / 2.5.4：
Different Enzymes Catalyzing the Same Reaction / 2.5.5：
Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6：
Nomenclature / 2.6.1：
Random Mechanism / 2.6.2：
Ordered Mechanism / 2.6.3：
Ping-pong Mechanism / 2.6.4：
Product Inhibition in Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.5：
Haldane Relationships in Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.6：
Mechanisms with more than Two Substrates / 2.6.7：
Other Nomenclatures for Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.8：
Derivation of Rate Equations of Complex Enzyme Mechanisms / 2.7：
King-Altmann Method / 2.7.1：
Simplified Derivations Applying Graph Theory / 2.7.2：
Combination of Equilibrium and Steady State Approach / 2.7.3：
Kinetic Treatment of Allosteric Enzymes / 2.8：
Hysteretic Enzymes / 2.8.1：
Kinetic Cooperativity, the Slow Transition Model / 2.8.2：
pH and Temperature Dependence of Enzymes / 2.9：
pH Optimum and Determination of pK Values / 2.9.1：
pH Stability / 2.9.2：
Temperature Dependence / 2.9.3：
Isotope Exchange / 2.10：
Isotope Exchange Kinetics / 2.10.1：
Isotope Effects / 2.10.2：
Primary Kinetic Isotope Effect / 2.10.2.1：
Influence of the Kinetic Isotope Effect on V and Km / 2.10.2.2：
Other Isotope Effects / 2.10.2.3：
Special Enzyme Mechanisms / 2.11：
Ribozymes / 2.11.1：
Polymer Substrates / 2.11.2：
Kinetics of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3：
External Diffusion Limitation / 2.11.3.1：
Internal Diffusion Limitation / 2.11.3.2：
Inhibition of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3.3：
pH and Temperature Behavior of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3.4：
Transport Processes / 2.11.4：
Enzyme Reactions at Membrane Interfaces / 2.11.5：
Application of Statistical Methods in Enzyme Kinetics / 2.12：
General Remarks / 2.12.1：
Statistical Terms Used in Enzyme Kinetics / 2.12.2：
Methods / 3：
Methods for Investigation of Multiple Equilibria / 3.1：
Equilibrium Dialysis and General Aspects of Binding Measurements / 3.1.1：
Equilibrium Dialysis / 3.1.1.1：
Control Experiments and Sources of Error / 3.1.1.2：
Continuous Equilibrium Dialysis / 3.1.1.3：
Ultrafiltration / 3.1.2：
Gel Filtration / 3.1.3：
Batch Method / 3.1.3.1：
The Method of Hummel and Dreyer / 3.1.3.2：
Other Gel Filtration Methods / 3.1.3.3：
Ultracentrifugation / 3.1.4：
Fixed Angle Ultracentrifugation Methods / 3.1.4.1：
Sucrose Gradient Centrifugation / 3.1.4.2：
Surface Plasmon Resonance / 3.1.5：
Electrochemical Methods / 3.2：
The Oxygen Electrode / 3.2.1：
The CO2 Electrode / 3.2.2：
Potentiometry, Redox Potentials / 3.2.3：
The pH-stat / 3.2.4：
Polarography / 3.2.5：
Calorimetry / 3.3：
Spectroscopic Methods / 3.4：
Absorption Spectroscopy / 3.4.1：
The Lambert-Beer Law / 3.4.1.1：
Spectral Properties of Enzymes and Ligands / 3.4.1.2：
Structure of Spectrophotometers / 3.4.1.3：
Double Beam Spectrophotometer / 3.4.1.4：
Difference Spectroscopy / 3.4.1.5：
The Dual Wavelength Spectrophotometer / 3.4.1.6：
Photochemical Action Spectra / 3.4.1.7：
Bioluminescence / 3.4.2：
Fluorescence / 3.4.3：
Quantum Yield / 3.4.3.1：
Structure of Spectrofluorimeters / 3.4.3.2：
Perturbations of Fluorescence Measurements / 3.4.3.3：
Fluorescent Compounds (Fluorophores) / 3.4.3.4：
Radiationless Energy Transfer / 3.4.3.5：
Fluorescence Polarization / 3.4.3.6：
Pulse Fluorimetry / 3.4.3.7：
Circular Dichroism and Optical Rotation Dispersion / 3.4.4：
Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy / 3.4.5：
IR Spectroscopy / 3.4.5.1：
Raman Spectroscopy / 3.4.5.2：
Applications / 3.4.5.3：
Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy / 3.4.6：
Measurement of Fast Reactions / 3.5：
Flow Methods / 3.5.1：
The Continuous Flow Method / 3.5.1.1：
The Stopped-flow Method / 3.5.1.2：
Measurement of Enzyme Reactions by Flow Methods / 3.5.1.3：
Determination of the Dead Time / 3.5.1.4：
Relaxation Methods / 3.5.2：
The Temperature Jump Method / 3.5.2.1：
The Pressure Jump Method / 3.5.2.2：
The Electric Field Method / 3.5.2.3：
Flash Photolysis, Pico- and Femto-second Spectroscopy / 3.5.3：
Evaluation of Rapid Kinetic Reactions (Transient Kinetics) / 3.5.4：
Subject Index
Preface to the Second English Edition
Preface to the First English Edition
Symbols and Abbreviations
22.
ＥＢ
John Gerhard Erickson, Paul Fears Wiley, Vernon Paul Wystrach
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
23.
図書
editors, Hisham Z. Massoud ... [et al.]
24.
ＥＢ
Zivorad R. Lazic
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2004
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Discrete Distributions / I Introduction to Statistics for Engineers：
Continuous Distribution / 1.1.2：
Normal Distributions / 1.1.3：
Statistical Inference / 1.2：
Statistical Hypotheses / 1.2.1：
Statistical Estimation / 1.3：
Point Estimates / 1.3.1：
Interval Estimates / 1.3.2：
Control Charts / 1.3.3：
Control of Type II error-b / 1.3.4：
Sequential Tests / 1.3.5：
Tests and Estimates on Statistical Variance / 1.4：
Analysis of Variance / 1.5：
Regression analysis / 1.6：
Simple Linear Regression / 1.6.1：
Multiple Regression / 1.6.2：
Polynomial Regression / 1.6.3：
Nonlinear Regression / 1.6.4：
Correlation Analysis / 1.7：
Correlation in Linear Regression / 1.7.1：
Correlation in Multiple Linear Regression / 1.7.2：
Design and Analysis of Experiments / II：
Introduction to Design of Experiments (DOE) / 2.0：
Preliminary Examination of Subject of Research / 2.1：
Defining Research Problem / 2.1.1：
Selection of the Responses / 2.1.2：
Selection of Factors, Levels and Basic Level / 2.1.3：
Measuring Errors of Factors and Responses / 2.1.4：
Screening Experiments / 2.2：
Preliminary Ranking of the Factors / 2.2.1：
Active Screening Experiment-Method of Random Balance / 2.2.2：
Active Screening Experiment Plackett-Burman Designs / 2.2.3：
Completely Randomized Block Design
Latin Squares / 2.2.4：
Graeco-Latin Square / 2.2.5：
Youdens Squares / 2.2.6：
Basic Experiment-Mathematical Modeling / 2.3：
Full Factorial Experiments and Fractional Factorial Experiments / 2.3.1：
Second-order Rotatable Design (Box-Wilson Design) / 2.3.2：
Orthogonal Second-order Design (Box-Benken Design) / 2.3.3：
D-optimality, B k -designs and Hartleys Second-order Designs / 2.3.4：
Conclusion after Obtaining Second-order Model / 2.3.5：
Statistical Analysis / 2.4：
Determination of Experimental Error / 2.4.1：
Significance of the Regression Coefficients / 2.4.2：
Lack of Fit of Regression Models / 2.4.3：
Experimental Optimization of Research Subject / 2.5：
Problem of Optimization / 2.5.1：
Gradient Optimization Methods / 2.5.2：
Nongradient Methods of Optimization / 2.5.3：
Simplex Sum Rotatable Design / 2.5.4：
Canonical Analysis of the Response surface / 2.6：
Examples of Complex Optimizations / 2.7：
Mixture Design "Composition-Property" / III：
Screening Design "Composition-Property" / 3.1：
Simplex Lattice Screening Designs / 3.1.1：
Full Factorial Combined with Mixture Design-Crossed Design / 3.1.2：
Answers to Selected Problems / Appendix.A.1：
Tables of Statistical Functions / A.2：
Index
Preface
Discrete Distributions / I Introduction to Statistics for Engineers：
Continuous Distribution / 1.1.2：
25.
ＥＢ
Mahmoud Hamdan, Dominic M. Desiderio, Mahmoud H. Hamdan
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Overview / 1：
Cancer Biomarkers / 1.1：
Phases of Biomarkers Development / 1.3：
New Approach to Biomarkers Discovery / 1.4：
New and Powerful Technologies / 1.4.1：
Promising Sources for Biomarkers / 1.4.2：
DNA Methylation / 1.4.2.1：
Mitochondrial DNA Mutations / 1.4.2.2：
Phosphatidylinositol-3 Kinases (PI3Ks) / 1.4.2.3：
Profi ling Tyrosine Phosphorylation / 1.4.2.4：
Proteins Expression / 1.4.2.5：
Initiatives Relevant to Biomarkers Discovery / 1.5：
Initiatives of the Human Proteome Organization (HUPO) / 1.5.1：
Data Mining in Cancer Research / 1.5.2：
Concluding Remarks / 1.6：
References
Proteomic Platforms for Biomarkers Discovery / 2：
Surface Enhanced Laser Desorption Ionization / 2.1：
Some Basic Considerations / 2.1.1：
Protein Capture Surfaces / 2.1.2：
Enrichment/prefractionation Prior to SELDI Analysis / 2.1.3：
Combinatorial Affi nity / 2.1.3.1：
Magnetic Beads / 2.1.3.2：
Stacked Sorbents / 2.1.3.3：
Organic Solvent Extraction / 2.1.3.4：
Bioinformatics in SELDI / 2.2：
Some Representative SELDI Applications / 2.3：
Addressing Reproducibility in SELDI Analysis / 2.3.1：
Limitations and Other Open Questions Regarding Current SELDI / 2.3.2：
Other Open Questions / 2.3.3：
Outlook / 2.3.4：
Two-dimensional Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis / 2.4：
Sample Preparation / 2.4.1：
Reducing Sample Complexity / 2.4.2：
Various Nomenclatures In-gel Analysis / 2.4.3：
Multiple-gels Two-dimensional Analyses / 2.4.3.1：
Two-dimensional DIGE Analysis / 2.4.3.2：
Multiphoton Detection Imaging / 2.4.3.3：
Stable-isotope Labeling with Amino Acids in Cell Culture (SILAC) / 2.4.3.4：
Laser Capture Microdissection / 2.5：
MS Analysis of Gel-separated Proteins / 2.6：
Representative Applications of 2-DE for Biomarkers Discovery / 2.7：
Protein Microarrays / 2.8：
Analytical Protein Microarrays / 2.8.1：
Substrates and Protein Attachment Methods / 2.8.2：
Detection Strategies / 2.8.3：
Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) / 2.8.3.1：
Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) / 2.8.3.2：
Enzyme-linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) / 2.8.3.3：
Radio Isotope Labeling / 2.8.3.4：
Fluorescence Detection / 2.8.3.5：
Functional Protein Microarrays / 2.8.4：
Reverse-phase Protein Microarrays / 2.8.5：
Future Prospects / 2.8.6：
Multidimensional Liquid Chromatography Coupled to MS / 2.9：
Protein Labeling / 2.9.1：
Labeling a Specifi c Amino Acid / 2.9.2：
Stable Isotope Incorporation / 2.9.3：
Limitations of Labeling / 2.9.4：
Chromatographic Separation / 2.10：
Three Dimensional Separation / 2.10.1：
Two-dimensional Chromatography / 2.10.2：
Basic Considerations Regarding MudPIT / 2.10.3：
Mass Spectrometry and Data Analysis / 2.10.4：
Data Analysis and Interpretation / 2.10.5：
Application of Multidimensional Chromatography/MS / 2.10.6：
Outlook for Multidimensional LC/MS / 2.10.7：
Imaging Mass Spectrometry / 2.11：
Tissue Preparation and Matrix Application / 2.11.1：
MS Acquisition / 2.11.2：
Some Representative Applications of Imaging MS / 2.11.3：
Current Limitations and Potential Developments / 2.11.4：
Some Existing Cancer Biomarkers / 3：
Historic Glimpse at PSA / 3.1：
Prostate-specifi c Antigen / 3.3：
PSA as a Screening Marker / 3.4：
Improving the Specifi city of PSA / 3.5：
Free/Complexed PSA / 3.5.1：
PSA Isoforms / 3.5.2：
Impact of Age, Race, and PSA Velocity / 3.5.3：
Looking for Other Solutions / 3.6：
Genetic Alterations / 3.6.1：
Phosphorylated Akt / 3.6.2：
Existing Biomarkers for Ovarian Cancer / 3.7：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction
26.
ＥＢ
Abhishek Singh., Abhishek Singh, Baibhav Singh
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Assembly Language
Introduction / 1.0：
Registers / 1.1：
General Purpose Register / 1.1.1：
FLAGS Register / 1.1.2：
80x86 Instruction Format / 1.2：
Instruction Prefix / 1.2.1：
Lock and Repeat Prefixes / 1.2.2：
Segment Override Prefixes / 1.2.3：
Opcode / 1.2.4：
Instructions / 1.3：
Basic Instructions / 1.3.1：
Floating Point Instruction / 1.3.2：
Stack Setup / 1.4：
Passing Parameters in C to the Procedure / 1.4.1：
Local Data Space on the Stack / 1.4.2：
Calling Conventions / 1.5：
cdecl calling convention / 1.5.1：
fastcall calling convention / 1.5.2：
stdcall calling convention / 1.5.3：
thiscall / 1.5.4：
Data Constructs / 1.6：
Global Variables / 1.6.1：
Local Variables / 1.6.2：
Imported Variables / 1.6.3：
Thread Local Storage (TLS) / 1.6.5：
Executable Data Section / 1.6.6：
Representation of Arithmetic Operations in Assembly / 1.7：
Multiplication / 1.7.1：
Division / 1.7.2：
Modulo / 1.7.3：
Representation of Data Structure in Assembly / 1.8：
Representation of Array in Assembly / 1.8.1：
Representation of Linked List in Assembly / 1.8.2：
Virtual Function Call in Assembly / 1.9：
Representation of classes in Assembly / 1.9.1：
Conclusion / 1.10：
Fundamental of Windows
Memory Management / 2.0：
Virtual Memory Management / 2.1.1：
Virtual Memory Management in Windows NT / 2.1.1.1：
Impact of Hooking / 2.1.1.2：
Segmented Memory Management / 2.1.2：
Paged Memory Management / 2.1.3：
Kernel Memory and User Memory / 2.2：
Kernel Memory Space / 2.2.1：
Section Object / 2.2.2：
Virtual Address Descriptor / 2.3：
User Mode Address Space / 2.3.1：
Memory Management in Windows / 2.3.2：
Objects and Handles / 2.3.3：
Named Objects / 2.3.4：
Processes and Threads / 2.4：
Context Switching / 2.4.1：
Context Switches and Mode Switches / 2.4.1.1：
Synchronization Objects / 2.4.2：
Critical Section / 2.4.2.1：
Mutex / 2.4.2.2：
Semaphore / 2.4.2.3：
Event / 2.4.2.4：
Metered Section / 2.4.2.5：
Process Initialization Sequence / 2.5：
Application Programming Interface / 2.5.1：
Reversing Windows NT / 2.6：
ExpEchoPoolCalls / 2.6.1：
ObpShowAllocAndFree / 2.6.2：
LpcpTraceMessages / 2.6.3：
MmDebug / 2.6.4：
NtGlobalFlag / 2.6.5：
SepDumpSD / 2.6.6：
CmLogLevel and CmLogSelect / 2.6.7：
Security Features in Vista / 2.7：
Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR) / 2.7.1：
Stack Randomization / 2.7.2：
Heap Defenses / 2.7.3：
NX / 2.7.4：
/GS / 2.7.5：
Pointer Encoding / 2.7.6：
Cryptographic API in Windows Vista / 2.7.7：
Crypto-Agility / 2.7.8：
CryptoAgility in CNG / 2.7.9：
Algorithm Providers / 2.7.10：
Random Number Generator / 2.7.11：
Hash Functions / 2.7.12：
Symmetric Encryption / 2.7.13：
Asymmetric Encryption / 2.7.14：
Signatures and Verification / 2.7.15：
Portable Executable File Format / 2.8：
PE file Format / 3.0：
Import Address Table / 3.2：
Executable and Linking Format / 3.3：
ELF Header / 3.3.1：
The Program Header Table / 3.3.2：
Reversing Binaries for Identifying Vulnerabilities / 3.4：
Stack Overflow / 4.0：
CAN-2002-1123 Microsoft SQL Server 'Hello' Authentication Buffer Overflow" / 4.1.1：
CAN-2004-0399 Exim Buffer Overflow / 4.1.2：
Stack Checking / 4.1.3：
Off-by-One Overflow / 4.2：
OpenBSD 2.7 FTP Daemon Off-by-One / 4.2.1：
Non-Executable Memory / 4.2.3：
Heap Overflows / 4.3：
Heap Based Overflows / 4.3.1：
Integer Overflows / 4.4：
Types Integer Overflow / 4.4.1：
CAN-2004-0417 CVS Max dotdot Protocol Command Integer Overflow / 4.4.2：
Format String / 4.5：
Format String Vulnerability / 4.5.1：
Format String Denial of Service Attack / 4.5.2：
Format String Vulnerability Reading Attack / 4.5.3：
SEH Structure Exception Handler / 4.6：
Exploiting the SEH / 4.6.1：
Writing Exploits General Concepts / 4.7：
Stack Overflow Exploits / 4.7.1：
Injection Techniques / 4.7.2：
Optimizing the Injection Vector / 4.7.3：
The Location of the Payload / 4.8：
Direct Jump (Guessing Offsets) / 4.8.1：
Blind Return / 4.8.2：
Pop Return / 4.8.3：
No Operation Sled / 4.8.4：
Call Register / 4.8.5：
Push Return / 4.8.6：
Calculating Offset / 4.8.7：
Fundamental of Reverse Engineering / 4.9：
Anti-Reversing Method / 5.0：
Anti Disassembly / 5.2.1：
Linear Sweep Disassembler / 5.2.1.1：
Recursive Traversal Disassembler / 5.2.1.2：
Evasion of Disassemble / 5.2.1.3：
Self Modifying Code / 5.2.2：
Virtual Machine Obfuscation / 5.2.3：
Anti Debugging Techniques / 5.3：
BreakPoints / 5.3.1：
Software Breakpoint / 5.3.1.1：
Hardware Breakpoint / 5.3.1.2：
Detecting Hardware BreakPoint / 5.3.1.3：
Virtual Machine Detection / 5.4：
Checking Fingerprint Inside Memory, File System and Registry / 5.4.1：
Checking System Tables / 5.4.2：
Checking Processor Instruction Set / 5.4.3：
Unpacking / 5.5：
Manual Unpacking of Software / 5.5.1：
Finding an Original Entry Point of an Executable / 5.5.1.1：
Taking Memory Dump / 5.5.1.2：
Import Table Reconstruction / 5.5.1.3：
Import Redirection and Code emulation / 5.5.1.4：
Appendix / 5.6：
Index
Assembly Language
Introduction / 1.0：
Registers / 1.1：
27.
ＥＢ
Abhishek Singh., Abhishek Singh, Baibhav Singh
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Assembly Language
Introduction / 1.0：
Registers / 1.1：
General Purpose Register / 1.1.1：
FLAGS Register / 1.1.2：
80x86 Instruction Format / 1.2：
Instruction Prefix / 1.2.1：
Lock and Repeat Prefixes / 1.2.2：
Segment Override Prefixes / 1.2.3：
Opcode / 1.2.4：
Instructions / 1.3：
Basic Instructions / 1.3.1：
Floating Point Instruction / 1.3.2：
Stack Setup / 1.4：
Passing Parameters in C to the Procedure / 1.4.1：
Local Data Space on the Stack / 1.4.2：
Calling Conventions / 1.5：
cdecl calling convention / 1.5.1：
fastcall calling convention / 1.5.2：
stdcall calling convention / 1.5.3：
thiscall / 1.5.4：
Data Constructs / 1.6：
Global Variables / 1.6.1：
Local Variables / 1.6.2：
Imported Variables / 1.6.3：
Thread Local Storage (TLS) / 1.6.5：
Executable Data Section / 1.6.6：
Representation of Arithmetic Operations in Assembly / 1.7：
Multiplication / 1.7.1：
Division / 1.7.2：
Modulo / 1.7.3：
Representation of Data Structure in Assembly / 1.8：
Representation of Array in Assembly / 1.8.1：
Representation of Linked List in Assembly / 1.8.2：
Virtual Function Call in Assembly / 1.9：
Representation of classes in Assembly / 1.9.1：
Conclusion / 1.10：
Fundamental of Windows
Memory Management / 2.0：
Virtual Memory Management / 2.1.1：
Virtual Memory Management in Windows NT / 2.1.1.1：
Impact of Hooking / 2.1.1.2：
Segmented Memory Management / 2.1.2：
Paged Memory Management / 2.1.3：
Kernel Memory and User Memory / 2.2：
Kernel Memory Space / 2.2.1：
Section Object / 2.2.2：
Virtual Address Descriptor / 2.3：
User Mode Address Space / 2.3.1：
Memory Management in Windows / 2.3.2：
Objects and Handles / 2.3.3：
Named Objects / 2.3.4：
Processes and Threads / 2.4：
Context Switching / 2.4.1：
Context Switches and Mode Switches / 2.4.1.1：
Synchronization Objects / 2.4.2：
Critical Section / 2.4.2.1：
Mutex / 2.4.2.2：
Semaphore / 2.4.2.3：
Event / 2.4.2.4：
Metered Section / 2.4.2.5：
Process Initialization Sequence / 2.5：
Application Programming Interface / 2.5.1：
Reversing Windows NT / 2.6：
ExpEchoPoolCalls / 2.6.1：
ObpShowAllocAndFree / 2.6.2：
LpcpTraceMessages / 2.6.3：
MmDebug / 2.6.4：
NtGlobalFlag / 2.6.5：
SepDumpSD / 2.6.6：
CmLogLevel and CmLogSelect / 2.6.7：
Security Features in Vista / 2.7：
Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR) / 2.7.1：
Stack Randomization / 2.7.2：
Heap Defenses / 2.7.3：
NX / 2.7.4：
/GS / 2.7.5：
Pointer Encoding / 2.7.6：
Cryptographic API in Windows Vista / 2.7.7：
Crypto-Agility / 2.7.8：
CryptoAgility in CNG / 2.7.9：
Algorithm Providers / 2.7.10：
Random Number Generator / 2.7.11：
Hash Functions / 2.7.12：
Symmetric Encryption / 2.7.13：
Asymmetric Encryption / 2.7.14：
Signatures and Verification / 2.7.15：
Portable Executable File Format / 2.8：
PE file Format / 3.0：
Import Address Table / 3.2：
Executable and Linking Format / 3.3：
ELF Header / 3.3.1：
The Program Header Table / 3.3.2：
Reversing Binaries for Identifying Vulnerabilities / 3.4：
Stack Overflow / 4.0：
CAN-2002-1123 Microsoft SQL Server 'Hello' Authentication Buffer Overflow" / 4.1.1：
CAN-2004-0399 Exim Buffer Overflow / 4.1.2：
Stack Checking / 4.1.3：
Off-by-One Overflow / 4.2：
OpenBSD 2.7 FTP Daemon Off-by-One / 4.2.1：
Non-Executable Memory / 4.2.3：
Heap Overflows / 4.3：
Heap Based Overflows / 4.3.1：
Integer Overflows / 4.4：
Types Integer Overflow / 4.4.1：
CAN-2004-0417 CVS Max dotdot Protocol Command Integer Overflow / 4.4.2：
Format String / 4.5：
Format String Vulnerability / 4.5.1：
Format String Denial of Service Attack / 4.5.2：
Format String Vulnerability Reading Attack / 4.5.3：
SEH Structure Exception Handler / 4.6：
Exploiting the SEH / 4.6.1：
Writing Exploits General Concepts / 4.7：
Stack Overflow Exploits / 4.7.1：
Injection Techniques / 4.7.2：
Optimizing the Injection Vector / 4.7.3：
The Location of the Payload / 4.8：
Direct Jump (Guessing Offsets) / 4.8.1：
Blind Return / 4.8.2：
Pop Return / 4.8.3：
No Operation Sled / 4.8.4：
Call Register / 4.8.5：
Push Return / 4.8.6：
Calculating Offset / 4.8.7：
Fundamental of Reverse Engineering / 4.9：
Anti-Reversing Method / 5.0：
Anti Disassembly / 5.2.1：
Linear Sweep Disassembler / 5.2.1.1：
Recursive Traversal Disassembler / 5.2.1.2：
Evasion of Disassemble / 5.2.1.3：
Self Modifying Code / 5.2.2：
Virtual Machine Obfuscation / 5.2.3：
Anti Debugging Techniques / 5.3：
BreakPoints / 5.3.1：
Software Breakpoint / 5.3.1.1：
Hardware Breakpoint / 5.3.1.2：
Detecting Hardware BreakPoint / 5.3.1.3：
Virtual Machine Detection / 5.4：
Checking Fingerprint Inside Memory, File System and Registry / 5.4.1：
Checking System Tables / 5.4.2：
Checking Processor Instruction Set / 5.4.3：
Unpacking / 5.5：
Manual Unpacking of Software / 5.5.1：
Finding an Original Entry Point of an Executable / 5.5.1.1：
Taking Memory Dump / 5.5.1.2：
Import Table Reconstruction / 5.5.1.3：
Import Redirection and Code emulation / 5.5.1.4：
Appendix / 5.6：
Index
Assembly Language
Introduction / 1.0：
Registers / 1.1：
28.
ＥＢ
Ivars Bilinskis
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Chichester : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Frequently Used Symbols and Abbreviations
Introduction: Signal Digitizing and Digital Processing / 1：
Subject Matter / 1.1：
Digitizing Dictates Processing Preconditions / 1.2：
Connecting Computers to the Real-life World / 1.2.1：
Widening of the Digital Domain / 1.2.2：
Digital Signal Representation / 1.2.3：
Complexity Reduction of Systems / 1.2.4：
Approach to the Development of Signal Processing Systems / 1.3：
Alias-free Sampling Option / 1.4：
Anti-aliasing Irregularity of Sampling / 1.4.1：
Sparse Nonuniform Sampling / 1.4.2：
Nonuniform Sampling Events / 1.4.3：
Remarks in Conclusion / 1.5：
Bibliography
Digitizing / Part 1：
Randomization as a Tool / 2：
Randomized Versus Statistical Signal Processing / 2.1：
Accumulation of Empirical Experience / 2.2：
Using Monte Carlo Methods for Signal Processing / 2.2.1：
Polarity Coincidence Methods / 2.2.2：
Stochastic-Ergodic Method / 2.2.3：
Stochastic Computing / 2.2.4：
Dithering / 2.2.5：
Generalized Scheme of Randomized Digitizing / 2.2.6：
Discovery of Alias-free Signal Processing / 2.3：
Early Academic Research in Randomized Temporal Sampling / 2.3.1：
Early Research in Randomized Spatial Signal Processing / 2.3.2：
Engineering Experience / 2.3.3：
Randomization Leading to DASP / 2.4：
DASP Mission / 2.4.1：
Demonstrator of DASP Advantages and Limitations / 2.4.2：
Some of the Typically Targeted Benefits / 2.5：
Periodic Versus Randomized Sampling / 3：
Periodic Sampling as a Particular Sampling Case / 3.1：
Generalized Sampling Model / 3.1.1：
Spectra of Sampled Signals / 3.2：
Spectra of Periodically Sampled Signals / 3.2.1：
Spectra of Randomly Sampled Signals / 3.2.2：
Aliasing Induced Errors at Seemingly Correct Sampling / 3.3：
Overlapping of Sampled Signal Components / 3.4：
Various Approaches to Randomization of Sampling / 3.5：
Randomized Quantization / 4：
Randomized Versus Deterministic Quantization / 4.1：
Basics / 4.1.1：
Input-Output Characteristics / 4.1.2：
Rationale of Randomizing / 4.1.3：
Deliberate Introduction of Randomness / 4.2：
Various Models / 4.2.1：
Quantization Errors / 4.3：
Probability Density Function of Errors / 4.3.1：
Variance of Randomly Quantized Signals / 4.3.2：
Quantization Noise / 4.4：
Covariance between the Signal and Quantization Noise / 4.4.1：
Spectrum / 4.4.2：
Pseudo-randomized Quantizing / 5：
Pseudo-randomization Approach / 5.1：
Optimal Quantizing / 5.2：
Single-threshold Quantizing / 5.2.1：
Multithreshold Quantizing / 5.2.2：
Implementation Approaches / 5.2.3：
Input-Output Relationships / 5.3：
Covariance between Signal and Quantization Noise / 5.4：
Spectrum of the Pseudo-randomized Quantization Noise / 5.5.2：
Preface
Frequently Used Symbols and Abbreviations
Introduction: Signal Digitizing and Digital Processing / 1：
29.
ＥＢ
Joakim Nivre
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Netherlands, 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Inductive Dependency Parsing / 1.1：
The Need for Robust Disambiguation / 1.2：
Outline of the Book / 1.3：
Natural Language Parsing / 2：
Syntactic Representations / 2.1：
Two Notions of Parsing / 2.2：
Grammar Parsing / 2.2.1：
Text Parsing / 2.2.2：
Competence and Performance / 2.2.3：
Methods for Text Parsing / 2.3：
Grammar-Driven Text Parsing / 2.3.1：
Data-Driven Text Parsing / 2.3.2：
Converging Approaches / 2.3.3：
Evaluation Criteria / 2.3.4：
Robustness / 2.4.1：
Disambiguation / 2.4.2：
Accuracy / 2.4.3：
Efficiency / 2.4.4：
Dependency Parsing / 3：
Dependency Grammar / 3.1：
The Notion of Dependency / 3.1.1：
Varieties of Dependency Grammar / 3.1.2：
Parsing with Dependency Representations / 3.2：
Grammar-Driven Dependency Parsing / 3.2.1：
Data-Driven Dependency Parsing / 3.2.2：
The Case for Dependency Parsing / 3.2.3：
A Framework for Dependency Parsing / 3.3：
Texts, Sentences and Tokens / 3.3.1：
Dependency Graphs / 3.3.2：
Parsing Algorithm / 3.3.3：
Configurations / 3.4.1：
Transitions / 3.4.2：
Deterministic Parsing / 3.4.3：
Algorithm Analysis / 3.4.4：
Evaluation Criteria Revisited / 3.4.5：
A Framework for Inductive Dependency Parsing / 4：
Inductive Inference / 4.1.1：
History-Based Models / 4.1.3：
Parsing Methods / 4.1.4：
Learning Methods / 4.1.5：
Oracle Parsing / 4.1.6：
Features and Models / 4.2：
Feature Functions / 4.2.1：
Static Features / 4.2.2：
Dynamic Features / 4.2.3：
Feature Models / 4.2.4：
Memory-Based Learning / 4.3：
Memory-Based Learning and Classification / 4.3.1：
Learning Algorithm Parameters / 4.3.2：
Memory-Based Language Processing / 4.3.3：
MaltParser / 4.4：
Architecture / 4.4.1：
Implementation / 4.4.2：
Treebank Parsing / 5：
Treebanks and Parsing / 5.1：
Treebank Evaluation / 5.1.1：
Treebank Learning / 5.1.2：
Treebanks for Dependency Parsing / 5.1.3：
Experimental Methodology / 5.2：
Treebank Data / 5.2.1：
Models and Algorithms / 5.2.2：
Evaluation / 5.2.3：
Feature Model Parameters / 5.3：
Part-of-Speech Context / 5.3.1：
Dependency Structure / 5.3.2：
Lexicalization / 5.3.3：
Learning Curves / 5.3.4：
Neighbor Space and Distance Metric / 5.4：
Weighting Schemes / 5.4.2：
Final Evaluation / 5.5：
Accuracy and Efficiency / 5.5.1：
Related Work / 5.5.2：
Error Analysis / 5.5.3：
Conclusion / 6：
Main Contributions / 6.1：
Future Directions / 6.2：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Inductive Dependency Parsing / 1.1：
The Need for Robust Disambiguation / 1.2：
30.
ＥＢ
Henri Ulrich
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
General Introduction / 1：
References
1-Carbon Cumulenes / 2：
Sulfines, R2C SO / 2.1：
Sulfenes, R2C S(O)O / 2.2：
Other 1-Carbon Cumulenes / 2.3：
2-Carbon Cumulenes / 3：
Carbon Oxides, O C O, CO / 3.1：
Carbon Sulfides, S C S, S CO / 3.2：
Carbon Nitrides / 3.3：
Center Carbon Phosphorallenes, P C P / 3.4：
1,2-Dicarbon Cumulenes / 4：
Ketenes, R2C C O / 4.1：
Thioketenes, R2C C S / 4.2：
Ketenimines, R2C C NR / 4.3：
1-Silaallenes, R2C C Si / 4.4：
1-Phosphaallenes, R2C C P / 4.5：
Other Metal Allenes / 4.6：
1,3-Dicarbon Cumulenes / 5：
Thiocarbonyl S-ylides, R2C S CH2 / 5.1：
2-Azaallenium Salts, R(Ce)C N+ C(Ce)R / 5.2：
1-Oxa-3-azoniabutatriene Salts, R2C N+ C O / 5.3：
1-Thia-3-azabutatriene Salts, R2C N+ C S / 5.4：
Phosphorus Ylides / 5.5：
1,2,3-Tricarbon Cumulenes / 6：
Allenes, R2C CR2 / 6.1：
[3] Cumulenes, R2C C C CR2 / 6.2：
[4] Cumulenes, R2C C C C CR2 / 6.3：
[5] Cumulenes, R2C C C C C CR2 / 6.4：
Noncarbon Cumulenes / 7：
Azides, RN N N / 7.1：
Triazaallenium Salts, RN N+ NR / 7.2：
Sulfur Oxides / 7.3：
Sulfur Nitrides / 7.4：
Cationic Boron Cumulenes, R2N B NR / 7.5：
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
General Introduction / 1：
31.
ＥＢ
Jin Zhang
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Information Retrieval and Visualization / Chapter 1：
Visualization / 1.1：
Definition / 1.1.1：
Scientific visualization and information visualization / 1.1.2：
Information retrieval / 1.2：
Browsing vs. query searching / 1.2.1：
Information at micro-level and macro-level / 1.2.2：
Spatial Characteristics of information space / 1.2.3：
Spatial characteristics of browsing / 1.2.4：
Perceptual and cognitive perspectives of visualization / 1.3：
Perceptual perspective / 1.3.1：
Cognitive perspective / 1.3.2：
Visualization for information retrieval / 1.4：
Rationale / 1.4.1：
Three information retrieval visualization paradigms / 1.4.2：
Procedures of establishing an information retrieval visualization model / 1.4.3：
Summary / 1.5：
Information Retrieval Preliminaries / Chapter 2：
Vector space model / 2.1：
Term weighting methods / 2.2：
Stop words / 2.2.1：
Inverse document frequency / 2.2.2：
The Salton term weighting method / 2.2.3：
Another term weighting method / 2.2.4：
Probability term weighting method / 2.2.5：
Similarity measures / 2.3：
Inner product similarity measure / 2.3.1：
Dice co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.2：
The Jaccard co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.3：
Overlap co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.4：
Cosine similarity measure / 2.3.5：
Distance similarity measure / 2.3.6：
Angle-distance integrated similarity measure / 2.3.7：
The Pearson r correlation measure / 2.3.8：
Information retrieval (evaluation) models / 2.4：
Direction-based retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.1：
Distance-based retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.2：
Ellipse retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.3：
Conjunction retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.4：
Disjunction evaluation model / 2.4.5：
The Cassini oval retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.6：
Clustering algorithms / 2.5：
Non-hierarchical clustering algorithm / 2.5.1：
Hierarchical clustering algorithm / 2.5.2：
Evaluation of retrieval results / 2.6：
Visualization Models for Multiple Reference Points / 2.7：
Multiple references points / 3.1：
Model for fixed multiple reference points / 3.2：
Models for movable multiple reference points / 3.3：
Description of the original VIBE algorithm / 3.3.1：
Discussions about the model / 3.3.2：
Model for automatic reference point rotation / 3.4：
Definition of the visual space / 3.4.1：
Rotation of a reference point / 3.4.2：
Implication of information retrieval / 3.5：
Euclidean Spatial Characteristic Based Visualization Models / 3.6：
Euclidean space and its characteristics / 4.1：
Introduction to the information retrieval evaluation models / 4.2：
The distance-angel-based visualization model / 4.3：
The visual space definition / 4.3.1：
Visualization for information retrieval evaluation models / 4.3.2：
The angle-angle-based visualization model / 4.4：
The distance-distance-based visualization model / 4.4.1：
Kohonen Self-Organizing Map-An Artificial Neural Network / 4.5.1：
Introduction to neural networks / 5.1：
Definition of neural network / 5.1.1：
Characteristics and structures of neuron network / 5.1.2：
Kohonen self-organizing maps / 5.2：
Kohonen self-organizing map structures / 5.2.1：
Learning processing of the SOM algorithm / 5.2.2：
Feature map labeling / 5.2.3：
The SOM algorithm description / 5.2.4：
Implication of the SOM in information retrieval / 5.3：
Pathfinder Associative Network / 5.4：
Pathfinder associative network properties and descriptions / 6.1：
Definitions of concepts and explanations / 6.1.1：
The algorithm description / 6.1.2：
Graph layout method / 6.1.3：
Implications on information retrieval / 6.2：
Author co-citation analysis / 6.2.1：
Term associative network / 6.2.2：
Hyperlink / 6.2.3：
Search in Pathfinder associative networks / 6.2.4：
Multidimensional Scaling / 6.3：
MDS analysis method descriptions / 7.1：
Classical MDS / 7.1.1：
Non-metric MDS / 7.1.2：
Metric MDS / 7.1.3：
Implications of MDS techniques for information retrieval / 7.2：
Definitions of displayed objects and proximity between objects / 7.2.1：
Exploration in a MDS display space / 7.2.2：
Discussion / 7.2.3：
Internet Information Visualization / 7.3：
Introduction / 8.1：
Internet characteristics / 8.1.1：
Internet information organization and presentation methods / 8.1.2：
Internet information utilization / 8.1.3：
Challenges of the internet / 8.1.4：
Internet information visualization / 8.2：
Visualization of internet information structure / 8.2.1：
Internet information seeking visualization / 8.2.2：
Visualization of web traffic information / 8.2.3：
Discussion history visualization / 8.2.4：
Ambiguity in Information Visualization / 8.3：
Ambiguity and its implication in information visualization / 9.1：
Reason of ambiguity in information visualization / 9.1.1：
Implication of ambiguity for information visualization / 9.1.2：
Ambiguity analysis in information retrieval visualization models / 9.2：
Ambiguity in the Euclidean spatial characteristic based information models / 9.2.1：
Ambiguity in the multiple reference point based information visualization models / 9.2.2：
Ambiguity in the Pathfinder network / 9.2.3：
Ambiguity in SOM / 9.2.4：
Ambiguity in MDS / 9.2.5：
The Implication of Metaphors in Information Visualization / 9.3：
Definition, basic elements, and characteristics of a metaphor / 10.1：
Cognitive foundation of metaphors / 10.2：
Mental models, metaphors, and human computer interaction / 10.3：
Metaphors in human computer interaction / 10.3.1：
Mental models / 10.3.2：
Mental models in HCI / 10.3.3：
Metaphors in information visualization retrieval / 10.4：
Rationales for using metaphors / 10.4.1：
Metaphorical information retrieval visualization environments / 10.4.2：
Procedures and principles for metaphor application / 10.5：
Procedure for metaphor application / 10.5.1：
Guides for designing a good metaphorical visual information retrieval environment / 10.5.2：
Benchmarks and Evaluation Criteria for Information Retrieval Visualization / 10.6：
Information retrieval visualization evaluation / 11.1：
Benchmarks and evaluation standards / 11.2：
Factors affecting evaluation standards / 11.2.1：
Principles for developing evaluation benchmarks / 11.2.2：
Four proposed categories for evaluation criteria / 11.2.3：
Descriptions of proposed benchmarks / 11.2.4：
Afterthoughts / 11.3：
Comparisons of the introduced visualization models / 12.1：
Issues and challenges / 12.3：
Bibliography / 12.4：
Index
Information Retrieval and Visualization / Chapter 1：
Visualization / 1.1：
Definition / 1.1.1：
32.
ＥＢ
Jin Zhang
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Information Retrieval and Visualization / Chapter 1：
Visualization / 1.1：
Definition / 1.1.1：
Scientific visualization and information visualization / 1.1.2：
Information retrieval / 1.2：
Browsing vs. query searching / 1.2.1：
Information at micro-level and macro-level / 1.2.2：
Spatial Characteristics of information space / 1.2.3：
Spatial characteristics of browsing / 1.2.4：
Perceptual and cognitive perspectives of visualization / 1.3：
Perceptual perspective / 1.3.1：
Cognitive perspective / 1.3.2：
Visualization for information retrieval / 1.4：
Rationale / 1.4.1：
Three information retrieval visualization paradigms / 1.4.2：
Procedures of establishing an information retrieval visualization model / 1.4.3：
Summary / 1.5：
Information Retrieval Preliminaries / Chapter 2：
Vector space model / 2.1：
Term weighting methods / 2.2：
Stop words / 2.2.1：
Inverse document frequency / 2.2.2：
The Salton term weighting method / 2.2.3：
Another term weighting method / 2.2.4：
Probability term weighting method / 2.2.5：
Similarity measures / 2.3：
Inner product similarity measure / 2.3.1：
Dice co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.2：
The Jaccard co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.3：
Overlap co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.4：
Cosine similarity measure / 2.3.5：
Distance similarity measure / 2.3.6：
Angle-distance integrated similarity measure / 2.3.7：
The Pearson r correlation measure / 2.3.8：
Information retrieval (evaluation) models / 2.4：
Direction-based retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.1：
Distance-based retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.2：
Ellipse retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.3：
Conjunction retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.4：
Disjunction evaluation model / 2.4.5：
The Cassini oval retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.6：
Clustering algorithms / 2.5：
Non-hierarchical clustering algorithm / 2.5.1：
Hierarchical clustering algorithm / 2.5.2：
Evaluation of retrieval results / 2.6：
Visualization Models for Multiple Reference Points / 2.7：
Multiple references points / 3.1：
Model for fixed multiple reference points / 3.2：
Models for movable multiple reference points / 3.3：
Description of the original VIBE algorithm / 3.3.1：
Discussions about the model / 3.3.2：
Model for automatic reference point rotation / 3.4：
Definition of the visual space / 3.4.1：
Rotation of a reference point / 3.4.2：
Implication of information retrieval / 3.5：
Euclidean Spatial Characteristic Based Visualization Models / 3.6：
Euclidean space and its characteristics / 4.1：
Introduction to the information retrieval evaluation models / 4.2：
The distance-angel-based visualization model / 4.3：
The visual space definition / 4.3.1：
Visualization for information retrieval evaluation models / 4.3.2：
The angle-angle-based visualization model / 4.4：
The distance-distance-based visualization model / 4.4.1：
Kohonen Self-Organizing Map-An Artificial Neural Network / 4.5.1：
Introduction to neural networks / 5.1：
Definition of neural network / 5.1.1：
Characteristics and structures of neuron network / 5.1.2：
Kohonen self-organizing maps / 5.2：
Kohonen self-organizing map structures / 5.2.1：
Learning processing of the SOM algorithm / 5.2.2：
Feature map labeling / 5.2.3：
The SOM algorithm description / 5.2.4：
Implication of the SOM in information retrieval / 5.3：
Pathfinder Associative Network / 5.4：
Pathfinder associative network properties and descriptions / 6.1：
Definitions of concepts and explanations / 6.1.1：
The algorithm description / 6.1.2：
Graph layout method / 6.1.3：
Implications on information retrieval / 6.2：
Author co-citation analysis / 6.2.1：
Term associative network / 6.2.2：
Hyperlink / 6.2.3：
Search in Pathfinder associative networks / 6.2.4：
Multidimensional Scaling / 6.3：
MDS analysis method descriptions / 7.1：
Classical MDS / 7.1.1：
Non-metric MDS / 7.1.2：
Metric MDS / 7.1.3：
Implications of MDS techniques for information retrieval / 7.2：
Definitions of displayed objects and proximity between objects / 7.2.1：
Exploration in a MDS display space / 7.2.2：
Discussion / 7.2.3：
Internet Information Visualization / 7.3：
Introduction / 8.1：
Internet characteristics / 8.1.1：
Internet information organization and presentation methods / 8.1.2：
Internet information utilization / 8.1.3：
Challenges of the internet / 8.1.4：
Internet information visualization / 8.2：
Visualization of internet information structure / 8.2.1：
Internet information seeking visualization / 8.2.2：
Visualization of web traffic information / 8.2.3：
Discussion history visualization / 8.2.4：
Ambiguity in Information Visualization / 8.3：
Ambiguity and its implication in information visualization / 9.1：
Reason of ambiguity in information visualization / 9.1.1：
Implication of ambiguity for information visualization / 9.1.2：
Ambiguity analysis in information retrieval visualization models / 9.2：
Ambiguity in the Euclidean spatial characteristic based information models / 9.2.1：
Ambiguity in the multiple reference point based information visualization models / 9.2.2：
Ambiguity in the Pathfinder network / 9.2.3：
Ambiguity in SOM / 9.2.4：
Ambiguity in MDS / 9.2.5：
The Implication of Metaphors in Information Visualization / 9.3：
Definition, basic elements, and characteristics of a metaphor / 10.1：
Cognitive foundation of metaphors / 10.2：
Mental models, metaphors, and human computer interaction / 10.3：
Metaphors in human computer interaction / 10.3.1：
Mental models / 10.3.2：
Mental models in HCI / 10.3.3：
Metaphors in information visualization retrieval / 10.4：
Rationales for using metaphors / 10.4.1：
Metaphorical information retrieval visualization environments / 10.4.2：
Procedures and principles for metaphor application / 10.5：
Procedure for metaphor application / 10.5.1：
Guides for designing a good metaphorical visual information retrieval environment / 10.5.2：
Benchmarks and Evaluation Criteria for Information Retrieval Visualization / 10.6：
Information retrieval visualization evaluation / 11.1：
Benchmarks and evaluation standards / 11.2：
Factors affecting evaluation standards / 11.2.1：
Principles for developing evaluation benchmarks / 11.2.2：
Four proposed categories for evaluation criteria / 11.2.3：
Descriptions of proposed benchmarks / 11.2.4：
Afterthoughts / 11.3：
Comparisons of the introduced visualization models / 12.1：
Issues and challenges / 12.3：
Bibliography / 12.4：
Index
Information Retrieval and Visualization / Chapter 1：
Visualization / 1.1：
Definition / 1.1.1：
33.
ＥＢ
Masao Nagasaki, Atsushi Doi, Andreas Dress, Hiroshi Matsuno, Satoru Miyano, Ayumu Saito, Martin Vingron, Martin Vingron, Gene Myers, Robert Giegerich, Walter Fitch, Pavel A. Pevzner. edited by Andreas Dress
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer London, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Intracellular Events / 1.1：
Transcription, Translation, and Regulation / 1.1.1：
Signaling Pathways and Proteins / 1.1.2：
Metabolism and Genes / 1.1.3：
Intracellular Reactions and Pathways / 1.2：
Pathway Databases / 2：
Major Pathway Databases / 2.1：
KEGG / 2.1.1：
BioCyc / 2.1.2：
Ingenuity Pathways Knowledge Base / 2.1.3：
TRANSPATH / 2.1.4：
ResNet / 2.1.5：
Signal Transduction Knowledge Environment (STKE): Database of Cell Signaling / 2.1.6：
Reactome / 2.1.7：
Metabolome.jp / 2.1.8：
Summary and Conclusion / 2.1.9：
Software for Pathway Display / 2.2：
Ingenuity Pathway Analysis (IPA) / 2.2.1：
Pathway Builder / 2.2.2：
Pathway Studio / 2.2.3：
Connections Maps / 2.2.4：
Cytoscape / 2.2.5：
File Formats for Pathways / 2.3：
Gene Ontology / 2.3.1：
PSI MI / 2.3.2：
CellML / 2.3.3：
SBML / 2.3.4：
BioPAX / 2.3.5：
CSML/CSO / 2.3.6：
Pathway Simulation Software / 3：
Simulation Software Backend / 3.1：
Architecture: Deterministic, Probabilistic, or Hybrid? / 3.1.1：
Methods of Pathway Modeling / 3.1.2：
Major Simulation Software Tools / 3.2：
Gepasi/COPASI / 3.2.1：
Virtual Cell / 3.2.2：
Systems Biology Workbench (SBW), Cell Designer, JDesigner / 3.2.3：
Dizzy / 3.2.4：
E-Cell / 3.2.5：
Cell Illustrator / 3.2.6：
Summary / 3.2.7：
Starting Cell Illustrator / 4：
Installing Cell Illustrator / 4.1：
Operating Systems and Hardware Requirements / 4.1.1：
Cell Illustrator Lineup / 4.1.2：
Installing and Running Cell Illustrator / 4.1.3：
License Install / 4.1.4：
Basic Concepts in Cell Illustrator / 4.2：
Basic Concepts / 4.2.1：
Entity / 4.2.2：
Process / 4.2.3：
Connector / 4.2.4：
Rules for Connecting Elements / 4.2.5：
Icons for Elements / 4.2.6：
Editing a Model on Cell Illustrator / 4.3：
Adding Elements / 4.3.1：
Model Editing and Canvas Controls / 4.3.2：
Simulating Models / 4.4：
Simulation Settings / 4.4.1：
Graph Settings / 4.4.2：
Executing Simulation / 4.4.3：
Simulation Parameters and Rules / 4.5：
Creating a Model with Discrete Entity and Process / 4.5.1：
Creating a Model with Continuous Entity and Process / 4.5.2：
Concepts of Discrete and Continuous / 4.5.3：
Pathway Modeling Using Illustrated Elements / 4.6：
Creating Pathway Models Using Cell Illustrator / 4.7：
Degradation / 4.7.1：
Translocation / 4.7.2：
Transcription / 4.7.3：
Binding / 4.7.4：
Dissociation / 4.7.5：
Inhibition / 4.7.6：
Phosphorylation by Enzyme Reaction / 4.7.7：
Conclusion / 4.8：
Pathway Modeling and Simulation / 5：
Modeling Signaling Pathway / 5.1：
Main Players: Ligand and Receptor / 5.1.1：
Modeling EGFR Signaling with EGF Stimulation / 5.1.2：
Modeling Metabolic Pathways / 5.2：
Chemical Equations and Pathway Representations / 5.2.1：
Michaelis-Menten Kinetics and Cell Illustrator Pathway Representation / 5.2.2：
Creating Glycolysis Pathway Model / 5.2.3：
Simulation of Glycolysis Pathway / 5.2.4：
Improving the Model / 5.2.5：
Modeling Gene Regulatory Networks / 5.3：
Biological Clocks and Circadian Rhythms / 5.3.1：
Gene Regulatory Network for Circadian Rhythms in Mice / 5.3.2：
Modeling Circadian Rhythms in Mice / 5.3.3：
Creating Hypothesis by Simulation / 5.3.4：
Computational Platform for Systems Biology / 5.4：
Gene Network of Yeast / 6.1：
Computational Analysis of Gene Network / 6.2：
Displaying Gene Network / 6.2.1：
Layout of Gene Networks / 6.2.2：
Pathway Search Function / 6.2.3：
Extracting Subnetworks / 6.2.4：
Comparing Two Subnetworks / 6.2.5：
Further Functionalities for Systems Biology / 6.3：
Languages for Pathways: CSML 3.0 and CSO / 6.3.1：
SaaS Technology / 6.3.2：
Pathway Parameter Search / 6.3.3：
Much Faster Simulation / 6.3.4：
Exporting Pathway Models to Programming Languages / 6.3.5：
Pathway Layout Algorithms / 6.3.6：
Pathway Database Management System / 6.3.7：
More Visually: Automatic Generation of Icons / 6.3.8：
Bibliographic Notes
Index
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1：
34.
ＥＢ
Masao Nagasaki, Atsushi Doi, Andreas Dress, Hiroshi Matsuno, Satoru Miyano, Ayumu Saito, Martin Vingron, Martin Vingron, Gene Myers, Robert Giegerich, Walter Fitch, Pavel A. Pevzner. edited by Andreas Dress, Gene Myers
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer London, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Intracellular Events / 1.1：
Transcription, Translation, and Regulation / 1.1.1：
Signaling Pathways and Proteins / 1.1.2：
Metabolism and Genes / 1.1.3：
Intracellular Reactions and Pathways / 1.2：
Pathway Databases / 2：
Major Pathway Databases / 2.1：
KEGG / 2.1.1：
BioCyc / 2.1.2：
Ingenuity Pathways Knowledge Base / 2.1.3：
TRANSPATH / 2.1.4：
ResNet / 2.1.5：
Signal Transduction Knowledge Environment (STKE): Database of Cell Signaling / 2.1.6：
Reactome / 2.1.7：
Metabolome.jp / 2.1.8：
Summary and Conclusion / 2.1.9：
Software for Pathway Display / 2.2：
Ingenuity Pathway Analysis (IPA) / 2.2.1：
Pathway Builder / 2.2.2：
Pathway Studio / 2.2.3：
Connections Maps / 2.2.4：
Cytoscape / 2.2.5：
File Formats for Pathways / 2.3：
Gene Ontology / 2.3.1：
PSI MI / 2.3.2：
CellML / 2.3.3：
SBML / 2.3.4：
BioPAX / 2.3.5：
CSML/CSO / 2.3.6：
Pathway Simulation Software / 3：
Simulation Software Backend / 3.1：
Architecture: Deterministic, Probabilistic, or Hybrid? / 3.1.1：
Methods of Pathway Modeling / 3.1.2：
Major Simulation Software Tools / 3.2：
Gepasi/COPASI / 3.2.1：
Virtual Cell / 3.2.2：
Systems Biology Workbench (SBW), Cell Designer, JDesigner / 3.2.3：
Dizzy / 3.2.4：
E-Cell / 3.2.5：
Cell Illustrator / 3.2.6：
Summary / 3.2.7：
Starting Cell Illustrator / 4：
Installing Cell Illustrator / 4.1：
Operating Systems and Hardware Requirements / 4.1.1：
Cell Illustrator Lineup / 4.1.2：
Installing and Running Cell Illustrator / 4.1.3：
License Install / 4.1.4：
Basic Concepts in Cell Illustrator / 4.2：
Basic Concepts / 4.2.1：
Entity / 4.2.2：
Process / 4.2.3：
Connector / 4.2.4：
Rules for Connecting Elements / 4.2.5：
Icons for Elements / 4.2.6：
Editing a Model on Cell Illustrator / 4.3：
Adding Elements / 4.3.1：
Model Editing and Canvas Controls / 4.3.2：
Simulating Models / 4.4：
Simulation Settings / 4.4.1：
Graph Settings / 4.4.2：
Executing Simulation / 4.4.3：
Simulation Parameters and Rules / 4.5：
Creating a Model with Discrete Entity and Process / 4.5.1：
Creating a Model with Continuous Entity and Process / 4.5.2：
Concepts of Discrete and Continuous / 4.5.3：
Pathway Modeling Using Illustrated Elements / 4.6：
Creating Pathway Models Using Cell Illustrator / 4.7：
Degradation / 4.7.1：
Translocation / 4.7.2：
Transcription / 4.7.3：
Binding / 4.7.4：
Dissociation / 4.7.5：
Inhibition / 4.7.6：
Phosphorylation by Enzyme Reaction / 4.7.7：
Conclusion / 4.8：
Pathway Modeling and Simulation / 5：
Modeling Signaling Pathway / 5.1：
Main Players: Ligand and Receptor / 5.1.1：
Modeling EGFR Signaling with EGF Stimulation / 5.1.2：
Modeling Metabolic Pathways / 5.2：
Chemical Equations and Pathway Representations / 5.2.1：
Michaelis-Menten Kinetics and Cell Illustrator Pathway Representation / 5.2.2：
Creating Glycolysis Pathway Model / 5.2.3：
Simulation of Glycolysis Pathway / 5.2.4：
Improving the Model / 5.2.5：
Modeling Gene Regulatory Networks / 5.3：
Biological Clocks and Circadian Rhythms / 5.3.1：
Gene Regulatory Network for Circadian Rhythms in Mice / 5.3.2：
Modeling Circadian Rhythms in Mice / 5.3.3：
Creating Hypothesis by Simulation / 5.3.4：
Computational Platform for Systems Biology / 5.4：
Gene Network of Yeast / 6.1：
Computational Analysis of Gene Network / 6.2：
Displaying Gene Network / 6.2.1：
Layout of Gene Networks / 6.2.2：
Pathway Search Function / 6.2.3：
Extracting Subnetworks / 6.2.4：
Comparing Two Subnetworks / 6.2.5：
Further Functionalities for Systems Biology / 6.3：
Languages for Pathways: CSML 3.0 and CSO / 6.3.1：
SaaS Technology / 6.3.2：
Pathway Parameter Search / 6.3.3：
Much Faster Simulation / 6.3.4：
Exporting Pathway Models to Programming Languages / 6.3.5：
Pathway Layout Algorithms / 6.3.6：
Pathway Database Management System / 6.3.7：
More Visually: Automatic Generation of Icons / 6.3.8：
Bibliographic Notes
Index
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1：
35.
ＥＢ
Ben Liblit, David Hutchison, Takeo Kanade, Association for Computing Machinery.
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Perfect, or Close Enough / 1.1：
Automatic Failure Reporting / 1.2：
The Next Step Forward / 1.3：
Cooperative Bug Isolation / 1.4：
Instrumentation Framework / 2：
Basic Instrumentation Strategy / 2.1：
Sampling the Bernoulli Way / 2.1.1：
From Blocks to Functions / 2.1.2：
Interprocedural Issues / 2.1.3：
Instrumentation Schemes for Distributed Debugging / 2.2：
Issues in Remote Sampling / 2.2.1：
Counter-Based Instrumentation Schemes / 2.2.2：
Additional Instrumentation Schemes / 2.2.3：
Performance and Optimizations / 2.3：
Static Branch Prediction / 2.3.1：
Weightless Functions / 2.3.2：
Empty and Singleton Regions / 2.3.3：
Local Countdown Caching / 2.3.4：
Random Countdown Generation / 2.3.5：
Path Balancing / 2.3.6：
Statically Selective Sampling / 2.3.7：
Optimization Recap / 2.3.8：
Adaptive Sampling / 2.4：
Nonuniformity Via Multiple Countdowns / 2.4.1：
Nonuniformity Via Non-Unit Site Weights / 2.4.2：
Policy Notes / 2.4.3：
Realistic Sampling Rates / 2.5：
Practical Considerations / 3：
Native Compiler Integration / 3.1：
Static Site Information / 3.1.1：
Libraries and Plugins / 3.2：
Threads / 3.3：
Next-Sample Countdown / 3.3.1：
Predicate Counters / 3.3.2：
Compilation Unit Registry and Report File / 3.3.3：
Time Stamp Clock / 3.3.4：
Performance Evaluation / 3.3.5：
Privacy and Security / 3.4：
User Interaction / 3.5：
Status of the Public Deployment / 3.6：
Resource Requirements / 3.6.1：
Reporting Trends / 3.6.2：
Techniques for Statistical Debugging / 4：
Notation and Terminology / 4.1：
Predicate Elimination / 4.2：
Instrumentation Strategy / 4.2.1：
Elimination Strategies / 4.2.2：
Data Collection and Analysis / 4.2.3：
Refinement over time / 4.2.4：
Performance Impact / 4.2.5：
Limitations and Insights / 4.2.6：
Regularized Logistic Regression / 4.3：
Crash Prediction Using Logistic Regression / 4.3.1：
Moss: A Multiple-Bug Challenge / 4.3.2：
Nonuniform Sampling / 4.4.1：
Analysis Results / 4.4.2：
Iterative Bug Isolation and Elimination / 4.5：
Increase Scores / 4.5.1：
Statistical Interpretation / 4.5.2：
Balancing Specificity and Sensitivity / 4.5.3：
Redundancy Elimination / 4.5.4：
Case Studies / 4.6：
Moss / 4.6.1：
CCRYPT / 4.6.2：
BC / 4.6.3：
EXIF / 4.6.4：
Rhythmbox / 4.6.5：
Related Work / 5：
Static Analysis / 5.1：
Profiling and Tracing / 5.2：
Dynamic Analysis / 5.3：
Conclusion / 6：
References
Introduction / 1：
Perfect, or Close Enough / 1.1：
Automatic Failure Reporting / 1.2：
36.
ＥＢ
Ben Liblit, David Hutchison, Takeo Kanade, Association for Computing Machinery.
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Perfect, or Close Enough / 1.1：
Automatic Failure Reporting / 1.2：
The Next Step Forward / 1.3：
Cooperative Bug Isolation / 1.4：
Instrumentation Framework / 2：
Basic Instrumentation Strategy / 2.1：
Sampling the Bernoulli Way / 2.1.1：
From Blocks to Functions / 2.1.2：
Interprocedural Issues / 2.1.3：
Instrumentation Schemes for Distributed Debugging / 2.2：
Issues in Remote Sampling / 2.2.1：
Counter-Based Instrumentation Schemes / 2.2.2：
Additional Instrumentation Schemes / 2.2.3：
Performance and Optimizations / 2.3：
Static Branch Prediction / 2.3.1：
Weightless Functions / 2.3.2：
Empty and Singleton Regions / 2.3.3：
Local Countdown Caching / 2.3.4：
Random Countdown Generation / 2.3.5：
Path Balancing / 2.3.6：
Statically Selective Sampling / 2.3.7：
Optimization Recap / 2.3.8：
Adaptive Sampling / 2.4：
Nonuniformity Via Multiple Countdowns / 2.4.1：
Nonuniformity Via Non-Unit Site Weights / 2.4.2：
Policy Notes / 2.4.3：
Realistic Sampling Rates / 2.5：
Practical Considerations / 3：
Native Compiler Integration / 3.1：
Static Site Information / 3.1.1：
Libraries and Plugins / 3.2：
Threads / 3.3：
Next-Sample Countdown / 3.3.1：
Predicate Counters / 3.3.2：
Compilation Unit Registry and Report File / 3.3.3：
Time Stamp Clock / 3.3.4：
Performance Evaluation / 3.3.5：
Privacy and Security / 3.4：
User Interaction / 3.5：
Status of the Public Deployment / 3.6：
Resource Requirements / 3.6.1：
Reporting Trends / 3.6.2：
Techniques for Statistical Debugging / 4：
Notation and Terminology / 4.1：
Predicate Elimination / 4.2：
Instrumentation Strategy / 4.2.1：
Elimination Strategies / 4.2.2：
Data Collection and Analysis / 4.2.3：
Refinement over time / 4.2.4：
Performance Impact / 4.2.5：
Limitations and Insights / 4.2.6：
Regularized Logistic Regression / 4.3：
Crash Prediction Using Logistic Regression / 4.3.1：
Moss: A Multiple-Bug Challenge / 4.3.2：
Nonuniform Sampling / 4.4.1：
Analysis Results / 4.4.2：
Iterative Bug Isolation and Elimination / 4.5：
Increase Scores / 4.5.1：
Statistical Interpretation / 4.5.2：
Balancing Specificity and Sensitivity / 4.5.3：
Redundancy Elimination / 4.5.4：
Case Studies / 4.6：
Moss / 4.6.1：
CCRYPT / 4.6.2：
BC / 4.6.3：
EXIF / 4.6.4：
Rhythmbox / 4.6.5：
Related Work / 5：
Static Analysis / 5.1：
Profiling and Tracing / 5.2：
Dynamic Analysis / 5.3：
Conclusion / 6：
References
Introduction / 1：
Perfect, or Close Enough / 1.1：
Automatic Failure Reporting / 1.2：
37.
ＥＢ
Gian Piero Zarri
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer London, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Basic Principles / 1：
Narrative Information in an NKRL Context / 1.1：
Narratology and NKRL / 1.1.1：
The Notion of "Event" in an NKRL Context / 1.1.2：
Knowledge Representation and NKRL / 1.2：
"Standard" Ontologies and the "n-ary" Problem / 1.2.1：
A Plain "n-ary" Solution and Some Related Problems / 1.2.2：
In the Guise of Winding Up / 1.3：
The Knowledge Representation Strategy / 2：
Architecture of NKRL: the Four "Components" / 2.1：
The Data Structures of the Four Components / 2.2：
Definitional/Enumerative Data Structures / 2.2.1：
Descriptive/Factual Data Structures / 2.2.2：
Second-order Structures / 2.3：
The Completive Construction / 2.3.1：
Binding Occurrences / 2.3.2：
The Semantic and Ontological Contents / 2.4：
The Organization of the HClass Hierarchy / 3.1：
General Notions about Ontologies / 3.1.1：
HClass Architecture / 3.1.2：
The Organization of the HTemp Hierarchy / 3.2：
Recent Examples of "Structured" Ontological Systems / 3.2.1：
Main Features of Some Specific HTemp Structures / 3.2.2：
The Query and Inference Procedures / 3.3：
"Search Patterns" and Low-level Inferences / 4.1：
The Algorithmic Structure of Fum / 4.1.1：
Temporal Information and Indexing / 4.1.2：
High-level Inference Procedures / 4.2：
General Remarks about Some Reasoning Paradigms / 4.2.1：
Hypothesis Rules / 4.2.2：
Transformation Rules / 4.2.3：
Integrating the Two Main Inferencing Modes of NKRL / 4.2.4：
Inference Rules and Internet Filtering / 4.2.5：
Conclusion / 4.3：
Technological Enhancements / 5.1：
Theoretical Enhancements / 5.2：
Appendix A
Appendix B
References
Index
Basic Principles / 1：
Narrative Information in an NKRL Context / 1.1：
Narratology and NKRL / 1.1.1：
38.
ＥＢ
Gian Piero Zarri
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer London, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Basic Principles / 1：
Narrative Information in an NKRL Context / 1.1：
Narratology and NKRL / 1.1.1：
The Notion of "Event" in an NKRL Context / 1.1.2：
Knowledge Representation and NKRL / 1.2：
"Standard" Ontologies and the "n-ary" Problem / 1.2.1：
A Plain "n-ary" Solution and Some Related Problems / 1.2.2：
In the Guise of Winding Up / 1.3：
The Knowledge Representation Strategy / 2：
Architecture of NKRL: the Four "Components" / 2.1：
The Data Structures of the Four Components / 2.2：
Definitional/Enumerative Data Structures / 2.2.1：
Descriptive/Factual Data Structures / 2.2.2：
Second-order Structures / 2.3：
The Completive Construction / 2.3.1：
Binding Occurrences / 2.3.2：
The Semantic and Ontological Contents / 2.4：
The Organization of the HClass Hierarchy / 3.1：
General Notions about Ontologies / 3.1.1：
HClass Architecture / 3.1.2：
The Organization of the HTemp Hierarchy / 3.2：
Recent Examples of "Structured" Ontological Systems / 3.2.1：
Main Features of Some Specific HTemp Structures / 3.2.2：
The Query and Inference Procedures / 3.3：
"Search Patterns" and Low-level Inferences / 4.1：
The Algorithmic Structure of Fum / 4.1.1：
Temporal Information and Indexing / 4.1.2：
High-level Inference Procedures / 4.2：
General Remarks about Some Reasoning Paradigms / 4.2.1：
Hypothesis Rules / 4.2.2：
Transformation Rules / 4.2.3：
Integrating the Two Main Inferencing Modes of NKRL / 4.2.4：
Inference Rules and Internet Filtering / 4.2.5：
Conclusion / 4.3：
Technological Enhancements / 5.1：
Theoretical Enhancements / 5.2：
Appendix A
Appendix B
References
Index
Basic Principles / 1：
Narrative Information in an NKRL Context / 1.1：
Narratology and NKRL / 1.1.1：
39.
ＥＢ
Kathryn E. Merrick, Mary Lou Maher
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Non-Player Characters and Reinforcement Learning / Part I：
Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1：
Types of Multiuser Games / 1.1：
Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games / 1.1.1：
Multiuser Simulation Games / 1.1.2：
Open-Ended Virtual Worlds / 1.1.3：
Character Roles in Multiuser Games / 1.2：
Existing Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1.3：
Reflexive Agents / 1.3.1：
Learning Agents / 1.3.2：
Evolutionary Agents / 1.3.3：
Smart Terrain / 1.3.4：
Summary / 1.4：
References / 1.5：
Motivation in Natural and Artificial Agents / 2：
Defining Motivation / 2.1：
Biological Theories of Motivation / 2.2：
Drive Theory / 2.2.1：
Motivational State Theory / 2.2.2：
Arousal / 2.2.3：
Cognitive Theories of Motivation / 2.3：
Curiosity / 2.3.1：
Operant Theory / 2.3.2：
Incentive / 2.3.3：
Achievement Motivation / 2.3.4：
Attribution Theory / 2.3.5：
Intrinsic Motivation / 2.3.6：
Social Theories of Motivation / 2.4：
Conformity / 2.4.1：
Cultural Effect / 2.4.2：
Evolution / 2.4.3：
Combined Motivation Theories / 2.5：
Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs / 2.5.1：
Existence Relatedness Growth Theory / 2.5.2：
Towards Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 2.6：
Defining Reinforcement Learning / 3.1：
Dynamic Programming / 3.1.1：
Monte Carlo Methods / 3.1.2：
Temporal Difference Learning / 3.1.3：
Reinforcement Learning in Complex Environments / 3.2：
Partially Observable Environments / 3.2.1：
Function Approximation / 3.2.2：
Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning / 3.2.3：
Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 3.3：
Using a Motivation Signal in Addition to a Reward Signal / 3.3.1：
Using a Motivation Signal Instead of a Reward Signal / 3.3.2：
Comparing the Behaviour of Learning Agents / 3.4：
Player Satisfaction / 4.1：
Psychological Flow / 4.1.1：
Structural Flow / 4.1.2：
Formalising Non-Player Character Behaviour / 4.2：
Models of Optimality for Reinforcement Learning / 4.2.1：
Characteristics of Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 4.2.2：
Comparing Motivated Reinforcement Learning Agents / 4.3：
Statistical Model for Identifying Learned Tasks / 4.3.1：
Behavioural Variety / 4.3.2：
Behavioural Complexity / 4.3.3：
Developing Curious Characters Using Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 4.4：
Curiosity, Motivation and Attention Focus / 5：
Agents in Complex, Dynamic Environments / 5.1：
States / 5.1.1：
Actions / 5.1.2：
Reward and Motivation / 5.1.3：
Motivation and Attention Focus / 5.2：
Observations / 5.2.1：
Events / 5.2.2：
Tasks and Task Selection / 5.2.3：
Experience-Based Reward as Cognitive Motivation / 5.2.4：
Arbitration Functions / 5.2.5：
A General Experience-Based Motivation Function / 5.2.6：
Curiosity as Motivation for Support Characters / 5.3：
Curiosity as Interesting Events / 5.3.1：
Curiosity as Interesting and Competence / 5.3.2：
Motivated Reinforcement Learning Agents / 5.4：
A General Motivated Reinforcement Learning Model / 6.1：
Algorithms for Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 6.2：
Motivated Flat Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.1：
Motivated Multioption Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.2：
Motivated Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.3：
Curious Characters in Games / 6.3：
Curious Characters for Multiuser Games / 7：
Motivated Reinforcement Learning for Support Characters in Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games / 7.1：
Character Behaviour in Small-Scale, Isolated Games Locations / 7.2：
Case Studies of Individual Characters / 7.2.1：
General Trends in Character Behaviour / 7.2.2：
Curious Characters for Games in Complex, Dynamic Environments / 7.3：
Designing Characters That Can Multitask / 8.1：
Designing Characters for Complex Tasks / 8.1.1：
Games That Change While Characters Are Learning / 8.2.1：
Curious Characters for Games in Second Life / 8.3.1：
Motivated Reinforcement Learning in Open-Ended Simulation Games / 9.1：
Game Design / 9.1.1：
Character Design / 9.1.2：
Evaluating Character Behaviour in Response to Game Play Sequences / 9.2：
Discussion / 9.2.1：
Future / 9.3：
Towards the Future / 10：
Using Motivated Reinforcement Learning in Non-Player Characters / 10.1：
Other Gaming Applications for Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 10.2：
Dynamic Difficulty Adjustment / 10.2.1：
Procedural Content Generation / 10.2.2：
Beyond Curiosity / 10.3：
Biological Models of Motivation / 10.3.1：
Cognitive Models of Motivation / 10.3.2：
Social Models of Motivation / 10.3.3：
Combined Models of Motivation / 10.3.4：
New Models of Motivated Learning / 10.4：
Motivated Supervised Learning / 10.4.1：
Motivated Unsupervised Learning / 10.4.2：
Evaluating the Behaviour of Motivated Learning Agents / 10.5：
Concluding Remarks / 10.6：
Index / 10.7：
Non-Player Characters and Reinforcement Learning / Part I：
Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1：
Types of Multiuser Games / 1.1：
40.
ＥＢ
Kathryn E. Merrick, Mary Lou Maher
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2009
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Non-Player Characters and Reinforcement Learning / Part I：
Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1：
Types of Multiuser Games / 1.1：
Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games / 1.1.1：
Multiuser Simulation Games / 1.1.2：
Open-Ended Virtual Worlds / 1.1.3：
Character Roles in Multiuser Games / 1.2：
Existing Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1.3：
Reflexive Agents / 1.3.1：
Learning Agents / 1.3.2：
Evolutionary Agents / 1.3.3：
Smart Terrain / 1.3.4：
Summary / 1.4：
References / 1.5：
Motivation in Natural and Artificial Agents / 2：
Defining Motivation / 2.1：
Biological Theories of Motivation / 2.2：
Drive Theory / 2.2.1：
Motivational State Theory / 2.2.2：
Arousal / 2.2.3：
Cognitive Theories of Motivation / 2.3：
Curiosity / 2.3.1：
Operant Theory / 2.3.2：
Incentive / 2.3.3：
Achievement Motivation / 2.3.4：
Attribution Theory / 2.3.5：
Intrinsic Motivation / 2.3.6：
Social Theories of Motivation / 2.4：
Conformity / 2.4.1：
Cultural Effect / 2.4.2：
Evolution / 2.4.3：
Combined Motivation Theories / 2.5：
Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs / 2.5.1：
Existence Relatedness Growth Theory / 2.5.2：
Towards Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 2.6：
Defining Reinforcement Learning / 3.1：
Dynamic Programming / 3.1.1：
Monte Carlo Methods / 3.1.2：
Temporal Difference Learning / 3.1.3：
Reinforcement Learning in Complex Environments / 3.2：
Partially Observable Environments / 3.2.1：
Function Approximation / 3.2.2：
Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning / 3.2.3：
Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 3.3：
Using a Motivation Signal in Addition to a Reward Signal / 3.3.1：
Using a Motivation Signal Instead of a Reward Signal / 3.3.2：
Comparing the Behaviour of Learning Agents / 3.4：
Player Satisfaction / 4.1：
Psychological Flow / 4.1.1：
Structural Flow / 4.1.2：
Formalising Non-Player Character Behaviour / 4.2：
Models of Optimality for Reinforcement Learning / 4.2.1：
Characteristics of Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 4.2.2：
Comparing Motivated Reinforcement Learning Agents / 4.3：
Statistical Model for Identifying Learned Tasks / 4.3.1：
Behavioural Variety / 4.3.2：
Behavioural Complexity / 4.3.3：
Developing Curious Characters Using Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 4.4：
Curiosity, Motivation and Attention Focus / 5：
Agents in Complex, Dynamic Environments / 5.1：
States / 5.1.1：
Actions / 5.1.2：
Reward and Motivation / 5.1.3：
Motivation and Attention Focus / 5.2：
Observations / 5.2.1：
Events / 5.2.2：
Tasks and Task Selection / 5.2.3：
Experience-Based Reward as Cognitive Motivation / 5.2.4：
Arbitration Functions / 5.2.5：
A General Experience-Based Motivation Function / 5.2.6：
Curiosity as Motivation for Support Characters / 5.3：
Curiosity as Interesting Events / 5.3.1：
Curiosity as Interesting and Competence / 5.3.2：
Motivated Reinforcement Learning Agents / 5.4：
A General Motivated Reinforcement Learning Model / 6.1：
Algorithms for Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 6.2：
Motivated Flat Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.1：
Motivated Multioption Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.2：
Motivated Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.3：
Curious Characters in Games / 6.3：
Curious Characters for Multiuser Games / 7：
Motivated Reinforcement Learning for Support Characters in Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games / 7.1：
Character Behaviour in Small-Scale, Isolated Games Locations / 7.2：
Case Studies of Individual Characters / 7.2.1：
General Trends in Character Behaviour / 7.2.2：
Curious Characters for Games in Complex, Dynamic Environments / 7.3：
Designing Characters That Can Multitask / 8.1：
Designing Characters for Complex Tasks / 8.1.1：
Games That Change While Characters Are Learning / 8.2.1：
Curious Characters for Games in Second Life / 8.3.1：
Motivated Reinforcement Learning in Open-Ended Simulation Games / 9.1：
Game Design / 9.1.1：
Character Design / 9.1.2：
Evaluating Character Behaviour in Response to Game Play Sequences / 9.2：
Discussion / 9.2.1：
Future / 9.3：
Towards the Future / 10：
Using Motivated Reinforcement Learning in Non-Player Characters / 10.1：
Other Gaming Applications for Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 10.2：
Dynamic Difficulty Adjustment / 10.2.1：
Procedural Content Generation / 10.2.2：
Beyond Curiosity / 10.3：
Biological Models of Motivation / 10.3.1：
Cognitive Models of Motivation / 10.3.2：
Social Models of Motivation / 10.3.3：
Combined Models of Motivation / 10.3.4：
New Models of Motivated Learning / 10.4：
Motivated Supervised Learning / 10.4.1：
Motivated Unsupervised Learning / 10.4.2：
Evaluating the Behaviour of Motivated Learning Agents / 10.5：
Concluding Remarks / 10.6：
Index / 10.7：
Non-Player Characters and Reinforcement Learning / Part I：
Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1：
Types of Multiuser Games / 1.1：
41.
ＥＢ
Marcus S. Fisher
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Managing Verification and Validation / Chapter 2：
The Axioms of Leadership / Section 2.1：
Planning / Section 2.2：
Establishing the V&V Requirements / Section 2.2.1：
Establishing the V&V Plan / Section 2.2.2：
Managing the Plan / Section 2.3：
Effectiveness Measures / Section 2.3.2：
Control Gates / Section 2.3.3：
Risk Management / Section 2.4：
Identify / Section 2.4.1：
Analyze / Section 2.4.2：
Plan / Section 2.4.3：
Track / Section 2.4.4：
Control / Section 2.4.5：
Risk Management Plan / Section 2.4.6：
Communication Structures / Section 2.5：
References
The Verification and Validation Life Cycle / Chapter 3：
Traceability Analysis / Section 3.1：
Interface Analysis / Section 3.2：
Phase Dependent Analysis / Section 3.3：
Requirements Analysis / Section 3.3.1：
Design Analysis / Section 3.3.2：
Code Analysis / Section 3.3.3：
Test Analysis / Section 3.3.4：
V&V Testing / Section 3.4：
Systems V&V / Chapter 4：
Appendix A
Index
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Managing Verification and Validation / Chapter 2：
The Axioms of Leadership / Section 2.1：
42.
ＥＢ
Joseph Wang
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations and Symbols
Fundamental Concepts / 1：
Why Electroanalysis? / 1.1：
Faradaic Processes / 1.2：
Mass-Transport-Controlled Reactions / 1.2.1：
Potential-Step Experiment / 1.2.1.1：
Potential-Sweep Experiments / 1.2.1.2：
Reactions Controlled by the Rate of Electron Transfer / 1.2.2：
Activated Complex Theory / 1.2.2.1：
Electrical Double Layer / 1.3：
Electrocapillary Effect / 1.4：
Supplementary Reading / 1.5：
Problems
References
Study of Electrode Reactions and Interfacial Properties / 2：
Cyclic Voltammetry / 2.1：
Data Interpretation / 2.1.1：
Reversible Systems / 2.1.1.1：
Irreversible and Quasi-reversible Systems / 2.1.1.2：
Study of Reaction Mechanisms / 2.1.2：
Study of Adsorption Processes / 2.1.3：
Quantitative Applications / 2.1.4：
Spectroelectrochemistry / 2.2：
Experimental Arrangement / 2.2.1：
Principles and Applications / 2.2.2：
Electrochemiluminescence / 2.2.3：
Optical Probing of Electrode-Solution Interfaces / 2.2.4：
Scanning Probe Microscopy / 2.3：
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy / 2.3.1：
Atomic Force Microscopy / 2.3.2：
Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy / 2.3.3：
Electrochemical Quartz Crystal Microbalance / 2.4：
Impedance Spectroscopy / 2.5：
Examples
Controlled-Potential Techniques / 3：
Chronoamperometry / 3.1：
Polarography / 3.2：
Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3：
Normal-Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3.1：
Differential-Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3.2：
Square-Wave Voltammetry / 3.3.3：
Staircase Voltammetry / 3.3.4：
AC Voltammetry / 3.4：
Stripping Analysis / 3.5：
Anodic Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.1：
Potentiometric Stripping Analysis / 3.5.2：
Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry and Potentiometry / 3.5.3：
Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.4：
Abrasive Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.5：
Applications / 3.5.6：
Flow Analysis / 3.6：
Principles / 3.6.1：
Cell Design / 3.6.2：
Mass Transport and Current Response / 3.6.3：
Detection Modes / 3.6.4：
Practical Considerations / 4：
Electrochemical Cells / 4.1：
Solvents and Supporting Electrolytes / 4.2：
Oxygen Removal / 4.3：
Instrumentation / 4.4：
Working Electrodes / 4.5：
Mercury Electrodes / 4.5.1：
Solid Electrodes / 4.5.2：
Rotating Disk and Rotating Ring Disk Electrodes / 4.5.2.1：
Carbon Electrodes / 4.5.2.2：
Glassy Carbon Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.1：
Carbon Paste Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.2：
Carbon Fiber Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.3：
Diamond Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.4：
Metal Electrodes / 4.5.2.3：
Chemically Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3：
Self-Assembled Monolayers / 4.5.3.1：
Carbon-Nanotube-Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3.2：
Sol-gel Encapsulation of Reactive Species / 4.5.3.3：
Electrocatalytically Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3.4：
Preconcentrating Electrodes / 4.5.3.5：
Permselective Coatings / 4.5.3.6：
Conducting Polymers / 4.5.3.7：
Microelectrodes / 4.5.4：
Diffusion at Microelectrodes / 4.5.4.1：
Microelectrode Configurations / 4.5.4.2：
Composite Electrodes / 4.5.4.3：
Potentiometry / 5：
Principles of Potentiometric Measurements / 5.1：
Ion-Selective Electrodes / 5.2：
Glass Electrodes / 5.2.1：
pH Electrodes / 5.2.1.1：
Glass Electrodes for Other Cations / 5.2.1.2：
Liquid Membrane Electrodes / 5.2.2：
Ion Exchanger Electrodes / 5.2.2.1：
Neutral Carrier Electrodes / 5.2.2.2：
Solid-State Electrodes / 5.2.3：
Coated-Wire Electrodes and Solid-State Electrodes Without an Internal Filling Solution / 5.2.4：
On-line, On-site, and In Vivo Potentiometric Measurements / 5.3：
Electrochemical Sensors / 6：
Electrochemical Biosensors / 6.1：
Enzyme-Based Electrodes / 6.1.1：
Practical and Theoretical Considerations / 6.1.1.1：
Enzyme Electrodes of Analytical Significance / 6.1.1.2：
Glucose Sensors / 6.1.1.2.1：
Ethanol Electrodes / 6.1.1.2.2：
Urea Electrodes / 6.1.1.2.3：
Toxin (Enzyme Inhibition) Biosensors / 6.1.1.2.4：
Tissue and Bacteria Electrodes / 6.1.1.3：
Affinity Biosensors / 6.1.2：
Immunosensors / 6.1.2.1：
DNA Hybridization Biosensors / 6.1.2.2：
Background and Principles / 6.1.2.2.1：
Electrical Transduction of DNA Hybridization / 6.1.2.2.2：
Other Electrochemical DNA Biosensors / 6.1.2.2.3：
Receptor-Based Sensors / 6.1.2.3：
Electrochemical Sensors Based on Molecularly Imprinted Polymers / 6.1.2.4：
Gas Sensors / 6.2：
Carbon Dioxide Sensors / 6.2.1：
Oxygen Electrodes / 6.2.2：
Solid-State Devices / 6.3：
Ion-Selective Field Effect Transistors / 6.3.1：
Microfabrication of Solid-State Sensor Assemblies / 6.3.2：
Microfabrication Techniques / 6.3.3：
Micromachined Analytical Microsystems / 6.3.4：
Sensor Arrays / 6.4：
Index
Preface
Abbreviations and Symbols
Fundamental Concepts / 1：
43.
図書
Gabriel A. Pall ; forewords by A. Blantin [i.e. Blanton] Godfrey, Stephan H. Haeckelsa
出版情報:
Boca Raton : St. Lucie Press, c2000 xxix, 325 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
The Case for Process Centering / Part I：
Doing Business in the Face of Change / Chapter 1.：
The Changing Business Environment / 1.1：
The Fundamental Success Factors / 1.1.1：
The New Challenge: Accelerated and Unpredictable Change / 1.1.2：
The Results of Change: What Is Really Happening? / 1.1.3：
The History of Change / 1.1.4：
Where Are We Today? / 1.2：
Problems with Today's Corporation / 1.2.1：
Today's Challenge / 1.2.2：
Summary / 1.3：
Traditional Ways of Coping with Change / Chapter 2.：
The Nature and Sources of Change / 2.1：
The Ping-Pong Response of Organizations to Change / 2.1.1：
Today's Customer-Driven Environment / 2.1.2：
Competition in the 21st Century / 2.1.3：
Traditional Responses to Change / 2.2：
Total Quality Management / 2.2.1：
Business Process Reengineering / 2.2.2：
Limitations of Traditional Reengineering / 2.2.3：
Limitations of the Traditional Approaches to Process Change / 2.3：
The Imperfection of Customer Needs / 2.3.1：
The Process Paradox / 2.3.2：
What Now? A Change in Managerial Attitudes / 2.4：
The Economic Value in Process Centering / 2.5：
Managing Work for Value Enhancement / 3.1：
The Value Contribution of Work / 3.1.1：
The Questionable Value Contribution of Downsizing / 3.1.2：
Investment in Business Processes for Economic Value Added / 3.2：
Impact on the Customer / 3.2.1：
Relevance to Overall Strategic Direction / 3.2.2：
The Viability of the Process / 3.2.3：
The Worth of the Process / 3.2.4：
Process Cost / 3.3：
The Cost of Conformance / 3.3.1：
The Cost of Nonconformance / 3.3.2：
The Cost of Quality as Management Tool / 3.3.3：
Productivity and Value / 3.3.4：
The Intellectual Value in Process Centering / 3.4：
The Emergence of Intellectual Assets / 4.1：
Intellectual Value Added / 4.2：
Customer Capital / 4.2.1：
Intellectual Capital / 4.2.2：
Net Added Value of Information Processed / 4.2.3：
The Role of Knowledge Management in Process Design / 4.3：
Process Centering Fundamentals / 4.4：
Understanding Processes / Chapter 5.：
Process Fundamentals / 5.1：
Classic Definitions / 5.1.1：
Process Control / 5.1.2：
Process Capability / 5.1.3：
Core Concepts of Process Thinking / 5.2：
Subject Process / 5.2.1：
Example for Subject Processes / 5.2.2：
Process Feedback / 5.2.3：
Process Quality / 5.2.4：
The Concept of Social Processes: The Human Element / 5.3：
Open Systems / 5.3.1：
Business Processes / 5.3.2：
Process Centering: The Basic Approach / 5.4：
Process Centering as the Prerequisite for Change / 6.1：
Definition of Process Centering / 6.1.1：
Commitment Management / 6.1.2：
Process Reengineering / 6.1.3：
Organizational Adaptability / 6.1.4：
Process Performance and Adaptability / 6.2：
Definitions / 6.2.1：
Adaptive Loops in Processes / 6.2.2：
The Superiority of Process Centering / 6.2.3：
Commitment Coordination and Process Alignment / 6.2.4：
What Needs To Be Done / 6.2.5：
Process Centering: The Response to Change / 6.3：
Response to Change / 7.1：
Upsizing and Growth / 7.1.1：
The Nature of Change / 7.1.2：
Response Characteristics / 7.2：
Information Intensity and Process Adaptability / 7.2.1：
Process Robustness / 7.2.2：
The Economics of Increasing Returns / 7.2.3：
Response Strategies for Growth / 7.3：
Processes as Product Offerings / 7.3.1：
Market Preempting / 7.3.2：
Process Investment Strategies for Growth / 7.3.3：
Process Centering: Role of the Individual / 7.4：
Process People / 8.1：
Empowerment, Commitment and Accountability / 8.1.1：
The Process Professional / 8.1.2：
The Process Team / 8.1.3：
Process Work / 8.2：
Multifunctional Work / 8.2.1：
Multidimensional Work / 8.2.2：
Valuable Work / 8.2.3：
Productive Work / 8.2.4：
Knowledge-Based Work / 8.2.5：
Rewarding Work / 8.2.6：
Work-Driven Shift in Personal Characteristics and Skills / 8.2.7：
Process-Related Roles and Responsibilities / 8.3：
Process Centering: The Management Team / 8.4：
Overseers and Implementers / 9.1：
Enterprise Transformation Executive / 9.1.1：
Enterprise Transformation Council / 9.1.2：
Business Process Management Executive / 9.1.3：
Business Process Owner / 9.1.4：
Business Process Management Team / 9.1.5：
Business Process Management Team Leader / 9.1.6：
Business Process Stakeholders / 9.1.7：
Process Management Resources / 9.2：
Process Contract / 9.2.1：
Process Training / 9.2.2：
Information Technology: The Response Integrator / 9.3：
Change and Information Intensity / 10.1：
Information Technology / 10.1.1：
Information Management for Adaptability / 10.2：
Two Key Process Components / 10.2.1：
Basic Functional Capabilities / 10.2.2：
Technology Assessment / 10.2.3：
Networked Collaborative Systems / 10.3：
Employee Training / 10.3.1：
Collaborative Work Practices / 10.3.2：
Wide-Area Networks / 10.3.3：
Groupware and Collaborative Computing / 10.3.4：
Fundamentals of Online Collaborative Systems / 10.3.5：
Collaborative System Architecture / 10.3.6：
Information Technology as Integrator / 10.4：
Deductive Thinking / 10.4.1：
Inductive Thinking / 10.4.2：
The Need Paradox / 10.4.3：
Process-Centered Management / 10.5：
Basics of Business Process Management / Chapter 11.：
Process Management Overview / 11.1：
The Process Management Roadmap / 11.1.1：
Classification of Business Processes / 11.1.2：
Process Planning / 11.2：
Process Identification and Mapping / 11.2.1：
Process Selection for Reengineering / 11.2.2：
Process Definition / 11.2.3：
Customer Requirements / 11.2.4：
Effective Process-Centered Management / 11.3：
The Operational View / 12.1：
The Two Dimensions of Process Management / 12.1.1：
Commitment Management and Communications / 12.1.2：
Process Resources / 12.1.3：
Process Measurements and Controls / 12.1.4：
Process Adaptability / 12.1.5：
Process Centering / 12.2：
Process Structure: The Holistic View / 12.3：
The Dynamic Business Process / 13.1：
The Holistic Process Model / 13.1.1：
The Workflow and Adaptive Loops / 13.1.3：
Alignment Engineering / 13.2：
Process Performance and Resources / 13.3：
Performance Measurement and Control / 14.1：
Process Measurement / 14.1.1：
Cycle-Time Reduction / 14.1.2：
Cycle-Time Basics / 14.2.1：
Business Cycle Time / 14.2.2：
Time To Respond / 14.2.3：
Time to Commitment / 14.2.4：
Performance Cycle Time / 14.2.5：
Human Resources and Adaptive Management Organization / 14.3：
Groupware / 14.4：
Enterprise Applications / 14.4.2：
Business Processes as Assets / 14.4.3：
Design for Adaptability / 14.5：
Traditional Design Approach to Adaptability / 15.1：
The Holistic Design Approach / 15.2：
Process Design Concepts / 15.2.1：
Design of New Process Structure / 15.2.2：
Redesign of Existing Process Structure / 15.2.3：
Design for Robust Commitments / 15.3：
Design for Process Adaptability / 16.1：
Backbone Network of Commitments / 16.1.1：
Workflow Reconfiguration / 16.1.2：
Design for Accountability / 16.2：
Culture of Accountability / 16.3：
Continuous Improvement and Planning / 16.4：
Process Improvement / 16.4.1：
Launching the Process / 16.4.2：
Process Implementation Planning / 17.1：
Integrated Implementation Planning / 17.1.1：
The Three Steps of Implementation Planning / 17.1.2：
Planning for Implementation Problems / 17.2：
Company-Wide Constraints / 17.2.1：
Process-Level Impediments / 17.2.2：
Cultural Resistance / 17.2.3：
Technology Constraints / 17.2.4：
Planning for Action / 17.3：
Process Deployment / 17.4：
The Process-Centered Organization in Operation / 17.5：
The Business Process Level / 18.1：
Process Ownership / 18.1.1：
Accountability Framework / 18.1.2：
Process Stakeholders / 18.1.3：
Continuous Process Assessment / 18.1.4：
The Enterprise Level / 18.2：
Operational Responsibilities / 18.2.1：
The Millennium Enterprise / 18.2.2：
Appendixes / 18.3：
The Tools of Process Centering / Appendix 1.：
Stand-Alone Software Tools / A1.1：
Process Modeling Tools / A1.1.1：
Process Documentation Tools / A1.1.2：
Process Simulation Tools / A1.1.3：
Process Mapping-Related Activity-Based Costing Tools / A1.1.4：
Project Management Tools / A1.1.5：
Groupware/Software Tools for Team Effectiveness / A1.1.6：
ERP-Based Software Tools / A1.2：
SAP / A1.2.1：
Oracle / A1.2.2：
Abbreviations and Acronyms / Appendix 2.：
Glossary
Endnotes
Bibliography
Index
The Case for Process Centering / Part I：
Doing Business in the Face of Change / Chapter 1.：
The Changing Business Environment / 1.1：
44.
ＥＢ
Rhodri H. Davies, Chris Taylor, Christopher J. Taylor, Carole Twining
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Example Applications of Statistical Models / 1.1：
Detecting Osteoporosis Using Dental Radiographs / 1.1.1：
Detecting Vertebral Fractures / 1.1.2：
Face Identification, Tracking, and Simulation of Ageing / 1.1.3：
Overview / 1.2：
Statistical Models of Shape and Appearance / 2：
Finite-Dimensional Representations of Shape / 2.1：
Shape Alignment / 2.1.1：
Statistics of Shapes / 2.1.2：
Principal Component Analysis / 2.1.3：
Modelling Distributions of Sets of Shapes / 2.2：
Gaussian Models / 2.2.1：
Kernel Density Estimation / 2.2.2：
Kernel Principal Component Analysis / 2.2.3：
Using Principal Components to Constrain Shape / 2.2.4：
Infinite-Dimensional Representations of Shape / 2.3：
Parameterised Representations of Shape / 2.3.1：
Applications of Shape Models / 2.4：
Active Shape Models / 2.4.1：
Active Appearance Models / 2.4.2：
Establishing Correspondence / 3：
The Correspondence Problem / 3.1：
Approaches to Establishing Correspondence / 3.2：
Manual Landmarking / 3.2.1：
Automatic Methods of Establishing Correspondence / 3.2.2：
Correspondence by Parameterisation / 3.2.2.1：
Distance-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.2：
Feature-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.3：
Correspondence Based on Physical Properties / 3.2.2.4：
Image-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.5：
Summary / 3.2.3：
Correspondence by Optimisation / 3.3：
Objective Function / 3.3.1：
Manipulating Correspondence / 3.3.2：
Optimisation / 3.3.3：
Objective Functions / 4：
Shape-Based Objective Functions / 4.1：
Euclidian Distance and the Trace of the Model Covariance / 4.1.1：
Bending Energy / 4.1.2：
Curvature / 4.1.3：
Shape Context / 4.1.4：
Model-Based Objective Functions / 4.2：
The Determinant of the Model Covariance / 4.2.1：
Measuring Model Properties by Bootstrapping / 4.2.2：
Specificity / 4.2.2.1：
Generalization Ability / 4.2.2.2：
An Information Theoretic Objective Function / 4.3：
Shannon Codeword Length and Shannon Entropy / 4.3.1：
Description Length for a Multivariate Gaussian Model / 4.3.2：
Approximations to MDL / 4.3.3：
Gradient of Simplified MDL Objective Functions / 4.3.4：
Concluding Remarks / 4.4：
Re-parameterisation of Open and Closed Curves / 5：
Open Curves / 5.1：
Piecewise-Linear Re-parameterisation / 5.1.1：
Recursive Piecewise-Linear Re-parameterisation / 5.1.2：
Localized Re-parameterisation / 5.1.3：
Kernel-Based Representation of Re-parameterisation / 5.1.4：
Cauchy Kernels / 5.1.4.1：
Polynomial Re-parameterisation / 5.1.4.2：
Differentiable Re-parameterisations for Closed Curves / 5.2：
Wrapped Kernel Re-parameterisation for Closed Curves / 5.2.1：
Use in Optimisation / 5.3：
Parameterisation and Re-parameterisation of Surfaces / 6：
Surface Parameterisation / 6.1：
Initial Parameterisation for Open Surfaces / 6.1.1：
Initial Parameterisation for Closed Surfaces / 6.1.2：
Defining a Continuous Parameterisation / 6.1.3：
Removing Area Distortion / 6.1.4：
Consistent Parameterisation / 6.1.5：
Re-parameterisation of Surfaces / 6.2：
Re-parameterisation of Open Surfaces / 6.2.1：
Recursive Piecewise Linear Re-parameterisation / 6.2.1.1：
Re-parameterisation of Closed Surfaces / 6.2.1.2：
Recursive Piecewise-Linear Reparameterisation / 6.2.2.1：
Cauchy Kernel Re-parameterisation / 6.2.2.2：
Symmetric Theta Transformation / 6.2.2.4：
Asymmetric Theta Transformations / 6.2.2.5：
Shear Transformations / 6.2.2.6：
Re-parameterisation of Other Topologies / 6.2.3：
A Tractable Optimisation Approach / 6.3：
Optimising One Example at a Time / 7.1.1：
Stochastic Selection of Values for Auxiliary Parameters / 7.1.2：
Gradient Descent Optimisation / 7.1.3：
Optimising Pose / 7.1.4：
Tailoring Optimisation / 7.2：
Closed Curves and Surfaces / 7.2.1：
Open Surfaces / 7.2.2：
Multi-part Objects / 7.2.3：
Implementation Issues / 7.3：
Calculating the Covariance Matrix by Numerical Integration / 7.3.1：
Numerical Estimation of the Gradient / 7.3.2：
Sampling the Set of Shapes / 7.3.3：
Detecting Singularities in the Re-parameterisations / 7.3.4：
Example Optimisation Routines / 7.4：
Example 1: Open Curves / 7.4.1：
Example 2: Open Surfaces / 7.4.2：
Non-parametric Regularization / 8：
Regularization / 8.1：
Fluid Regularization / 8.1.1：
The Shape Manifold / 8.3：
The Induced Metric / 8.3.1：
Tangent Space / 8.3.2：
Covariant Derivatives / 8.3.3：
Shape Images / 8.4：
Iterative Updating of Shape Images / 8.5：
Dealing with Shapes with Spherical Topology / 8.5.2：
Avoiding Singularities by Re-gridding / 8.5.3：
Example Implementation of Non-parametric Regularization / 8.6：
Example Optimisation Routines Using Iterative Updating of Shape Images / 8.7：
Example 3: Open Surfaces Using Shape Images / 8.7.1：
Example 4: Optimisation of Closed Surfaces Using Shape Images / 8.7.2：
Evaluation of Statistical Models / 9：
Evaluation Using Ground Truth / 9.1：
Evaluation in the Absence of Ground Truth / 9.2：
Specificity and Generalization: Quantitative Measures / 9.2.1：
Specificity and Generalization as Graph-Based Estimators / 9.3：
Evaluating the Coefficients [beta subscript n, gamma] / 9.3.1：
Generalized Specificity / 9.3.2：
Specificity and Generalization in Practice / 9.4：
Discussion / 9.5：
Thin-Plate and Clamped-Plate Splines / Appendix A：
Curvature and Bending Energy / A.1：
Variational Formulation / A.2：
Green's Functions / A.3：
Green's Functions for the Thin-Plate Spline / A.3.1：
Green's Functions for the Clamped-Plate Spline / A.3.2：
Differentiating the Objective Function / Appendix B：
Finite-Dimensional Shape Representations / B.1：
The Pseudo-Inverse / B.1.1：
Varying the Shape / B.1.2：
From PCA to Singular Value Decomposition / B.1.3：
Infinite Dimensional Shape Representations / B.2：
Glossary
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Example Applications of Statistical Models / 1.1：
Detecting Osteoporosis Using Dental Radiographs / 1.1.1：
45.
ＥＢ
Rhodri H. Davies, Chris Taylor, Christopher J. Taylor, Carole Twining
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Example Applications of Statistical Models / 1.1：
Detecting Osteoporosis Using Dental Radiographs / 1.1.1：
Detecting Vertebral Fractures / 1.1.2：
Face Identification, Tracking, and Simulation of Ageing / 1.1.3：
Overview / 1.2：
Statistical Models of Shape and Appearance / 2：
Finite-Dimensional Representations of Shape / 2.1：
Shape Alignment / 2.1.1：
Statistics of Shapes / 2.1.2：
Principal Component Analysis / 2.1.3：
Modelling Distributions of Sets of Shapes / 2.2：
Gaussian Models / 2.2.1：
Kernel Density Estimation / 2.2.2：
Kernel Principal Component Analysis / 2.2.3：
Using Principal Components to Constrain Shape / 2.2.4：
Infinite-Dimensional Representations of Shape / 2.3：
Parameterised Representations of Shape / 2.3.1：
Applications of Shape Models / 2.4：
Active Shape Models / 2.4.1：
Active Appearance Models / 2.4.2：
Establishing Correspondence / 3：
The Correspondence Problem / 3.1：
Approaches to Establishing Correspondence / 3.2：
Manual Landmarking / 3.2.1：
Automatic Methods of Establishing Correspondence / 3.2.2：
Correspondence by Parameterisation / 3.2.2.1：
Distance-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.2：
Feature-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.3：
Correspondence Based on Physical Properties / 3.2.2.4：
Image-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.5：
Summary / 3.2.3：
Correspondence by Optimisation / 3.3：
Objective Function / 3.3.1：
Manipulating Correspondence / 3.3.2：
Optimisation / 3.3.3：
Objective Functions / 4：
Shape-Based Objective Functions / 4.1：
Euclidian Distance and the Trace of the Model Covariance / 4.1.1：
Bending Energy / 4.1.2：
Curvature / 4.1.3：
Shape Context / 4.1.4：
Model-Based Objective Functions / 4.2：
The Determinant of the Model Covariance / 4.2.1：
Measuring Model Properties by Bootstrapping / 4.2.2：
Specificity / 4.2.2.1：
Generalization Ability / 4.2.2.2：
An Information Theoretic Objective Function / 4.3：
Shannon Codeword Length and Shannon Entropy / 4.3.1：
Description Length for a Multivariate Gaussian Model / 4.3.2：
Approximations to MDL / 4.3.3：
Gradient of Simplified MDL Objective Functions / 4.3.4：
Concluding Remarks / 4.4：
Re-parameterisation of Open and Closed Curves / 5：
Open Curves / 5.1：
Piecewise-Linear Re-parameterisation / 5.1.1：
Recursive Piecewise-Linear Re-parameterisation / 5.1.2：
Localized Re-parameterisation / 5.1.3：
Kernel-Based Representation of Re-parameterisation / 5.1.4：
Cauchy Kernels / 5.1.4.1：
Polynomial Re-parameterisation / 5.1.4.2：
Differentiable Re-parameterisations for Closed Curves / 5.2：
Wrapped Kernel Re-parameterisation for Closed Curves / 5.2.1：
Use in Optimisation / 5.3：
Parameterisation and Re-parameterisation of Surfaces / 6：
Surface Parameterisation / 6.1：
Initial Parameterisation for Open Surfaces / 6.1.1：
Initial Parameterisation for Closed Surfaces / 6.1.2：
Defining a Continuous Parameterisation / 6.1.3：
Removing Area Distortion / 6.1.4：
Consistent Parameterisation / 6.1.5：
Re-parameterisation of Surfaces / 6.2：
Re-parameterisation of Open Surfaces / 6.2.1：
Recursive Piecewise Linear Re-parameterisation / 6.2.1.1：
Re-parameterisation of Closed Surfaces / 6.2.1.2：
Recursive Piecewise-Linear Reparameterisation / 6.2.2.1：
Cauchy Kernel Re-parameterisation / 6.2.2.2：
Symmetric Theta Transformation / 6.2.2.4：
Asymmetric Theta Transformations / 6.2.2.5：
Shear Transformations / 6.2.2.6：
Re-parameterisation of Other Topologies / 6.2.3：
A Tractable Optimisation Approach / 6.3：
Optimising One Example at a Time / 7.1.1：
Stochastic Selection of Values for Auxiliary Parameters / 7.1.2：
Gradient Descent Optimisation / 7.1.3：
Optimising Pose / 7.1.4：
Tailoring Optimisation / 7.2：
Closed Curves and Surfaces / 7.2.1：
Open Surfaces / 7.2.2：
Multi-part Objects / 7.2.3：
Implementation Issues / 7.3：
Calculating the Covariance Matrix by Numerical Integration / 7.3.1：
Numerical Estimation of the Gradient / 7.3.2：
Sampling the Set of Shapes / 7.3.3：
Detecting Singularities in the Re-parameterisations / 7.3.4：
Example Optimisation Routines / 7.4：
Example 1: Open Curves / 7.4.1：
Example 2: Open Surfaces / 7.4.2：
Non-parametric Regularization / 8：
Regularization / 8.1：
Fluid Regularization / 8.1.1：
The Shape Manifold / 8.3：
The Induced Metric / 8.3.1：
Tangent Space / 8.3.2：
Covariant Derivatives / 8.3.3：
Shape Images / 8.4：
Iterative Updating of Shape Images / 8.5：
Dealing with Shapes with Spherical Topology / 8.5.2：
Avoiding Singularities by Re-gridding / 8.5.3：
Example Implementation of Non-parametric Regularization / 8.6：
Example Optimisation Routines Using Iterative Updating of Shape Images / 8.7：
Example 3: Open Surfaces Using Shape Images / 8.7.1：
Example 4: Optimisation of Closed Surfaces Using Shape Images / 8.7.2：
Evaluation of Statistical Models / 9：
Evaluation Using Ground Truth / 9.1：
Evaluation in the Absence of Ground Truth / 9.2：
Specificity and Generalization: Quantitative Measures / 9.2.1：
Specificity and Generalization as Graph-Based Estimators / 9.3：
Evaluating the Coefficients [beta subscript n, gamma] / 9.3.1：
Generalized Specificity / 9.3.2：
Specificity and Generalization in Practice / 9.4：
Discussion / 9.5：
Thin-Plate and Clamped-Plate Splines / Appendix A：
Curvature and Bending Energy / A.1：
Variational Formulation / A.2：
Green's Functions / A.3：
Green's Functions for the Thin-Plate Spline / A.3.1：
Green's Functions for the Clamped-Plate Spline / A.3.2：
Differentiating the Objective Function / Appendix B：
Finite-Dimensional Shape Representations / B.1：
The Pseudo-Inverse / B.1.1：
Varying the Shape / B.1.2：
From PCA to Singular Value Decomposition / B.1.3：
Infinite Dimensional Shape Representations / B.2：
Glossary
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Example Applications of Statistical Models / 1.1：
Detecting Osteoporosis Using Dental Radiographs / 1.1.1：
46.
ＥＢ
John Aldo Lee, M. Jordan, John A. Lee, Michel Verleysen
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer New York, 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Notations
Acronyms
High-Dimensional Data / 1：
Practical motivations / 1.1：
Fields of application / 1.1.1：
The goals to be reached / 1.1.2：
Theoretical motivations / 1.2：
How can we visualize high-dimensional spaces? / 1.2.1：
Curse of dimensionality and empty space phenomenon / 1.2.2：
Some directions to be explored / 1.3：
Relevance of the variables / 1.3.1：
Dependencies between the variables / 1.3.2：
About topology, spaces, and manifolds / 1.4：
Two benchmark manifolds / 1.5：
Overview of the next chapters / 1.6：
Characteristics of an Analysis Method / 2：
Purpose / 2.1：
Expected functionalities / 2.2：
Estimation of the number of latent variables / 2.2.1：
Embedding for dimensionality reduction / 2.2.2：
Embedding for latent variable separation / 2.2.3：
Internal characteristics / 2.3：
Underlying model / 2.3.1：
Algorithm / 2.3.2：
Criterion / 2.3.3：
Example: Principal component analysis / 2.4：
Data model of PCA / 2.4.1：
Criteria leading to PCA / 2.4.2：
Functionalities of PCA / 2.4.3：
Algorithms / 2.4.4：
Examples and limitations of PCA / 2.4.5：
Toward a categorization of DR methods / 2.5：
Hard vs. soft dimensionality reduction / 2.5.1：
Traditional vs. generative model / 2.5.2：
Linear vs. nonlinear model / 2.5.3：
Continuous vs. discrete model / 2.5.4：
Implicit vs. explicit mapping / 2.5.5：
Integrated vs. external estimation of the dimensionality / 2.5.6：
Layered vs. standalone embeddings / 2.5.7：
Single vs. multiple coordinate systems / 2.5.8：
Optional vs. mandatory vector quantization / 2.5.9：
Batch vs. online algorithm / 2.5.10：
Exact vs. approximate optimization / 2.5.11：
The type of criterion to be optimized / 2.5.12：
Estimation of the Intrinsic Dimension / 3：
Definition of the intrinsic dimension / 3.1：
Fractal dimensions / 3.2：
The q-dimension / 3.2.1：
Capacity dimension / 3.2.2：
Information dimension / 3.2.3：
Correlation dimension / 3.2.4：
Some inequalities / 3.2.5：
Practical estimation / 3.2.6：
Other dimension estimators / 3.3：
Local methods / 3.3.1：
Trial and error / 3.3.2：
Comparisons / 3.4：
Data Sets / 3.4.1：
PCA estimator / 3.4.2：
Local PCA estimator / 3.4.3：
Concluding remarks / 3.4.5：
Distance Preservation / 4：
State-of-the-art / 4.1：
Spatial distances / 4.2：
Metric space, distances, norms and scalar product / 4.2.1：
Multidimensional scaling / 4.2.2：
Sammon's nonlinear mapping / 4.2.3：
Curvilinear component analysis / 4.2.4：
Graph distances / 4.3：
Geodesic distance and graph distance / 4.3.1：
Isomap / 4.3.2：
Geodesic NLM / 4.3.3：
Curvilinear distance analysis / 4.3.4：
Other distances / 4.4：
Kernel PC A / 4.4.1：
Semidefinite embedding / 4.4.2：
Topology Preservation / 5：
State of the art / 5.1：
Predefined lattice / 5.2：
Self-Organizing Maps / 5.2.1：
Generative Topographic Mapping / 5.2.2：
Data-driven lattice / 5.3：
Locally linear embedding / 5.3.1：
Laplacian eigenmaps / 5.3.2：
Isotop / 5.3.3：
Method comparisons / 6：
Toy examples / 6.1：
The Swiss roll / 6.1.1：
Manifolds having essential loops or spheres / 6.1.2：
Cortex unfolding / 6.2：
Image processing / 6.3：
Artificial faces / 6.3.1：
Real faces / 6.3.2：
Conclusions / 7：
Summary of the book / 7.1：
The problem / 7.1.1：
A basic solution / 7.1.2：
Dimensionality reduction / 7.1.3：
Latent variable separation / 7.1.4：
Intrinsic dimensionality estimation / 7.1.5：
Data flow / 7.2：
Variable Selection / 7.2.1：
Calibration / 7.2.2：
Linear dimensionality reduction / 7.2.3：
Nonlinear dimensionality reduction / 7.2.4：
Further processing / 7.2.5：
Model complexity / 7.3：
Taxonomy / 7.4：
Distance preservation / 7.4.1：
Topology preservation / 7.4.2：
Spectral methods / 7.5：
Nonspectral methods / 7.6：
Tentative methodology / 7.7：
Perspectives / 7.8：
Matrix Calculus / A：
Singular value decomposition / A.1：
Eigenvalue decomposition / A.2：
Square root of a square matrix / A.3：
Gaussian Variables / B：
One-dimensional Gaussian distribution / B.1：
Multidimensional Gaussian distribution / B.2：
Uncorrelated Gaussian variables / B.2.1：
Isotropic multivariate Gaussian distribution / B.2.2：
Linearly mixed Gaussian variables / B.2.3：
Optimization / C：
Newton's method / C.1：
Finding extrema / C.1.1：
Multivariate version / C.1.2：
Gradient ascent/descent / C.2：
Stochastic gradient descent / C.2.1：
Vector quantization / D：
Classical techniques / D.1：
Competitive learning / D.2：
Initialization and ""dead units"" / D.3：
Graph Building / E：
Without vector quantization / E.1：
K-rule / E.1.1：
e-rule / E.1.2：
r-rule / E.1.3：
With vector quantization / E.2：
Data rule / E.2.1：
Histogram rule / E.2.2：
Implementation Issues / F：
Dimension estimation / F.1：
Computation of the closest point(s) / F.1.1：
References / F.3：
Index
Notations
Acronyms
High-Dimensional Data / 1：
47.
ＥＢ
Dmitry Yu Ivanov
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Weinheim : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword to the Russian Edition
Foreword to the English Edition
Editor's Preface
Introduction
The Statics of Critical Phenomena / Part I：
Statics of Critical Phenomena in the Nearest Vicinity of the Critical Point: Experimental Manifestation / 1：
Short History of Critical Phenomena Research / 1.1：
Peculiarities of the Experiment in the Nearest Vicinity of the Critical Point / 1.2：
"Experimental" Critical Indices / 1.2.1：
Determination of Critical Parameters / 1.2.2：
Purity of Matter / 1.2.3：
Determination of Critical Density / 1.2.4：
Determination of Critical Temperature and Pressure / 1.2.5：
Experiments Near the Critical Point in the Presence of the Gravitational Field / 1.3：
The Gravitational Effect / 1.3.1：
The Coexistence Curve / 1.3.2：
Singularity of the Diameter of the Coexistence Curve / 1.3.3：
The Critical Isotherm / 1.3.4：
Isothermal Compressibility Along the Critical Isochore / 1.3.5：
(p-T)-Dependence Along the Critical Isochore / 1.3.6：
Critical Indices and Amplitudes / 2：
Phenomenological Model of the Critical Behavior of Nonideal Systems / 2.1：
Critical Indices: External Field Effects / 2.2：
Critical Index [beta] / 2.2.1：
The Influence of Surface Forces / 2.2.1.1：
The Influence of Fields: Comparison with Magnetic Materials / 2.2.1.3：
Comparison with Metals / 2.2.1.4：
Critical Index [delta] / 2.2.2：
The Influence of Gravitation / 2.2.2.1：
The Influence of Coulomb Forces / 2.2.2.2：
Critical Index [gamma] / 2.2.3：
Critical Index [alpha] / 2.2.3.1：
Critical Index of the Correlation Radius [nu] / 2.2.4.1：
Micellar Systems / 2.2.6：
Influence of Boundaries: Finite-Size Effects / 2.2.7：
Results and Consequences / 2.2.8：
Some Unresolved Problems / 2.2.9：
Universal Relations Between Critical Indices / 2.3：
Universal Relations Between Critical Amplitudes / 2.3.2：
Correlation Between Critical Index and Critical Amplitude Values / 2.3.3：
Thermodynamics of the Metastable State / 3：
The "Pseudospinodal" Hypothesis / 3.1：
The History of the Occurrence of the "Pseudospinodal Hypthesis" / 3.1.1：
The Universal "Pseudospinodal" / 3.1.2：
The van der Waals Spinodal / 3.2：
First-Order Stability Conditions / 3.2.1：
Higher Order Stability Conditions / 3.2.2：
Approaching the Instability Points / 3.2.3：
The Instability Area / 3.2.4：
Thermodynamic Analysis of the "Pseudospinodal" Hypothesis / 3.3：
Physics and Geometry / 3.3.1：
Mathematical Foundation / 3.3.2：
Thermodynamic Consequences / 3.3.3：
Experimental Test of the "Pseudospinodal" Hypothesis / 3.4：
The Dynamics of Critical Phenomena / Part II：
Foundations of Critical Dynamics / 4：
Critical Fluctuations: Light Scattering Intensity / 4.1：
Kinetics of Critical Fluctuations: Light Scattering Spectrum / 4.3：
Dynamic Critical Indices and Universal Amplitude / 4.4：
Scattering of Higher Orders / 4.5：
Critical Opalescence: Modeling / 5：
Techniques and Experimental Methods / 5.1：
Experimental Setup / 5.2.1：
General Characteristics / 5.2.1.1：
The Optical System / 5.2.1.2：
Correlator / 5.2.1.3：
Time Correlation Function for High Scattering Multiplicities / 5.2.1.4：
Cumulants of the Correlation Function / 5.2.1.5：
Afterpulses / 5.2.1.6：
Physical Modeling / 5.3：
Model Systems / 5.3.1：
Dependence of the Spectrum Half-width of Multiple Scattering on the Physical Characteristics of the System and on the Scattering Multiplicity / 5.3.2：
Dependence on the Viscosity of the Fluid / 5.3.2.1：
Dependence on the Optical Thickness of the Scattering Medium / 5.3.2.2：
Angular Dependence / 5.3.2.3：
Dependence on the Polarization Mode / 5.3.2.4：
Dependence on the Concentration of the Scatterer / 5.3.2.5：
Dependence on the Dimensions of the Scattering Media / 5.3.2.6：
Mathematical Modeling / 5.4：
The Simplest Diffusion Model Approach / 5.4.1：
The First Approach / 5.4.1.1：
The Second Approach / 5.4.1.2：
Mathematical Model of Multiple Scattering / 5.4.2：
Basic Concepts of Radiation-Transport Theory / 5.4.2.1：
Multiple Scattering Spectra Determined via the Radiation-Transport Theory / 5.4.2.2：
Transition to High Multiplicity Scattering / 5.4.2.3：
Effect of the Shape of the Sample on the Mean Scattering Multiplicity / 5.4.2.4：
On the Nature of the Constant [Gamma subscript 0] / 5.5：
The Relation of [Gamma subscript 0] to the Size of the Scatterers / 5.5.1：
The Relation of [Gamma subscript 0] to the Depth of the Diffusion Source / 5.5.2：
Critical Opalescence: Theory and Experiment / 6：
Theory of Critical Opalescence Spectra / 6.1：
Analysis of the Behavior of [Gamma subscript m] Close to the Critical Point / 6.2.1：
Calculation of the Limiting Values of Key Quantities / 6.2.1.1：
Calculation of the Temperature Dependence / 6.2.1.2：
Analysis of the Obtained Results / 6.2.1.3：
Experiments Close to the Mixing Critical Point / 6.3：
Choice of the Object of Research / 6.3.1：
Binary Mixture Aniline-Cyclohexane / 6.3.3：
Experimental Results / 6.3.4：
Heating of the "Critical" Medium by Probe Radiation / 6.4：
Thermal Conductivity in the Vicinity of the Critical Point / 7：
Thermal Conductivity of NH[subscript 3] Near to the Critical Point / 7.1：
Experimental Setup for Determining Thermal Conductivity / 7.2.1：
Experimental Results: Background Thermal Conductivity / 7.2.2：
Extended Mode-Coupling (EMC) Theory / 7.2.3：
Static Light Scattering: The Extinction Coefficient / 7.3：
The Experimental Setup for Light Scattering / 7.3.1：
Results and Analysis of the Optical Experiment / 7.3.2：
Density Derivative of the Dielectric Constant / 7.3.3：
Determination of [nu] and [xi subscript 0] Using Light Scattering / 7.4：
Critical Dynamics: Comparison of Theory and Experiment / 7.5：
Universal Dynamic Amplitude R / 7.5.1：
Thermal Conductivity Critical Index, [open phi] / 7.5.2：
Checking the Feasibility of the Universal Relations Between the Critical Amplitudes for Ammonia / 7.5.3：
Thermal Conductivity of Ammonia in the Wide Neighborhood of the Critical Point / 7.5.4：
Conclusion / 7.6：
Some Applications of the Photon Correlation Technique / A：
Diffusing-Wave Spectroscopy / A.1：
Method of Determination of the Mean Dimension and Concentration of Suspended Particles / A.2：
Monitoring of Particle Motion in Drying Films / A.3：
Dynamics of Particle Formation and Growth / A.4：
Supercritical Fluids / A.4.1：
Opaque Systems / A.4.2：
Sol-Gel Process / A.4.3：
References
Index
Foreword to the Russian Edition
Foreword to the English Edition
Editor's Preface
48.
ＥＢ
John Aldo Lee, M. Jordan, John A. Lee, Michel Verleysen, B. Schölkopf
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer New York, 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Notations
Acronyms
High-Dimensional Data / 1：
Practical motivations / 1.1：
Fields of application / 1.1.1：
The goals to be reached / 1.1.2：
Theoretical motivations / 1.2：
How can we visualize high-dimensional spaces? / 1.2.1：
Curse of dimensionality and empty space phenomenon / 1.2.2：
Some directions to be explored / 1.3：
Relevance of the variables / 1.3.1：
Dependencies between the variables / 1.3.2：
About topology, spaces, and manifolds / 1.4：
Two benchmark manifolds / 1.5：
Overview of the next chapters / 1.6：
Characteristics of an Analysis Method / 2：
Purpose / 2.1：
Expected functionalities / 2.2：
Estimation of the number of latent variables / 2.2.1：
Embedding for dimensionality reduction / 2.2.2：
Embedding for latent variable separation / 2.2.3：
Internal characteristics / 2.3：
Underlying model / 2.3.1：
Algorithm / 2.3.2：
Criterion / 2.3.3：
Example: Principal component analysis / 2.4：
Data model of PCA / 2.4.1：
Criteria leading to PCA / 2.4.2：
Functionalities of PCA / 2.4.3：
Algorithms / 2.4.4：
Examples and limitations of PCA / 2.4.5：
Toward a categorization of DR methods / 2.5：
Hard vs. soft dimensionality reduction / 2.5.1：
Traditional vs. generative model / 2.5.2：
Linear vs. nonlinear model / 2.5.3：
Continuous vs. discrete model / 2.5.4：
Implicit vs. explicit mapping / 2.5.5：
Integrated vs. external estimation of the dimensionality / 2.5.6：
Layered vs. standalone embeddings / 2.5.7：
Single vs. multiple coordinate systems / 2.5.8：
Optional vs. mandatory vector quantization / 2.5.9：
Batch vs. online algorithm / 2.5.10：
Exact vs. approximate optimization / 2.5.11：
The type of criterion to be optimized / 2.5.12：
Estimation of the Intrinsic Dimension / 3：
Definition of the intrinsic dimension / 3.1：
Fractal dimensions / 3.2：
The q-dimension / 3.2.1：
Capacity dimension / 3.2.2：
Information dimension / 3.2.3：
Correlation dimension / 3.2.4：
Some inequalities / 3.2.5：
Practical estimation / 3.2.6：
Other dimension estimators / 3.3：
Local methods / 3.3.1：
Trial and error / 3.3.2：
Comparisons / 3.4：
Data Sets / 3.4.1：
PCA estimator / 3.4.2：
Local PCA estimator / 3.4.3：
Concluding remarks / 3.4.5：
Distance Preservation / 4：
State-of-the-art / 4.1：
Spatial distances / 4.2：
Metric space, distances, norms and scalar product / 4.2.1：
Multidimensional scaling / 4.2.2：
Sammon's nonlinear mapping / 4.2.3：
Curvilinear component analysis / 4.2.4：
Graph distances / 4.3：
Geodesic distance and graph distance / 4.3.1：
Isomap / 4.3.2：
Geodesic NLM / 4.3.3：
Curvilinear distance analysis / 4.3.4：
Other distances / 4.4：
Kernel PC A / 4.4.1：
Semidefinite embedding / 4.4.2：
Topology Preservation / 5：
State of the art / 5.1：
Predefined lattice / 5.2：
Self-Organizing Maps / 5.2.1：
Generative Topographic Mapping / 5.2.2：
Data-driven lattice / 5.3：
Locally linear embedding / 5.3.1：
Laplacian eigenmaps / 5.3.2：
Isotop / 5.3.3：
Method comparisons / 6：
Toy examples / 6.1：
The Swiss roll / 6.1.1：
Manifolds having essential loops or spheres / 6.1.2：
Cortex unfolding / 6.2：
Image processing / 6.3：
Artificial faces / 6.3.1：
Real faces / 6.3.2：
Conclusions / 7：
Summary of the book / 7.1：
The problem / 7.1.1：
A basic solution / 7.1.2：
Dimensionality reduction / 7.1.3：
Latent variable separation / 7.1.4：
Intrinsic dimensionality estimation / 7.1.5：
Data flow / 7.2：
Variable Selection / 7.2.1：
Calibration / 7.2.2：
Linear dimensionality reduction / 7.2.3：
Nonlinear dimensionality reduction / 7.2.4：
Further processing / 7.2.5：
Model complexity / 7.3：
Taxonomy / 7.4：
Distance preservation / 7.4.1：
Topology preservation / 7.4.2：
Spectral methods / 7.5：
Nonspectral methods / 7.6：
Tentative methodology / 7.7：
Perspectives / 7.8：
Matrix Calculus / A：
Singular value decomposition / A.1：
Eigenvalue decomposition / A.2：
Square root of a square matrix / A.3：
Gaussian Variables / B：
One-dimensional Gaussian distribution / B.1：
Multidimensional Gaussian distribution / B.2：
Uncorrelated Gaussian variables / B.2.1：
Isotropic multivariate Gaussian distribution / B.2.2：
Linearly mixed Gaussian variables / B.2.3：
Optimization / C：
Newton's method / C.1：
Finding extrema / C.1.1：
Multivariate version / C.1.2：
Gradient ascent/descent / C.2：
Stochastic gradient descent / C.2.1：
Vector quantization / D：
Classical techniques / D.1：
Competitive learning / D.2：
Initialization and ""dead units"" / D.3：
Graph Building / E：
Without vector quantization / E.1：
K-rule / E.1.1：
e-rule / E.1.2：
r-rule / E.1.3：
With vector quantization / E.2：
Data rule / E.2.1：
Histogram rule / E.2.2：
Implementation Issues / F：
Dimension estimation / F.1：
Computation of the closest point(s) / F.1.1：
References / F.3：
Index
Notations
Acronyms
High-Dimensional Data / 1：
49.
図書
Michael Beetz
目次情報:
続きを見る
Abstract
Acknowledgements
List of Figures
Introduction / 1：
The Approach / 1.1：
Technical Challenges / 1.2：
Introductory Example / 1.3：
Motivation / 1.4：
Relevance for Autonomous Robot Control / 1.4.1：
Relevance for AI Planning / 1.4.2：
The Computational Problem and Its Solution / 1.5：
The Computational Problem / 1.5.1：
The Computational Model / 1.5.2：
Contributions / 1.6：
Outline of the Book / 1.7：
Reactivity / 2：
The DeliveryWorld / 2.1：
The World / 2.1.1：
Commands and Jobs / 2.1.2：
The Robot / 2.1.3：
Justification of the DeliveryWorld / 2.1.4：
The Implementation of Routine Activities / 2.2：
Plan Steps vs. Concurrent Control Processes / 2.2.1：
Interfacing Continuous Control Processes / 2.2.2：
Coordinating Control Processes / 2.2.3：
Synchronization of Concurrent Control Threads / 2.2.4：
Failure Recovery / 2.2.5：
Perception / 2.2.6：
State, Memory, and World Models / 2.2.7：
The Structure of Routine Activities / 2.2.8：
The Structured Reactive Controller / 2.3：
Behavior and Planning Modules / 2.3.1：
The Body of the Structured Reactive Controller / 2.3.2：
Global Fluents, Variables, and the Plan Library / 2.3.3：
The RPL Runtime System / 2.3.4：
Summary and Discussion / 2.4：
Planning / 3：
The Structured Reactive Plan / 3.1：
Plans as Syntactic Objects / 3.1.1：
RPL as a Plan Language / 3.1.2：
The Computational Structure / 3.2：
The "Criticize-Revise" Cycle / 3.2.1：
The "Criticize" Step / 3.2.2：
The "Revise" Step / 3.2.3：
The XFRM Planning Framework / 3.3：
Anticipation and Forestalling of Behavior Flaws / 3.4：
The Detection of Behavior Flaws / 3.4.1：
Behavior Flaws and Plan Revisions / 3.4.2：
The Diagnosis of Behavior Flaws / 3.4.3：
Transparent Reactive Plans / 3.5：
Declarative Statements / 4.1：
RPL Construct Descriptions / 4.1.1：
Achievement Goals / 4.1.2：
Perceptions / 4.1.3：
Beliefs / 4.1.4：
Other Declarative Statements / 4.1.5：
Using Declarative Statements / 4.1.6：
Routine Plans / 4.2：
The Plan Library / 4.3：
Behavior Modules / 4.3.1：
Low-level Plans / 4.3.2：
High-level Plans / 4.3.3：
Discussion / 4.4：
Representing Plan Revisions / 5：
Conceptualization / 5.1：
Making Inferences / 5.2：
Some Examples / 5.2.1：
Accessing Code Trees / 5.2.2：
Predicates on Plan Interpretations / 5.2.3：
Predicates on Timelines / 5.2.4：
Timelines and Plan Interpretation / 5.2.5：
Expressing Plan Revisions / 5.3：
XFRML - The Implementation / 5.4：
Forestalling Behavior Flaws / 5.5：
FAUST / 6.1：
The Behavior Critic / 6.1.1：
Detecting Behavior Flaws: Implementation / 6.1.2：
Diagnosing the Causes of Behavior Flaws: Implementation / 6.1.3：
The Bug Class "Behavior-Specification Violation" / 6.1.4：
The Elimination of Behavior Flaws / 6.1.5：
The Plan Revisions for the Example / 6.2：
Some Behavior Flaws and Their Revisions / 6.3：
Perceptual Confusion / 6.3.1：
Missed Deadlines / 6.3.2：
Planning Ongoing Activities / 6.4：
Extending RPL / 7.1：
The RUNTIME-PLAN Statement / 7.1.1：
Plan Swapping / 7.1.2：
Making Planning Assumptions / 7.1.3：
Deliberative Controllers / 7.2：
Improving Iterative Plans by Local Planning / 7.2.1：
Plan Execution a la Shakey / 7.2.2：
Execution Monitoring and Replanning / 7.2.3：
Recovering from Execution Failures / 7.2.4：
Some Robot Control Architectures / 7.2.5：
The Controller in the Experiment / 7.3：
Evaluation / 7.4：
Analysis of the Problem / 8.1：
Assessment of the Method / 8.2：
Description of the Method / 8.2.1：
Evaluation of the Method / 8.2.2：
Demonstration / 8.3：
Evaluating SRCs in Standard Situations / 8.3.1：
Comparing SRCs with the Appropriate Fixed Controller179 / 8.3.2：
Problems that Require SRCs / 8.3.3：
Related Work / 8.4：
Control Architectures for Competent Physical Agents / 8.4.1：
Control Languages for Reactive Control / 8.4.2：
Robot Planning / 8.4.3：
Conclusion / 9：
What Do Structured Reactive Controllers Do? / 9.1：
Why Do Structured Reactive Controllers Work? / 9.2：
Do Structured Reactive Controllers Work for Real Robots? / 9.3：
References
Abstract
Acknowledgements
List of Figures
50.
ＥＢ
Center for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS), American Institute of Chemical Engineers, American Institute for Chemical Engineers., American Institute for Chemical Enginners.
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
Building on the Past / 1.1：
Who Should Read This Book? / 1.2：
The Guideline's Objectives / 1.3：
The Continuing Evolution of Incident Investigation / 1.4：
Designing an Incident Investigation Management System / 2：
Preplanning Considerations / 2.1：
An Organization's Responsibilities / 2.1.1：
The Benefit of Management's Commitment / 2.1.2：
The Role of the Developers / 2.1.3：
Integration with Other Functions and Teams / 2.1.4：
Regulatory and Legal Issues / 2.1.5：
Typical Management System Topics / 2.2：
Classifying Incidents / 2.2.1：
Other Options for Establishing Classification Criteria / 2.2.2：
Specifying Documentation / 2.2.3：
Describing Team Organization and Functions / 2.2.4：
Setting Training Requirements / 2.2.5：
Emphasizing Root Causes / 2.2.6：
Developing Recommendations / 2.2.7：
Fostering a Blame-Free Policy / 2.2.8：
Implementing the Recommendations and Follow-Up Activities / 2.2.9：
Resuming Normal Operation and Establishing Restart Criteria / 2.2.10：
Providing a Template for Formal Reports / 2.2.11：
Review and Approval / 2.2.12：
Planning for Continuous Improvement / 2.2.13：
Implementing the Management System / 2.3：
Initial Implementation-Training / 2.3.1：
Initial Implementation-Data Management System.References / 2.3.2：
An Overview of Incident Causation Theories / 3：
Stages of a Process-Related Incident / 3.1：
Three Phases of Process-Related Incidents / 3.1.1：
The Importance of Latent Failures / 3.1.2：
Theories of Incident Causation / 3.2：
Domino Theory of Causation / 3.2.1：
System Theory / 3.2.2：
Hazard-Barrier-Target Theory / 3.2.3：
Investigation's Place in Controlling Risk / 3.3：
Relationship between Near Misses and Incidents / 3.4：
Endnotes
An Overview of Investigation Methodologies / 4：
Historical Approach / 4.1：
Modern Structured Approach / 4.2：
Methodologies Used by CCPS Members / 4.3：
Description of Tools / 4.4：
Brainstorming / 4.4.1：
Timelines / 4.4.2：
Sequence Diagrams / 4.4.3：
Causal Factor Identification / 4.4.4：
Checklists / 4.4.5：
Predefined Trees / 4.4.6：
Team-Developed Logic Trees / 4.4.7：
Selecting an Appropriate Methodology / 4.5：
Reporting and Investigating Near Misses / 5：
Defining a Near Miss / 5.1：
Obstacle to Near Miss Reporting and Recommended Solutions / 5.2：
Fear of Disciplinary Action / 5.2.1：
Fear of Embarrassment / 5.2.2：
Lack of Understanding: Near Miss versus Nonincident / 5.2.3：
Lack of Management Commitment and Folow-through / 5.2.4：
High Level of Effort to Report and Investigate / 5.2.5：
Disincentives for Reporting Near Misses / 5.2.6：
Not Knowing Which Investigation System to Use / 5.2.7：
Legal Aspects / 5.3：
The Impact of Human Factors / 6：
Defining Human Factors / 6.1：
Human Factors Concepts / 6.2：
Skills-Rules-Knowledge Model / 6.2.1：
Human Behavior / 6.2.2：
Incorporating Human Factors into the Incident Investigation Process / 6.3：
Finding the Causes / 6.3.1：
How an Incident Evolves / 6.4：
Organizational Factors / 6.4.1：
Unsafe Supervision / 6.4.2：
Preconditions for Unsafe Acts / 6.4.3：
Unsafe Acts / 6.4.4：
Checklists and Flowcharts / 6.5：
Building and Leading an Incident Investigation Team / 7：
Team Approach / 7.1：
Advantage of the Team Approach / 7.2：
Leading a Process Safety Incident Investigation Team / 7.3：
Potential Team Composition / 7.4：
Training Potential Team Members and Support Personnel / 7.5：
Building a Team for a Specific Incident / 7.6：
Minor Incidents / 7.6.1：
Limited Impact Incidents / 7.6.2：
Significant Incidents / 7.6.3：
High Potential Incidents / 7.6.4：
Catastrophic Incidents / 7.6.5：
Developing a Specific Investigation Plan / 7.7：
Team Operations / 7.8：
Setting Criteria for Resuming Normal Operations / 7.9：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
51.
ＥＢ
Elena Y. Vedmedenko
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
How the Story Began / 1.1：
Structure Periodicity and Modulated Phases / 1.1.1：
Ferromagnetic and Ferroelectric Domains / 1.1.2：
First Theoretical Approaches for Competing Interactions / 1.2：
Frenkel-Kontorova Model / 1.2.1：
Theoretical Models of the Magnetic/Ferroelectric Domains / 1.2.2：
Phenomenology of the Dipolar Interaction / 1.2.2.1：
Phenomenology of the Exchange and Exchange-Like Interactions / 1.2.2.2：
Mechanism of the Domain Formation / 1.2.2.3：
Summary / 1.3：
Exercises / 1.4：
References
Self-Competition: or How to Choose the Best from the Worst / 2：
Frustration: The World is not Perfect / 2.1：
Why is an Understanding of Frustration Phenomena Important for Nanosystems? / 2.2：
Ising, XY, and Heisenberg Statistical Models / 2.3：
Order-Disorder Phenomena / 2.4：
Phase Transitions and their Characterization / 2.4.1：
Order Below a Critical Temperature / 2.4.2：
Measure of Frustration: Local Energy Parameter / 2.4.3：
Self-Competition of the Short-Range Interactions / 2.5：
Ising Antiferromagnet on a Lattice / 2.5.1：
Triangular Lattice / 2.5.1.1：
Kagome Lattice / 2.5.1.2：
Ising Antiferromagnet on Aperiodic Tilings / 2.5.1.3：
Heisenberg Antiferromagnet on a Lattice / 2.5.2：
Triangular and Kagome Lattices / 2.5.2.1：
Aperiodic Tilings / 2.5.2.2：
Three-Dimensional Spin Structure on a Periodic Two-Dimensional Lattice: Itinerant Systems / 2.5.3：
Frustration Squeezed Out / 2.5.4：
Self-Competition of the Long-Range Interactions / 2.6：
Dipolar Interactions / 2.6.1：
Localized Ising Moments on a Periodic Lattice / 2.6.1.1：
Localized Vector Moments on a Periodic Lattice / 2.6.1.2：
Localized Vector Moments on Aperiodic Tilings / 2.6.1.3：
Delocalized Moments with Given Orientation: Two-Dimensional Electron Wigner Crystal / 2.6.1.4：
Multipolar Interactions: Why Might that be Interesting? / 2.6.2：
Multipolar Moments of Molecular Systems and Bose-Einstein Condensates / 2.6.2.1：
Multipolar Moments of Nanomagnetic Particles / 2.6.2.2：
Multipole-Multipole Interactions / 2.6.2.3：
Ground States for Multipoles of Even Symmetry: Quadrupolar and Hexadecapolar Patterns / 2.6.2.4：
Ground States for Multipoles of Odd Symmetry: Octopolar and Dotriacontapolar Patterns / 2.6.2.5：
Competition Between a Short- and a Long-Range Interaction / 2.7：
Localized Particles / 3.1：
Competition Between the Ferromagnetic Exchange and the Dipolar Interaction: Ising Spins / 3.1.1：
Stripes or Checkerboard? / 3.1.1.1：
Scaling Theory / 3.1.1.2：
Stripes in an External Magnetic Field: Bubbles / 3.1.1.3：
Competition Between the Ferromagnetic Exchange and the Dipolar Interaction: Vector Spins / 3.1.2：
Films: Dominating Exchange Interaction / 3.1.2.1：
Films: Dominating Dipolar Interaction / 3.1.2.2：
Nanoparticles with Periodic Atomic Structure / 3.1.2.3：
Nanoparticles with Aperiodic Atomic Structure / 3.1.2.4：
Competition Between the Antiferromagnetic Exchange and the Dipolar Interaction / 3.1.3：
Periodic Lattices / 3.1.3.1：
Aperiodic Lattices / 3.1.3.2：
Neural Networks / 3.1.4：
Delocalized Particles / 3.2：
Self-Assembled Domain Structures on a Solid Surface: Dipolar Lattice Gas Model / 3.2.1：
Self-Organization in Langmuir Monolayers / 3.2.2：
Self-Organization in Block Copolymer Systems / 3.2.3：
Preface
Introduction / 1：
How the Story Began / 1.1：
52.
ＥＢ
Richard Jensen, Qiang Shen
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
The Importance of Feature Selection / 1：
Knowledge Discovery / 1.1：
Feature Selection / 1.2：
The Task / 1.2.1：
The Benefits / 1.2.2：
Rough Sets / 1.3：
Applications / 1.4：
Structure / 1.5：
Set Theory / 2：
Classical Set Theory / 2.1：
Definition / 2.1.1：
Subsets / 2.1.2：
Operators / 2.1.3：
Fuzzy Set Theory / 2.2：
Simple Example / 2.2.1：
Fuzzy Relations and Composition / 2.2.4：
Approximate Reasoning / 2.2.5：
Linguistic Hedges / 2.2.6：
Fuzzy Sets and Probability / 2.2.7：
Rough Set Theory / 2.3：
Information and Decision Systems / 2.3.1：
Indiscernibility / 2.3.2：
Lower and Upper Approximations / 2.3.3：
Positive, Negative, and Boundary Regions / 2.3.4：
Feature Dependency and Significance / 2.3.5：
Reducts / 2.3.6：
Discernibility Matrix / 2.3.7：
Fuzzy-Rough Set Theory / 2.4：
Fuzzy Equivalence Classes / 2.4.1：
Fuzzy-Rough Sets / 2.4.2：
Rough-Fuzzy Sets / 2.4.3：
Fuzzy-Rough Hybrids / 2.4.4：
Summary / 2.5：
Classification Methods / 3：
Crisp Approaches / 3.1：
Rule Inducers / 3.1.1：
Decision Trees / 3.1.2：
Clustering / 3.1.3：
Naive Bayes / 3.1.4：
Inductive Logic Programming / 3.1.5：
Fuzzy Approaches / 3.2：
Lozowski's Method / 3.2.1：
Subsethood-Based Methods / 3.2.2：
Fuzzy Decision Trees / 3.2.3：
Evolutionary Approaches / 3.2.4：
Rulebase Optimization / 3.3：
Fuzzy Interpolation / 3.3.1：
Fuzzy Rule Optimization / 3.3.2：
Dimensionality Reduction / 3.4：
Transformation-Based Reduction / 4.1：
Linear Methods / 4.1.1：
Nonlinear Methods / 4.1.2：
Selection-Based Reduction / 4.2：
Filter Methods / 4.2.1：
Wrapper Methods / 4.2.2：
Genetic Approaches / 4.2.3：
Simulated Annealing Based Feature Selection / 4.2.4：
Rough Set Based Approaches to Feature Selection / 4.3：
Rough Set Attribute Reduction / 5.1：
Additional Search Strategies / 5.1.1：
Proof of QuickReduct Monotonicity / 5.1.2：
RSAR Optimizations / 5.2：
Implementation Goals / 5.2.1：
Implementational Optimizations / 5.2.2：
Discernibility Matrix Based Approaches / 5.3：
Johnson Reducer / 5.3.1：
Compressibility Algorithm / 5.3.2：
Reduction with Variable Precision Rough Sets / 5.4：
Dynamic Reducts / 5.5：
Relative Dependency Method / 5.6：
Tolerance-Based Method / 5.7：
Similarity Measures / 5.7.1：
Approximations and Dependency / 5.7.2：
Combined Heuristic Method / 5.8：
Alternative Approaches / 5.9：
Comparison of Crisp Approaches / 5.10：
Dependency Degree Based Approaches / 5.10.1：
Applications I: USE OF RSAR / 5.10.2：
Medical Image Classification / 6.1：
Problem Case / 6.1.1：
Neural Network Modeling / 6.1.2：
Results / 6.1.3：
Text Categorization / 6.2：
Metrics / 6.2.1：
Datasets Used / 6.2.3：
Information Content of Rough Set Reducts / 6.2.4：
Comparative Study of TC Methodologies / 6.2.6：
Efficiency Considerations of RSAR / 6.2.7：
Generalization / 6.2.8：
Algae Estimation / 6.3：
Other Applications / 6.3.1：
Prediction of Business Failure / 6.4.1：
Financial Investment / 6.4.2：
Bioinformatics and Medicine / 6.4.3：
Fault Diagnosis / 6.4.4：
Spacial and Meteorological Pattern Classification / 6.4.5：
Music and Acoustics / 6.4.6：
Rough and Fuzzy Hybridization / 6.5：
Introduction / 7.1：
Theoretical Hybridization / 7.2：
Supervised Learning and Information Retrieval / 7.3：
Feature Selec / 7.4：
The Importance Of Feature Selection
Rough Set Based Approaches To Feature Selection
Proof of QUICKREDUCT Monotonicity
Applications I: Use of Rsar
Feature Selec"
Preface
The Importance of Feature Selection / 1：
Knowledge Discovery / 1.1：
53.
図書
Charles E. Baukal, Jr.
出版情報:
Boca Raton, Fla. : CRC Press, c2000 545 p. ; 27 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Importance of Heat Transfer in Industrial Combustion / 1.1：
Energy Consumption / 1.1.1：
Research Needs / 1.1.2：
Literature Discussion / 1.2：
Heat Transfer / 1.2.1：
Combustion / 1.2.2：
Heat Transfer and Combustion / 1.2.3：
Combustion System Components / 1.3：
Burners / 1.3.1：
Competing Priorities / 1.3.1.1：
Design Factors / 1.3.1.2：
General Burner Types / 1.3.1.3：
Combustors / 1.3.2：
Design Considerations / 1.3.2.1：
General Classifications / 1.3.2.2：
Heat Load / 1.3.3：
Process Tubes / 1.3.3.1：
Moving Substrate / 1.3.3.2：
Opaque Materials / 1.3.3.3：
Transparent Materials / 1.3.3.4：
Heat Recovery Devices / 1.3.4：
Recuperators / 1.3.4.1：
Regenerators / 1.3.4.2：
References
Some Fundamentals of Combustion / Chapter 2：
Combustion Chemistry / 2.1：
Fuel Properties / 2.1.1：
Oxidizer Composition / 2.1.2：
Mixture Ratio / 2.1.3：
Operating Regimes / 2.1.4：
Combustion Properties / 2.2：
Combustion Products / 2.2.1：
Air and Fuel Preheat Temperature / 2.2.1.1：
Fuel Composition / 2.2.1.4：
Flame Temperature / 2.2.2：
Oxidizer and Fuel Composition / 2.2.2.1：
Oxidizer and Fuel Preheat Temperature / 2.2.2.2：
Available Heat / 2.2.3：
Flue Gas Volume / 2.2.4：
Exhaust Product Transport Properties / 2.3：
Density / 2.3.1：
Specific Heat / 2.3.2：
Thermal Conductivity / 2.3.3：
Viscosity / 2.3.4：
Prandtl Number / 2.3.5：
Lewis Number / 2.3.6：
Heat Transfer Modes / Chapter 3：
Convection / 3.1：
Forced Convection / 3.2.1：
Forced Convection from Flames / 3.2.1.1：
Forced Convection from Outside Combustor Wall / 3.2.1.2：
Forced Convection from Hot Gases to Tubes / 3.2.1.3：
Natural Convection / 3.2.2：
Natural Convection from Flames / 3.2.2.1：
Natural Convection from Outside Combustor Wall / 3.2.2.2：
Radiation / 3.3：
Surface Radiation / 3.3.1：
Nonluminous Radiation / 3.3.2：
Theory / 3.3.2.1：
Combustion Studies / 3.3.2.2：
Luminous Radiation / 3.3.3：
Conduction / 3.3.3.1：
Steady-State Conduction / 3.4.1：
Transient Conduction / 3.4.2：
Phase Change / 3.5：
Melting / 3.5.1：
Boiling / 3.5.2：
Internal Boiling / 3.5.2.1：
External Boiling / 3.5.2.2：
Condensation / 3.5.3：
Heat Sources and Sinks / Chapter 4：
Heat Sources / 4.1：
Combustibles / 4.1.1：
Fuel Combustion / 4.1.1.1：
Volatile Combustion / 4.1.1.2：
Thermochemical Heat Release / 4.1.2：
Equilibrium TCHR / 4.1.2.1：
Catalytic TCHR / 4.1.2.2：
Mixed TCHR / 4.1.2.3：
Heat Sinks / 4.2：
Load / 4.2.1：
Tubes / 4.2.1.1：
Substrate / 4.2.1.2：
Granular Solid / 4.2.1.3：
Molten Liquid / 4.2.1.4：
Surface Conditions / 4.2.1.5：
Wall Losses / 4.2.2：
Openings / 4.2.3：
Gas Flow Through Openings / 4.2.3.1：
Material Transport / 4.2.4：
Computer Modeling / Chapter 5：
Combustion Modeling / 5.1：
Modeling Approaches / 5.2：
Fluid Dynamics / 5.2.1：
Moment Averaging / 5.2.1.1：
Vortex Methods / 5.2.1.2：
Spectral Methods / 5.2.1.3：
Direct Numerical Simulation / 5.2.1.4：
Geometry / 5.2.2：
Zero-Dimensional Modeling / 5.2.2.1：
One-Dimensional Modeling / 5.2.2.2：
Multi-dimensional Modeling / 5.2.2.3：
Reaction Chemistry / 5.2.3：
Nonreacting Flows / 5.2.3.1：
Simplified Chemistry / 5.2.3.2：
Complex Chemistry / 5.2.3.3：
Nonradiating / 5.2.4：
Participating Media / 5.2.4.2：
Time Dependence / 5.2.5：
Steady State / 5.2.5.1：
Transient / 5.2.5.2：
Simplified Models / 5.3：
Computational Fluid Dynamic Modeling / 5.4：
Increasing Popularity of CFD / 5.4.1：
Potential Problems of CFD / 5.4.2：
Equations / 5.4.3：
Chemistry / 5.4.3.1：
Multiple Phases / 5.4.3.4：
Boundary and Initial Conditions / 5.4.4：
Inlets and Outlets / 5.4.4.1：
Surfaces / 5.4.4.2：
Symmetry / 5.4.4.3：
Discretization / 5.4.5：
Finite Difference Technique / 5.4.5.1：
Finite Volume Technique / 5.4.5.2：
Finite Element Technique / 5.4.5.3：
Mixed / 5.4.5.4：
None / 5.4.5.5：
Solution Methods / 5.4.6：
Model Validation / 5.4.7：
Industrial Combustion Examples / 5.4.8：
Modeling Burners / 5.4.8.1：
Modeling Combustors / 5.4.8.2：
Experimental Techniques / Chapter 6：
Heat Flux / 6.1：
Total Heat Flux / 6.2.1：
Steady-State Uncooled Solids / 6.2.1.1：
Steady-State Cooled Solids / 6.2.1.2：
Steady-State Cooled Gages / 6.2.1.3：
Transient Uncooled Targets / 6.2.1.4：
Transient Uncooled Gages / 6.2.1.5：
Radiant Heat Flux / 6.2.2：
Heat Flux Gage / 6.2.2.1：
Ellipsoidal Radiometer / 6.2.2.2：
Spectral Radiometer / 6.2.2.3：
Other Techniques / 6.2.2.4：
Convective Heat Flux / 6.2.3：
Temperature / 6.3：
Gas Temperature / 6.3.1：
Suction Pyrometer / 6.3.1.1：
Optical Techniques / 6.3.1.2：
Fine Wire Thermocouples / 6.3.1.3：
Line Reversal / 6.3.1.4：
Surface Temperature / 6.3.2：
Embedded Thermocouple / 6.3.2.1：
Infrared Detectors / 6.3.2.2：
Gas Flow / 6.4：
Gas Velocity / 6.4.1：
Pitot Tubes / 6.4.1.1：
Laser Doppler Velocimetry / 6.4.1.2：
Static Pressure Distribution / 6.4.1.3：
Stagnation Velocity Gradient / 6.4.2.1：
Stagnation Zone / 6.4.2.2：
Gas Species / 6.5：
Other Measurements / 6.6：
Physical Modeling / 6.7：
Flame Impingement / Chapter 7：
Experimental Conditions / 7.1：
Configurations / 7.2.1：
Flame Normal to a Cylinder in Crossflow / 7.2.1.1：
Flame Normal to a Hemispherically Nosed Cylinder / 7.2.1.2：
Flame Normal to a Plane Surface / 7.2.1.3：
Flame Parallel to a Plane Surface / 7.2.1.4：
Operating Conditions / 7.2.2：
Oxidizers / 7.2.2.1：
Fuels / 7.2.2.2：
Equivalence Ratios / 7.2.2.3：
Firing Rates / 7.2.2.4：
Reynolds Number / 7.2.2.5：
Nozzle Diameter / 7.2.2.6：
Location / 7.2.2.8：
Stagnation Targets / 7.2.3：
Size / 7.2.3.1：
Target Materials / 7.2.3.2：
Surface Preparation / 7.2.3.3：
Surface Temperatures / 7.2.3.4：
Measurements / 7.2.4：
Semianalytical Heat Transfer Solutions / 7.3：
Equation Parameters / 7.3.1：
Thermophysical Properties / 7.3.1.1：
Sibulkin Results / 7.3.1.2：
Fay and Riddell Results / 7.3.2.2：
Rosner Results / 7.3.2.3：
Comparisons With Experiments / 7.3.3：
Forced Convection (Negligible TCHR) / 7.3.3.1：
Forced Convection with TCHR / 7.3.3.2：
Sample Calculations / 7.3.4：
Laminar Flames Without TCHR / 7.3.4.1：
Turbulent Flames Without TCHR / 7.3.4.2：
Laminar Flames with TCHR
Summary / 7.3.5：
Empirical Heat Transfer Correlations / 7.4：
Flames Impinging Normal to a Cylinder / 7.4.1：
Local Convection Heat Transfer / 7.4.2.1：
Average Convection Heat Transfer / 7.4.2.2：
Average Convection Heat Transfer with TCHR / 7.4.2.3：
Average Radiation Heat Transfer / 7.4.2.4：
Maximum Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer / 7.4.2.5：
Flames Impining Normal to a Hemi-Nosed Cylinder / 7.4.3：
Local Convection Heat Transfer with TCHR / 7.4.3.1：
Flames Impinging Normal to a Plane Surface / 7.4.4：
Flames Parallel to a Plane Surface / 7.4.4.1：
Local Convection Heat Transfer With TCHR / 7.4.5.1：
Local Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer / 7.4.5.2：
Heat Transfer from Burners / Chapter 8：
Open-Flame Burners / 8.1：
Momentum Effects / 8.2.1：
Flame Luminosity / 8.2.2：
Firing Rate Effects / 8.2.3：
Flame Shape Effects / 8.2.4：
Radiant Burners / 8.3：
Perforated Ceramic or Wire Mesh Radiant Burners / 8.3.1：
Flame Impingement Radiant Burners / 8.3.2：
Porous Refractory Radiant Burners / 8.3.3：
Advanced Ceramic Radiant Burners / 8.3.4：
Radiant Wall Burners / 8.3.5：
Radiant Tube Burners / 8.3.6：
Effects on Heat Transfer / 8.4：
Fuel Effects / 8.4.1：
Solid Fuels / 8.4.1.1：
Liquid Fuels / 8.4.1.2：
Gaseous Fuels / 8.4.1.3：
Fuel Temperature / 8.4.1.4：
Oxidizer Effects / 8.4.2：
Oxidizer Temperature / 8.4.2.1：
Staging Effects / 8.4.3：
Fuel Staging / 8.4.3.1：
Oxidizer Staging / 8.4.3.2：
Burner Orientation / 8.4.4：
Hearth-Fired Burners / 8.4.4.1：
Wall-Fired Burners / 8.4.4.2：
Roof-Fired Burners / 8.4.4.3：
Side-Fired Burners / 8.4.4.4：
Heat Recuperation / 8.4.5：
Regenerative Burners / 8.4.5.1：
Recuperative Burners / 8.4.5.2：
Furnace or Flue Gas Recirculation / 8.4.5.3：
Pulse Combustion / 8.4.6：
In-Flame Treatment / 8.5：
Heat Transfer in Furnaces / Chapter 9：
Furnaces / 9.1：
Firing Method / 9.2.1：
Direct Firing / 9.2.1.1：
Indirect Firing / 9.2.1.2：
Heat Distribution / 9.2.1.3：
Load Processing Method / 9.2.2：
Batch Processing / 9.2.2.1：
Continuous Processing / 9.2.2.2：
Hybrid Processing / 9.2.2.3：
Heat Transfer Medium / 9.2.3：
Gaseous Medium / 9.2.3.1：
Vacuum / 9.2.3.2：
Liquid Medium / 9.2.3.3：
Solid Medium / 9.2.3.4：
Rotary Geometry / 9.2.4：
Rectangular Geometry / 9.2.4.2：
Ladle Geometry / 9.2.4.3：
Vertical Cylindrical Geometry / 9.2.4.4：
Furnace Types / 9.2.5：
Reverberatory Furnace / 9.2.5.1：
Shaft Kiln / 9.2.5.2：
Rotary Furnace / 9.2.5.3：
Heat Recovery / 9.3：
Gas Recirculation / 9.3.1：
Flue Gas Recirculation / 9.3.3.1：
Furnace Gas Recirculation / 9.3.3.2：
Lower Temperature Applications / Chapter 10：
Ovens and Dryers / 10.1：
Predryer / 10.2.1：
Dryer / 10.2.2：
Fired Heaters / 10.3：
Reformer / 10.3.1：
Process Heater / 10.3.2：
Heat Treating / 10.4：
Standard Atmosphere / 10.4.1：
Special Atmosphere / 10.4.2：
Higher Temperature Applications / Chapter 11：
Industries / 11.1：
Metals Industry / 11.2：
Ferrous Metal Production / 11.2.1：
Electric Arc Furnace / 11.2.1.1：
Smelting / 11.2.1.2：
Ladle Preheating / 11.2.1.3：
Reheating Furnace / 11.2.1.4：
Forging / 11.2.1.5：
Aluminum Metal Production / 11.2.2：
Minerals Industry / 11.3：
Glass / 11.3.1：
Types of Traditional Glass-Melting Furnaces / 11.3.1.1：
Unit Melter / 11.3.1.2：
Recuperative Melter / 11.3.1.3：
Regenerative or Siemens Furnace / 11.3.1.4：
Oxygen-Enhanced Combustion for Glass Production / 11.3.1.5：
Advanced Techniques for Glass Production / 11.3.1.6：
Cement and Lime / 11.3.2：
Bricks, Refractories, and Ceramics / 11.3.3：
Waste Incineration / 11.4：
Types of Incinerators / 11.4.1：
Municipal Waste Incinerators / 11.4.1.1：
Sludge Incinerators / 11.4.1.2：
Mobile Incinerators / 11.4.1.3：
Transportable Incinerators / 11.4.1.4：
Fixed Hazardous Waste Incinerators / 11.4.1.5：
Heat Transfer in Waste Incineration / 11.4.2：
Advanced Combustion Systems / Chapter 12：
Oxygen-Enhanced Combustion / 12.1：
Typical Use Methods / 12.2.1：
Air Enrichment / 12.2.1.1：
O[subscript 2] Lancing / 12.2.1.2：
Oxy/Fuel / 12.2.1.3：
Air-Oxy/Fuel / 12.2.1.4：
Heat Transfer Benefits / 12.2.2：
Increased Productivity / 12.2.3.1：
Higher Thermal Efficiencies / 12.2.3.2：
Higher Heat Transfer Efficiency / 12.2.3.3.：
Increased Flexibility / 12.2.3.4：
Potential Heat Transfer Problems / 12.2.4：
Refractory Damage / 12.2.4.1：
Nonuniform Heating / 12.2.4.2：
Industrial Heating Applications / 12.2.5：
Metals / 12.2.5.1：
Minerals / 12.2.5.2：
Incineration / 12.2.5.3：
Other / 12.2.5.4：
Submerged Combustion / 12.3：
Metals Production / 12.3.1：
Minerals Production / 12.3.2：
Liquid Heating / 12.3.3：
Miscellaneous / 12.4：
Surface Combustor-Heater / 12.4.1：
Direct-Fired Cylinder Dryer / 12.4.2：
Appendices
Reference Sources for Further Information / Appendix A：
Common Conversions / Appendix B：
Methods of Expressing Mixture Ratios for CH[subscript 4], C[subscript 3]H[subscript 8], and H[subscript 2] / Appendix C：
Properties for CH[subscript 4], C[subscript 3]H[subscript 8], and H[subscript 2] Flames / Appendix D：
Fluid Dynamics Equations / Appendix E：
Material Properties / Appendix F：
Author Index
Subject Index
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Importance of Heat Transfer in Industrial Combustion / 1.1：
Energy Consumption / 1.1.1：
54.
ＥＢ
Michael Beetz
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2000
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Abstract
Acknowledgements
List of Figures
Introduction / 1：
The Approach / 1.1：
Technical Challenges / 1.2：
Introductory Example / 1.3：
Motivation / 1.4：
Relevance for Autonomous Robot Control / 1.4.1：
Relevance for AI Planning / 1.4.2：
The Computational Problem and Its Solution / 1.5：
The Computational Problem / 1.5.1：
The Computational Model / 1.5.2：
Contributions / 1.6：
Outline of the Book / 1.7：
Reactivity / 2：
The DeliveryWorld / 2.1：
The World / 2.1.1：
Commands and Jobs / 2.1.2：
The Robot / 2.1.3：
Justification of the DeliveryWorld / 2.1.4：
The Implementation of Routine Activities / 2.2：
Plan Steps vs. Concurrent Control Processes / 2.2.1：
Interfacing Continuous Control Processes / 2.2.2：
Coordinating Control Processes / 2.2.3：
Synchronization of Concurrent Control Threads / 2.2.4：
Failure Recovery / 2.2.5：
Perception / 2.2.6：
State, Memory, and World Models / 2.2.7：
The Structure of Routine Activities / 2.2.8：
The Structured Reactive Controller / 2.3：
Behavior and Planning Modules / 2.3.1：
The Body of the Structured Reactive Controller / 2.3.2：
Global Fluents, Variables, and the Plan Library / 2.3.3：
The RPL Runtime System / 2.3.4：
Summary and Discussion / 2.4：
Planning / 3：
The Structured Reactive Plan / 3.1：
Plans as Syntactic Objects / 3.1.1：
RPL as a Plan Language / 3.1.2：
The Computational Structure / 3.2：
The "Criticize-Revise" Cycle / 3.2.1：
The "Criticize" Step / 3.2.2：
The "Revise" Step / 3.2.3：
The XFRM Planning Framework / 3.3：
Anticipation and Forestalling of Behavior Flaws / 3.4：
The Detection of Behavior Flaws / 3.4.1：
Behavior Flaws and Plan Revisions / 3.4.2：
The Diagnosis of Behavior Flaws / 3.4.3：
Transparent Reactive Plans / 3.5：
Declarative Statements / 4.1：
RPL Construct Descriptions / 4.1.1：
Achievement Goals / 4.1.2：
Perceptions / 4.1.3：
Beliefs / 4.1.4：
Other Declarative Statements / 4.1.5：
Using Declarative Statements / 4.1.6：
Routine Plans / 4.2：
The Plan Library / 4.3：
Behavior Modules / 4.3.1：
Low-level Plans / 4.3.2：
High-level Plans / 4.3.3：
Discussion / 4.4：
Representing Plan Revisions / 5：
Conceptualization / 5.1：
Making Inferences / 5.2：
Some Examples / 5.2.1：
Accessing Code Trees / 5.2.2：
Predicates on Plan Interpretations / 5.2.3：
Predicates on Timelines / 5.2.4：
Timelines and Plan Interpretation / 5.2.5：
Expressing Plan Revisions / 5.3：
XFRML - The Implementation / 5.4：
Forestalling Behavior Flaws / 5.5：
FAUST / 6.1：
The Behavior Critic / 6.1.1：
Detecting Behavior Flaws: Implementation / 6.1.2：
Diagnosing the Causes of Behavior Flaws: Implementation / 6.1.3：
The Bug Class "Behavior-Specification Violation" / 6.1.4：
The Elimination of Behavior Flaws / 6.1.5：
The Plan Revisions for the Example / 6.2：
Some Behavior Flaws and Their Revisions / 6.3：
Perceptual Confusion / 6.3.1：
Missed Deadlines / 6.3.2：
Planning Ongoing Activities / 6.4：
Extending RPL / 7.1：
The RUNTIME-PLAN Statement / 7.1.1：
Plan Swapping / 7.1.2：
Making Planning Assumptions / 7.1.3：
Deliberative Controllers / 7.2：
Improving Iterative Plans by Local Planning / 7.2.1：
Plan Execution a la Shakey / 7.2.2：
Execution Monitoring and Replanning / 7.2.3：
Recovering from Execution Failures / 7.2.4：
Some Robot Control Architectures / 7.2.5：
The Controller in the Experiment / 7.3：
Evaluation / 7.4：
Analysis of the Problem / 8.1：
Assessment of the Method / 8.2：
Description of the Method / 8.2.1：
Evaluation of the Method / 8.2.2：
Demonstration / 8.3：
Evaluating SRCs in Standard Situations / 8.3.1：
Comparing SRCs with the Appropriate Fixed Controller179 / 8.3.2：
Problems that Require SRCs / 8.3.3：
Related Work / 8.4：
Control Architectures for Competent Physical Agents / 8.4.1：
Control Languages for Reactive Control / 8.4.2：
Robot Planning / 8.4.3：
Conclusion / 9：
What Do Structured Reactive Controllers Do? / 9.1：
Why Do Structured Reactive Controllers Work? / 9.2：
Do Structured Reactive Controllers Work for Real Robots? / 9.3：
References
Abstract
Acknowledgements
List of Figures
55.
ＥＢ
Sushil Jajodia, Hirosh Joseph, Abhishek Singh, Baibhav Singh
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Wireless Security / 1.0：
Introduction / 1.1：
Wired Equivalent Privacy protocol / 1.2：
Analysis of WEP flaws / 1.2.1：
Key Stream Reuse / 1.2.2：
Message Modification / 1.2.3：
Message Injection / 1.2.4：
Authentication Spoofing / 1.2.5：
IP Redirection / 1.2.6：
Wireless Frame Generation / 1.2.7：
AirJack / 1.2.7.1：
Wavesec / 1.2.7.2：
Libwlan / 1.2.7.3：
FakeAP / 1.2.7.4：
Wnet / 1.2.7.5：
Scapy / 1.2.7.7：
Encryption Cracking Tools / 1.2.8：
Wepcrack / 1.2.8.1：
Dweputils / 1.2.8.2：
Wep tools / 1.2.8.3：
Wep Attack / 1.2.8.4：
Retrieving the WEP keys from Client Host / 1.2.9：
Traffic Inection Tools / 1.2.10：
802.1x Cracking Tools / 1.2.11：
Asleap-imp and Leap / 1.2.11.1：
Wireless DoS Attacks / 1.2.12：
Physical Layer Attack or Jamming / 1.2.12.1：
Signal Strength / 1.2.12.1.1：
Carrier Sensing Time / 1.2.12.1.2：
Packet Delivery Ratio / 1.2.12.1.3：
Signal Strength Consistency check / 1.2.12.1.4：
Spoofed Dessociation and Deauthentication Frames / 1.2.12.2：
Spoofed Malformed Authentication Frames / 1.2.12.3：
Flooding the Access Point Association and Authentication Buffer / 1.2.12.4：
Frame Deletion Attack / 1.2.12.5：
DoS attack dependent upon specific Wireless Setting / 1.2.12.6：
Attack against the 802.11i implementations / 1.2.13：
Authentication Mechanism Attacks / 1.2.13.1：
Prevention and Modifications / 1.3：
TKIP: temporal Key Integrity Protocol / 1.3.1：
TKIP Implementation / 1.3.1.1：
Message Integrity / 1.3.1.1.1：
Initialization Vector / 1.3.1.1.2：
Prevention against the FMS Attack / 1.3.1.1.3：
Per Packet key Mixing / 1.3.1.1.4：
Implementation Details of TKIP / 1.3.1.1.5：
Details of Per Packet Key mixing / 1.3.1.1.6：
Attack on TKIP / 1.3.1.2：
AES - CCMP / 1.3.2：
CCMP Header / 1.3.2.1：
Implementation / 1.3.2.2：
Encryption Process in MPDU / 1.3.2.2.1：
Decrypting MPDU / 1.3.2.2.2：
Prevention Method using Detection Devices / 1.4：
Conclusion / 1.5：
Vulnerability Analysis for Mail Protocols / 2.0：
Format String Specifiers / 2.1：
Format String Vulnerability / 2.2.1：
Format String Denial of Service Attack / 2.2.1.1：
Format String Vulnerability Reading Attack / 2.2.1.2：
Format String Vulnerability Writing Attack / 2.2.1.3：
Preventive Measures for Format String vulnerability / 2.2.1.4：
Buffer Overflow Attack / 2.3：
Buffer Overflow Prevention / 2.3.1：
Directory Traversal Attacks / 2.4：
Remote Detection / 2.4.1：
False Positive in Remote Detection for Mail Traffic / 2.5：
False Positive in case of SMTP Traffic / 2.5.1：
False Positive in case of IMAP Traffic / 2.5.2：
Vulnerability Analysis for FTP and TFTP / 2.6：
Buffer Overflow in FTP / 3.1：
Directory Traversal Attack in FTP / 3.1.2：
TFTP Vulnerability Analysis / 3.2：
Vulnerability Analysis / 3.2.1：
Vulnerability Analysis for HTTP / 3.3：
XSS Attack / 4.1：
Prevention against Cross Site Scripting Attacks / 4.2.1：
Vulnerability Protection / 4.2.1.1：
SQL Injection Attacks / 4.3：
SQL Injection Case Study / 4.3.1：
Preventive Measures / 4.3.2：
SQL injection in Oracle Data base / 4.3.2.1：
Stored Procedures / 4.3.2.2.1：
Remote Detection for Oracle Database / 4.3.2.2.2：
Other Preventive Measures / 4.3.3：
Preventive Measures by developers / 4.3.3.1：
MS DoS Device Name Vulnerability / 4.4：
Prevention from DoS Device Name Vulnerability / 4.4.1：
False Positive in HTTP / 4.5：
Evasion of HTTP Signatures / 4.6：
Vulnerability Analysis for DNS and DHCP / 4.7：
Introduction of DNS Protocol / 5.1：
Vulnerabilities in a DNS Protocol / 5.1.1：
DNS Cache Poisoning / 5.1.1.1：
Redirection Attack / 5.1.1.2：
Buffer Overflow Vulnerability / 5.1.1.3：
DNS Man in the Middle Attack or DNS Hijacking / 5.1.1.4：
DNS Amplification Attack / 5.1.1.5：
False Positives in a DNS Protocol / 5.1.2：
Introduction of DHCP / 5.2：
Vulnerabilities in DHCP / 5.2.1：
Client Masquerading / 5.2.1.1：
Flooding / 5.2.1.2：
Client Misconfiguration / 5.2.1.3：
Theft of Service / 5.2.1.4：
Packet Altercation / 5.2.1.5：
Key Exposure / 5.2.1.6：
Key Distribution / 5.2.1.7：
Protocol Agreement Issues / 5.2.1.8：
False Positive in DHCP / 5.2.2：
Vulnerability Analysis for LDAP and SNMP / 5.3：
ASN and BER Encoding / 6.1：
BER implementation for LDAP / 6.3：
Threat Analysis for Directory Services / 6.3.1：
SNMP / 6.4：
Vulnerability Analysis for SNMP / 6.4.1：
Vulnerability Analysis for RPC / 6.5：
RPC Message Protocol / 7.1：
NDR Format / 7.3：
Port Mapper / 7.4：
False Positive for SMB RPC Protocol / 7.5：
Evasion in RPC / 7.6：
Multiple Binding UUID / 7.6.1：
Fragment Data across many Requests / 7.6.2：
Bind to one UUID then alter Context / 7.6.3：
Prepend an ObjectID / 7.6.4：
Bind with an authentication field / 7.6.5：
One packet UDP function call / 7.6.6：
Endianess Selection / 7.6.7：
Chaining SMB commands / 7.6.8：
Out of order chaining / 7.6.9：
Chaining with random data in between commands / 7.6.10：
Unicode and non-Unicode evasion / 7.6.11：
SMB CreateAndX Path Names / 7.6.12：
Malware / 7.7：
Malware Naming Convention / 8.1：
Worms / 8.2.1：
Trojans / 8.2.2：
Spyware & Adware / 8.2.3：
Malware Threat Analysis / 8.3：
Creating controlled Environment / 8.3.1：
Confinement with the Hard Virtual Machines / 8.3.1.1：
Confinement with the Soft Virtual Machines / 8.3.1.2：
Confinement with Jails and Chroot / 8.3.1.3：
Confinement with System call Sensors / 8.3.1.4：
Confinement with System call Spoofing / 8.3.1.5：
Behavioral Analysis / 8.3.2：
Code Analysis / 8.3.3：
Root Kits / 8.4：
User and Kernel Mode Communication / 8.4.1：
I/O Request Packets (IRP) / 8.4.2：
Interrupt Descriptor Table / 8.4.3：
Service Descriptor Table / 8.4.4：
Direct Kernel Object Manipulation / 8.4.5：
Detection of Rootkits / 8.4.6：
Spyware / 8.5：
Methods of Spyware installation and propagation / 8.5.1：
Drive- By- Downloads / 8.5.1.1：
Bundling / 8.5.1.2：
From Other Spyware / 8.5.1.3：
Security Holes / 8.5.1.4：
Iframe Exploit / 8.5.2：
IE .chm File processing Vulnerability / 8.5.2.2：
Internet Code Download Link / 8.5.2.3：
Anti Spyware Signature Development / 8.5.3：
Vulnerability Signature / 8.5.3.1：
CLSID Data base / 8.5.3.2：
Spyware Specific Signature / 8.5.3.3：
Information Stealing / 8.5.3.4：
Preventing Information from being sent as emails / 8.5.3.5：
Reverse Engineering / 8.6：
Anti Reversing Technique / 9.1：
Anti Disassembly / 9.2.1：
Linear Sweep Disassembler / 9.2.1.1：
Recursive Traversal Disassembler / 9.2.1.2：
Evasion Technique for Disasembler / 9.2.1.3：
Self-Modifying Code / 9.2.2：
Virtual Machine Obfuscation / 9.2.3：
Anti Debugging Technique / 9.3：
Break Points / 9.3.1：
Software break point / 9.3.1.1：
Hardware break point / 9.3.1.2：
Detection of Breakpoint / 9.3.1.3：
Virtual Machine Detection / 9.4：
Checking finger print / 9.4.1：
Checking system tables / 9.4.2：
Checking processor instruction set / 9.4.3：
Unpacking / 9.5：
Manual unpacking of malware / 9.5.1：
Finding an original entry point of an executable / 9.5.1.1：
Taking memory Dump / 9.5.1.2：
Import Table Reconstruction / 9.5.1.3：
Import redirection and code emulation / 9.5.1.4：
Index / 9.6：
Wireless Security / 1.0：
Introduction / 1.1：
Wired Equivalent Privacy protocol / 1.2：
56.
ＥＢ
Sushil Jajodia, Hirosh Joseph, Abhishek Singh, Baibhav Singh, H. Joseph, B. Singh
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Wireless Security / 1.0：
Introduction / 1.1：
Wired Equivalent Privacy protocol / 1.2：
Analysis of WEP flaws / 1.2.1：
Key Stream Reuse / 1.2.2：
Message Modification / 1.2.3：
Message Injection / 1.2.4：
Authentication Spoofing / 1.2.5：
IP Redirection / 1.2.6：
Wireless Frame Generation / 1.2.7：
AirJack / 1.2.7.1：
Wavesec / 1.2.7.2：
Libwlan / 1.2.7.3：
FakeAP / 1.2.7.4：
Wnet / 1.2.7.5：
Scapy / 1.2.7.7：
Encryption Cracking Tools / 1.2.8：
Wepcrack / 1.2.8.1：
Dweputils / 1.2.8.2：
Wep tools / 1.2.8.3：
Wep Attack / 1.2.8.4：
Retrieving the WEP keys from Client Host / 1.2.9：
Traffic Inection Tools / 1.2.10：
802.1x Cracking Tools / 1.2.11：
Asleap-imp and Leap / 1.2.11.1：
Wireless DoS Attacks / 1.2.12：
Physical Layer Attack or Jamming / 1.2.12.1：
Signal Strength / 1.2.12.1.1：
Carrier Sensing Time / 1.2.12.1.2：
Packet Delivery Ratio / 1.2.12.1.3：
Signal Strength Consistency check / 1.2.12.1.4：
Spoofed Dessociation and Deauthentication Frames / 1.2.12.2：
Spoofed Malformed Authentication Frames / 1.2.12.3：
Flooding the Access Point Association and Authentication Buffer / 1.2.12.4：
Frame Deletion Attack / 1.2.12.5：
DoS attack dependent upon specific Wireless Setting / 1.2.12.6：
Attack against the 802.11i implementations / 1.2.13：
Authentication Mechanism Attacks / 1.2.13.1：
Prevention and Modifications / 1.3：
TKIP: temporal Key Integrity Protocol / 1.3.1：
TKIP Implementation / 1.3.1.1：
Message Integrity / 1.3.1.1.1：
Initialization Vector / 1.3.1.1.2：
Prevention against the FMS Attack / 1.3.1.1.3：
Per Packet key Mixing / 1.3.1.1.4：
Implementation Details of TKIP / 1.3.1.1.5：
Details of Per Packet Key mixing / 1.3.1.1.6：
Attack on TKIP / 1.3.1.2：
AES - CCMP / 1.3.2：
CCMP Header / 1.3.2.1：
Implementation / 1.3.2.2：
Encryption Process in MPDU / 1.3.2.2.1：
Decrypting MPDU / 1.3.2.2.2：
Prevention Method using Detection Devices / 1.4：
Conclusion / 1.5：
Vulnerability Analysis for Mail Protocols / 2.0：
Format String Specifiers / 2.1：
Format String Vulnerability / 2.2.1：
Format String Denial of Service Attack / 2.2.1.1：
Format String Vulnerability Reading Attack / 2.2.1.2：
Format String Vulnerability Writing Attack / 2.2.1.3：
Preventive Measures for Format String vulnerability / 2.2.1.4：
Buffer Overflow Attack / 2.3：
Buffer Overflow Prevention / 2.3.1：
Directory Traversal Attacks / 2.4：
Remote Detection / 2.4.1：
False Positive in Remote Detection for Mail Traffic / 2.5：
False Positive in case of SMTP Traffic / 2.5.1：
False Positive in case of IMAP Traffic / 2.5.2：
Vulnerability Analysis for FTP and TFTP / 2.6：
Buffer Overflow in FTP / 3.1：
Directory Traversal Attack in FTP / 3.1.2：
TFTP Vulnerability Analysis / 3.2：
Vulnerability Analysis / 3.2.1：
Vulnerability Analysis for HTTP / 3.3：
XSS Attack / 4.1：
Prevention against Cross Site Scripting Attacks / 4.2.1：
Vulnerability Protection / 4.2.1.1：
SQL Injection Attacks / 4.3：
SQL Injection Case Study / 4.3.1：
Preventive Measures / 4.3.2：
SQL injection in Oracle Data base / 4.3.2.1：
Stored Procedures / 4.3.2.2.1：
Remote Detection for Oracle Database / 4.3.2.2.2：
Other Preventive Measures / 4.3.3：
Preventive Measures by developers / 4.3.3.1：
MS DoS Device Name Vulnerability / 4.4：
Prevention from DoS Device Name Vulnerability / 4.4.1：
False Positive in HTTP / 4.5：
Evasion of HTTP Signatures / 4.6：
Vulnerability Analysis for DNS and DHCP / 4.7：
Introduction of DNS Protocol / 5.1：
Vulnerabilities in a DNS Protocol / 5.1.1：
DNS Cache Poisoning / 5.1.1.1：
Redirection Attack / 5.1.1.2：
Buffer Overflow Vulnerability / 5.1.1.3：
DNS Man in the Middle Attack or DNS Hijacking / 5.1.1.4：
DNS Amplification Attack / 5.1.1.5：
False Positives in a DNS Protocol / 5.1.2：
Introduction of DHCP / 5.2：
Vulnerabilities in DHCP / 5.2.1：
Client Masquerading / 5.2.1.1：
Flooding / 5.2.1.2：
Client Misconfiguration / 5.2.1.3：
Theft of Service / 5.2.1.4：
Packet Altercation / 5.2.1.5：
Key Exposure / 5.2.1.6：
Key Distribution / 5.2.1.7：
Protocol Agreement Issues / 5.2.1.8：
False Positive in DHCP / 5.2.2：
Vulnerability Analysis for LDAP and SNMP / 5.3：
ASN and BER Encoding / 6.1：
BER implementation for LDAP / 6.3：
Threat Analysis for Directory Services / 6.3.1：
SNMP / 6.4：
Vulnerability Analysis for SNMP / 6.4.1：
Vulnerability Analysis for RPC / 6.5：
RPC Message Protocol / 7.1：
NDR Format / 7.3：
Port Mapper / 7.4：
False Positive for SMB RPC Protocol / 7.5：
Evasion in RPC / 7.6：
Multiple Binding UUID / 7.6.1：
Fragment Data across many Requests / 7.6.2：
Bind to one UUID then alter Context / 7.6.3：
Prepend an ObjectID / 7.6.4：
Bind with an authentication field / 7.6.5：
One packet UDP function call / 7.6.6：
Endianess Selection / 7.6.7：
Chaining SMB commands / 7.6.8：
Out of order chaining / 7.6.9：
Chaining with random data in between commands / 7.6.10：
Unicode and non-Unicode evasion / 7.6.11：
SMB CreateAndX Path Names / 7.6.12：
Malware / 7.7：
Malware Naming Convention / 8.1：
Worms / 8.2.1：
Trojans / 8.2.2：
Spyware & Adware / 8.2.3：
Malware Threat Analysis / 8.3：
Creating controlled Environment / 8.3.1：
Confinement with the Hard Virtual Machines / 8.3.1.1：
Confinement with the Soft Virtual Machines / 8.3.1.2：
Confinement with Jails and Chroot / 8.3.1.3：
Confinement with System call Sensors / 8.3.1.4：
Confinement with System call Spoofing / 8.3.1.5：
Behavioral Analysis / 8.3.2：
Code Analysis / 8.3.3：
Root Kits / 8.4：
User and Kernel Mode Communication / 8.4.1：
I/O Request Packets (IRP) / 8.4.2：
Interrupt Descriptor Table / 8.4.3：
Service Descriptor Table / 8.4.4：
Direct Kernel Object Manipulation / 8.4.5：
Detection of Rootkits / 8.4.6：
Spyware / 8.5：
Methods of Spyware installation and propagation / 8.5.1：
Drive- By- Downloads / 8.5.1.1：
Bundling / 8.5.1.2：
From Other Spyware / 8.5.1.3：
Security Holes / 8.5.1.4：
Iframe Exploit / 8.5.2：
IE .chm File processing Vulnerability / 8.5.2.2：
Internet Code Download Link / 8.5.2.3：
Anti Spyware Signature Development / 8.5.3：
Vulnerability Signature / 8.5.3.1：
CLSID Data base / 8.5.3.2：
Spyware Specific Signature / 8.5.3.3：
Information Stealing / 8.5.3.4：
Preventing Information from being sent as emails / 8.5.3.5：
Reverse Engineering / 8.6：
Anti Reversing Technique / 9.1：
Anti Disassembly / 9.2.1：
Linear Sweep Disassembler / 9.2.1.1：
Recursive Traversal Disassembler / 9.2.1.2：
Evasion Technique for Disasembler / 9.2.1.3：
Self-Modifying Code / 9.2.2：
Virtual Machine Obfuscation / 9.2.3：
Anti Debugging Technique / 9.3：
Break Points / 9.3.1：
Software break point / 9.3.1.1：
Hardware break point / 9.3.1.2：
Detection of Breakpoint / 9.3.1.3：
Virtual Machine Detection / 9.4：
Checking finger print / 9.4.1：
Checking system tables / 9.4.2：
Checking processor instruction set / 9.4.3：
Unpacking / 9.5：
Manual unpacking of malware / 9.5.1：
Finding an original entry point of an executable / 9.5.1.1：
Taking memory Dump / 9.5.1.2：
Import Table Reconstruction / 9.5.1.3：
Import redirection and code emulation / 9.5.1.4：
Index / 9.6：
Wireless Security / 1.0：
Introduction / 1.1：
Wired Equivalent Privacy protocol / 1.2：
57.
ＥＢ
Udo Wiesmann, In Su Choi, Eva-Maria Dombrowski
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Symbols and Abbreviations
Historical Development of Wastewater Collection and Treatment / 1：
Water Supply and Wastewater Management in Antiquity / 1.1：
Water Supply and Wastewater Management in the Medieval Age / 1.2：
First Studies in Microbiology / 1.3：
Wastewater Management by Direct Discharge into Soil and Bodies of Water - The First Studies / 1.4：
Mineralization of Organics in Rivers, Soils or by Experiment - A Chemical or Biological Process? / 1.5：
Early Biological Wastewater Treatment Processes / 1.6：
The Cholera Epidemics - Were They Caused by Bacteria Living in the Soil or Water? / 1.7：
Early Experiments with the Activated Sludge Process / 1.8：
Taking Samples and Measuring Pollutants / 1.9：
Early Regulations for the Control of Wastewater Discharge / 1.10：
References
Wastewater Characterization and Regulations / 2：
Volumetric Wastewater Production and Daily Changes / 2.1：
Pollutants / 2.2：
Survey / 2.2.1：
Dissolved Substances / 2.2.2：
Organic Substances / 2.2.2.1：
Inorganic Substances / 2.2.2.2：
Colloids / 2.2.3：
Oil-In-Water Emulsions / 2.2.3.1：
Solid-In-Water Colloids / 2.2.3.2：
Suspended Solids / 2.2.4：
Methods for Measuring Dissolved Organic Substances as Total Parameters / 2.3：
Biochemical Oxygen Demand / 2.3.1：
Chemical Oxygen Demand / 2.3.2：
Total and Dissolved Organic Carbon / 2.3.3：
Legislation / 2.4：
German Legislation / 2.4.1：
Legislation Concerning Discharge into Public Sewers / 2.4.2.1：
Legislation Concerning Discharge into Waters / 2.4.2.2：
EU Guidelines / 2.4.3：
Microbial Metabolism / 3：
Some Remarks on the Composition and Morphology of Bacteria (Eubacteria) / 3.1：
Proteins and Nucleic Acids / 3.2：
Proteins / 3.2.1：
Amino Acids / 3.2.1.1：
Structure of Proteins / 3.2.1.2：
Proteins for Special Purposes / 3.2.1.3：
Enzymes / 3.2.1.4：
Nucleic Acids / 3.2.2：
Desoxyribonucleic Acid / 3.2.2.1：
Ribonucleic Acid / 3.2.2.2：
DNA Replication / 3.2.2.3：
Mutations / 3.2.2.4：
Catabolism and Anabolism / 3.3：
ADP and ATP / 3.3.1：
Transport of Protons / 3.3.2：
Catabolism of Using Glucose / 3.3.3：
Aerobic Conversion by Prokaryotic Cells / 3.3.3.1：
Anaerobic Conversion by Prokaryotic Cells / 3.3.3.2：
Anabolism / 3.3.4：
Determination of Stoichiometric Equations for Catabolism and Anabolism / 4：
Introduction / 4.1：
Aerobic Degradation of Organic Substances / 4.2：
Degradation of Hydrocarbons Without Bacterial Decay / 4.2.1：
Mineralization of 2,4-Dinitrophenol / 4.2.2：
Degradation of Hydrocarbons with Bacterial Decay / 4.2.3：
Measurement of O[subscript 2] Consumption Rate r[Characters not reproducible] and CO[subscript 2] Production / 4.3：
Rate r[Characters not reproducible]
Problems
Gas/Liquid Oxygen Transfer and Stripping / 5：
Transport by Diffusion / 5.1：
Mass Transfer Coefficients / 5.2：
Definition of Specific Mass Transfer Coefficients / 5.2.1：
Two Film Theory / 5.2.2：
Measurement of Specific Overall Mass Transfer Coefficients K[subscript L]a / 5.3：
Absorption of Oxygen During Aeration / 5.3.1：
Steady State Method / 5.3.1.1：
Non-steady State Method / 5.3.1.2：
Dynamic Method in Wastewater Mixed with Activated Sludge / 5.3.1.3：
Desorption of Volatile Components During Aeration / 5.3.2：
Oxygen Transfer Rate, Energy Consumption and Efficiency in Large-scale Plants / 5.4：
Surface Aeration / 5.4.1：
Oxygen Transfer Rate / 5.4.1.1：
Power Consumption and Efficiency / 5.4.1.2：
Deep Tank Aeration / 5.4.2：
Preliminary Remarks / 5.4.2.1：
The Simple Plug Flow Model / 5.4.2.2：
Proposed Model of the American Society of Civil Engineers / 5.4.2.3：
Further Models / 5.4.2.4：
Monitoring of Deep Tanks / 5.4.2.5：
Dimensional Analysis and Transfer of Models / 5.5：
Power Consumption of a Stirred, Non-aerated Tank - A Simple Example / 5.5.1：
Description of Oxygen Transfer, Power Consumption and Efficiency by Surface Aerators Using Dimensionless Numbers / 5.5.3：
Application of Dimensionless Numbers for Surface Aeration / 5.5.4：
Problem
Aerobic Wastewater Treatment in Activated Sludge Systems / 6：
Kinetic and Reaction Engineering Models With and Without Oxygen Limitation / 6.1：
Batch Reactors / 6.2.1：
With High Initial Concentration of Bacteria / 6.2.1.1：
With Low Initial Concentration of Bacteria / 6.2.1.2：
Chemostat / 6.2.2：
Completely Mixed Activated Sludge Reactor / 6.2.3：
Mean Retention Time, Recycle Ratio and Thickening Ratio as Process Parameters / 6.2.3.1：
Sludge Age as Parameter / 6.2.3.3：
Plug Flow Reactor / 6.2.4：
Completely Mixed Tank Cascades With Sludge Recycle / 6.2.5：
Flow Reactor With Axial Dispersion / 6.2.6：
Stoichiometric and Kinetic Coefficients / 6.2.7：
Comparison of Reactors / 6.2.8：
Retention Time Distribution in Activated Sludge Reactors / 6.3：
Retention Time Distribution / 6.3.1：
Completely Mixed Tank / 6.3.2：
Completely Mixed Tank Cascade / 6.3.3：
Tube Flow Reactor With Axial Dispersion / 6.3.4：
Comparison Between Tank Cascades and Tube Flow Reactors / 6.3.5：
Technical Scale Activated Sludge Systems for Carbon Removal / 6.4：
Aerobic Treatment with Biofilm Systems / 7：
Biofilms / 7.1：
Biofilm Reactors for Wastewater Treatment / 7.2：
Trickling Filters / 7.2.1：
Submerged and Aerated Fixed Bed Reactors / 7.2.2：
Rotating Disc Reactors / 7.2.3：
Mechanisms for Oxygen Mass Transfer in Biofilm Systems / 7.3：
Models for Oxygen Mass Transfer Rates in Biofilm Systems / 7.4：
Assumptions / 7.4.1：
Mass Transfer Gas/Liquid is Rate-limiting / 7.4.2：
Mass Transfer Liquid/Solid is Rate-limiting / 7.4.3：
Biological Reaction is Rate-limiting / 7.4.4：
Diffusion and Reaction Inside the Biofilm / 7.4.5：
Influence of Diffusion and Reaction Inside the Biofilm and of Mass Transfer Liquid/Solid / 7.4.6：
Influence of Mass Transfer Rates at Gas Bubble and Biofilm Surfaces / 7.4.7：
Anaerobic Degradation of Organics / 8：
Catabolic Reactions - Cooperation of Different Groups of Bacteria / 8.1：
Anaerobic Bacteria / 8.1.1：
Acidogenic Bacteria / 8.1.2.1：
Acetogenic Bacteria / 8.1.2.2：
Methanogenic Bacteria / 8.1.2.3：
Regulation of Acetogenics by Methanogenics / 8.1.3：
Sulfate and Nitrate Reduction / 8.1.4：
Kinetics - Models and Coefficients / 8.2：
Hydrolysis and Formation of Lower Fatty Acids by Acidogenic Bacteria / 8.2.1：
Transformation of Lower Fatty Acids by Acetogenic Bacteria / 8.2.3：
Transformation of Acetate and Hydrogen into Methane / 8.2.4：
Conclusions / 8.2.5：
High-rate Processes / 8.3：
Contact Processes / 8.4.1：
Upflow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket / 8.4.3：
Anaerobic Fixed Bed Reactor / 8.4.4：
Anaerobic Rotating Disc Reactor / 8.4.5：
Anaerobic Expanded and Fluidized Bed Reactors / 8.4.6：
Biodegradation of Special Organic Compounds / 9：
Chlorinated Compounds / 9.1：
Chlorinated n-Alkanes, Particularly Dichloromethane and 1,2-Dichloroethane / 9.2.1：
Properties, Use, Environmental Problems and Kinetics / 9.2.1.1：
Treatment of Wastewater Containing DCM or DCA / 9.2.1.2：
Chlorobenzene / 9.2.2：
Properties, Use and Environmental Problems / 9.2.2.1：
Principles of Biological Degradation / 9.2.2.2：
Treatment of Wastewater Containing Chlorobenzenes / 9.2.2.3：
Chlorophenols / 9.2.3：
Nitroaromatics / 9.3：
Treatment of Wastewater Containing 4-NP or 2,4-DNT / 9.3.1：
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons and Mineral Oils / 9.4：
Mineral Oils / 9.4.1：
Biodegradation of PAHs / 9.4.3：
PAHs Dissolved in Water / 9.4.3.1：
PAHs Dissolved in n-Dodecane Standard Emulsion / 9.4.3.2：
Azo Reactive Dyes / 9.5：
Production of Azo Dyes in the Chemical Industry - Biodegradability of Naphthalene Sulfonic Acids / 9.5.1：
Biodegradation of Azo Dyes / 9.5.3：
Direct Aerobic Degradation / 9.5.3.1：
Anaerobic Reduction of Azo Dyes / 9.5.3.2：
Aerobic Degradation of Metabolites / 9.5.3.3：
Treatment of Wastewater Containing the Azo Dye Reactive Black 5 / 9.5.4：
Final Remarks / 9.6：
Biological Nutrient Removal / 10：
Biological Nitrogen Removal / 10.1：
The Nitrogen Cycle and the Technical Removal Process / 10.2.1：
Nitrification / 10.2.2：
Nitrifying Bacteria and Stoichiometry / 10.2.2.1：
Stoichiometry and Kinetics of Nitrification / 10.2.2.2：
Parameters Influencing Nitrification / 10.2.2.3：
Denitrification / 10.2.3：
Denitrifying Bacteria and Stoichiometry / 10.2.3.1：
Stoichiometry and Kinetics of Denitrification / 10.2.3.2：
Parameters Influencing Denitrification / 10.2.3.3：
Nitrite Accumulation During Nitrification / 10.2.4：
New Microbial Processes for Nitrogen Removal / 10.2.5：
Biological Phosphorus Removal / 10.3：
Enhanced Biological Phosphorus Removal / 10.3.1：
Kinetic Model for Biological Phosphorus Removal / 10.3.2：
Anaerobic Zone / 10.3.2.1：
Aerobic Zone / 10.3.2.3：
Results of a Batch Experiment / 10.3.3：
Parameters Affecting Biological Phosphorus Removal / 10.3.4：
Biological Nutrient Removal Processes / 10.4：
Nitrogen Removal Processes / 10.4.1：
Chemical and Biological Phosphorus Removal / 10.4.3：
Processes for Nitrogen and Phosphorus Removal / 10.4.4：
Different Levels of Performance / 10.4.4.1：
WWTP Wabmannsdorf / 10.4.4.2：
Membrane Bioreactors (MBR) / 10.4.4.3：
Phosphorus and Nitrogen Recycle / 10.5：
Recycling of Phosphorus / 10.5.1：
Recycling of Nitrogen / 10.5.2：
Modelling of the Activated Sludge Process / 11：
Why We Need Mathematical Models / 11.1：
Models Describing Carbon and Nitrogen Removal / 11.2：
Carbon Removal / 11.2.1：
Carbon Removal and Bacterial Decay / 11.2.2：
Carbon Removal and Nitrification Without Bacterial Decay / 11.2.3：
Models for Optimizing the Activated Sludge Process / 11.3：
Modelling the Influence of Aeration on Carbon Removal / 11.3.1：
Activated Sludge Model 1 (ASM 1) / 11.3.3：
Application of ASM 1 / 11.3.4：
More Complicated Models and Conclusions / 11.3.5：
Membrane Technology in Biological Wastewater Treatment / 12：
Mass Transport Mechanism / 12.1：
Membrane Characteristics and Definitions / 12.2.1：
Mass Transport Through Non-porous Membranes / 12.2.2：
Mass Transport Through Porous Membranes / 12.2.3：
Mass Transfer Resistance Mechanisms / 12.3：
Mass Transfer Resistances / 12.3.1：
Concentration Polarization Model / 12.3.3：
Solution-diffusion Model and Concentration Polarization / 12.3.4：
The Pore Model and Concentration Polarization / 12.3.5：
Performance and Module Design / 12.4：
Membrane Materials / 12.4.1：
Design and Configuration of Membrane Modules / 12.4.2：
Dead-end Configuration / 12.4.2.1：
Submerged Configuration / 12.4.2.3：
Cross-flow Configuration / 12.4.2.4：
Membrane Fouling and Cleaning Management / 12.4.3：
Types of Fouling Processes / 12.4.3.1：
Membrane Cleaning Strategies / 12.4.3.2：
Membrane Bioreactors / 12.5：
Final Treatment (Behind the Secondary Clarifier) / 12.5.1：
Membrane Bioreactors in Aerobic Wastewater Treatment / 12.5.2：
Membrane Bioreactors and Nutrient Removal / 12.5.3：
Production Integrated Water Management and Decentralized Effluent Treatment / 13：
Production Integrated Water Management in the Chemical Industry / 13.1：
Sustainable Development and Process Optimization / 13.2.1：
Primary Points of View / 13.2.1.1：
Materia] Flow Management / 13.2.1.2：
Production of Naphthalenedisufonic Acid / 13.2.1.3：
Methodology of Process Improvement / 13.2.1.4：
Minimization of Fresh Water Use / 13.2.2：
Description of the Problem / 13.2.2.1：
The Concentration/Mass Flow Rate Diagram and the Graphical Solution / 13.2.2.2：
The Network Design Method / 13.2.3：
Decentralized Effluent Treatment / 13.3：
Minimization of Treated Wastewater / 13.3.1：
Representation of Treatment Processes in a Concentration/Mass Flow Rate Diagram / 13.3.1.1：
The Lowest Wastewater Flow Rate to Treat / 13.3.1.3：
Processes for Decentralized Effluent Treatment / 13.3.2：
Subject Index
Wastewater Characteristics Microbial Metabolism Determination of Stoichiometric Equations for Catabolism and Anabolism
Measurements of Mass Transfer and Respiration Rates Kinetics Aerobic
Treatment of Wastewater Loaded with Dissolved Organics Nitrogen Removal Biological Phosphorus Removal Biological Wastewater Treatment
with Nitrogen and Phosphorus Removal Anaerobic Treatment
of Wastewater Loaded with Dissolved Organics Membrane Technology in Biological Wastewater Treatment
Assessment and Selection of Aeration Systems Simple Models for Biofilm Reactors Modelling
Activated Sludge Processes Processing of Water, Recovering of Materials and Treatment of Wastewater Integrated into the Production Process
Preface
List of Symbols and Abbreviations
Historical Development of Wastewater Collection and Treatment / 1：
58.
ＥＢ
Zoya Ignatova, Israel Mart?nez-P?rez
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
References
Theoretical Computer Science / 2：
Graphs / 2.1：
Basic Notions / 2.1.1：
Paths and Cycles / 2.1.2：
Closures and Paths / 2.1.3：
Trees / 2.1.4：
Bipartite Graphs / 2.1.5：
Finite State Automata / 2.2：
Strings and Languages / 2.2.1：
Deterministic Finite State Automata / 2.2.2：
Non-Deterministic Finite State Automata / 2.2.3：
Regular Expressions / 2.2.4：
Stochastic Finite State Automata / 2.2.5：
Computability / 2.3：
Turing Machines / 2.3.1：
Universal Turing Machines / 2.3.2：
Church's Thesis / 2.3.3：
Register Machines / 2.3.4：
Cellular Automata / 2.3.5：
Formal Grammars / 2.4：
Grammars and Languages / 2.4.1：
Chomsky's Hierarchy / 2.4.2：
Grammars and Machines / 2.4.3：
Undecidability / 2.4.4：
Combinatorial Logic / 2.5：
Boolean Circuits / 2.5.1：
Compound Circuits / 2.5.2：
Minterms and Maxterms / 2.5.3：
Canonical Circuits / 2.5.4：
Adder Circuits / 2.5.5：
Computational Complexity / 2.6：
Time Complexity / 2.6.1：
Infinite Asymptotics / 2.6.2：
Decision Problems / 2.6.3：
Optimization Problems / 2.6.4：
Molecular Biology / 3：
DNA / 3.1：
Molecular Structure / 3.1.1：
Manipulation of DNA / 3.1.2：
Physical Chemistry / 3.2：
Thermodynamics / 3.2.1：
Chemical Kinetics / 3.2.2：
DNA Annealing Kinetics / 3.2.3：
Strand Displacement Kinetics / 3.2.4：
Stochastic Chemical Kinetics / 3.2.5：
Genes / 3.3：
Structure and Biosynthesis / 3.3.1：
DNA Recombination / 3.3.2：
Genomes / 3.3.3：
Gene Expression / 3.4：
Protein Biosynthesis / 3.4.1：
Proteins - Molecular Structure / 3.4.2：
Enzymes / 3.4.3：
Cells and Organisms / 3.5：
Eukaryotes and Prokaryotes / 3.5.1：
Viruses / 3.6：
General Structure and Classification / 3.6.1：
Applications / 3.6.2：
Word Design for DNA Computing / 4：
Constraints / 4.1：
Free Energy and Melting Temperature / 4.1.1：
Distance / 4.1.2：
Similarity / 4.1.3：
DNA Languages / 4.2：
Bond-Free Languages / 4.2.1：
Hybridization Properties / 4.2.2：
Small DNA Languages / 4.2.3：
DNA Code Constructions and Bounds / 4.3：
Reverse and Reverse-Complement Codes / 4.3.1：
Constant GC-Content Codes / 4.3.2：
Similarity-Based Codes / 4.3.3：
In Vitro Random Selection / 4.4：
General Selection Model / 4.4.1：
Selective Word Design / 4.4.2：
Concluding Remarks
Non-Autonomous DNA Models / 5：
Seminal Work / 5.1：
Adleman's First Experiment / 5.1.1：
Lipton's First Paper / 5.1.2：
Filtering Models / 5.2：
Memory-Less Filtering / 5.2.1：
Memory-Based Filtering / 5.2.2：
Mark-and-Destroy Filtering / 5.2.3：
Split-and-Merge Filtering / 5.2.4：
Filtering by Blocking / 5.2.5：
Surface-Based Filtering / 5.2.6：
Sticker Systems / 5.3：
Sticker Machines / 5.3.1：
Combinatorial Libraries / 5.3.2：
Useful Subroutines / 5.3.3：
NP-Complete Problems / 5.3.4：
Splicing Systems / 5.4：
Basic Splicing Systems / 5.4.1：
Recursively Enumerable Splicing Systems / 5.4.2：
Universal Splicing Systems / 5.4.3：
Recombinant Systems / 5.4.4：
Autonomous DNA Models / 6：
Algorithmic Self-Assembly / 6.1：
Self-Assembly / 6.1.1：
DNA Graphs / 6.1.2：
Linear Self-Assembly / 6.1.3：
Tile Assembly / 6.1.4：
Finite State Automaton Models / 6.2：
Two-State Two-Symbol Automata / 6.2.1：
Length-Encoding Automata / 6.2.2：
Sticker Automata / 6.2.3：
Stochastic Automata / 6.2.4：
DNA Hairpin Model / 6.3：
Whiplash PCR / 6.3.1：
Satisfiability / 6.3.2：
Hamiltonian Paths / 6.3.3：
Maximum Cliques / 6.3.4：
Hairpin Structures / 6.3.5：
Computational Models / 6.4：
Neural Networks / 6.4.1：
Tic-Tac-Toe Networks / 6.4.2：
Logic Circuits / 6.4.3：
Cellular DNA Computing / 6.4.4：
Ciliate Computing / 7.1：
Ciliates / 7.1.1：
Models of Gene Assembly / 7.1.2：
Intramolecular String Model / 7.1.3：
Intramolecular Graph Model / 7.1.4：
Intermolecular String Model / 7.1.5：
Biomolecular Computing / 7.2：
Gene Therapy / 7.2.1：
Anti-Sense Technology / 7.2.2：
Cell-Based Finite State Automata / 7.3：
Anti-Sense Finite State Automata / 7.4：
Basic Model / 7.4.1：
Diagnostic Rules / 7.4.2：
Diagnosis and Therapy / 7.4.3：
Computational Genes / 7.5：
Index / 7.5.1：
Introduction / 1：
References
Theoretical Computer Science / 2：
59.
図書
Jean-Paul Pier
出版情報:
Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2001 x, 428 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The scope of analysis / 1.1：
The great classics on analysis / 1.1.1：
The changing object of analysis / 1.1.2：
Main streams in a turbulent activity / 1.2：
The question of subdividing mathematical analysis / 1.2.1：
How to organize the subject / 1.2.2：
General Topology / 2：
Evolution 1900-1950 / 2.1：
Topological axiomatizations / 2.1.1：
Topological algebra / 2.1.2：
Filtrations / 2.1.3：
Dimension theory / 2.1.4：
Complementary inputs / 2.1.5：
Flashes 1950-2000 / 2.2：
An accomplished subject / 2.2.1：
Generalized topological concepts / 2.2.2：
Integration and Measure / 3：
Lebesgue integration / 3.1：
The general concept of measure / 3.1.2：
Paradoxical decomposition / 3.1.3：
Period of consolidation / 3.1.4：
Standing problems / 3.2：
Abstract formulations / 3.2.2：
Generalized Riemann integrals / 3.2.3：
Outlook / 3.2.4：
Functional analysis / 4：
New objectives / 4.1：
Theory of integral equations / 4.1.2：
Banach spaces / 4.1.3：
Hilbert spaces / 4.1.4：
von Neumann algebras / 4.1.5：
Banach algebras / 4.1.6：
Distributions / 4.1.7：
Topological vector spaces / 4.2：
Extension of Weierstra[beta]'s theorem / 4.2.2：
Frechet spaces, Schwartz spaces, Sobolev spaces / 4.2.3：
Banach space properties / 4.2.4：
Hilbert space properties / 4.2.5：
Banach algebra and C*-algebra properties / 4.2.6：
Approximation properties / 4.2.7：
Nuclearity / 4.2.8：
von Neumann algebra properties / 4.2.9：
Specific topics / 4.2.10：
Harmonic analysis / 5：
Fourier series / 5.1：
Invariant measures / 5.1.2：
Almost periodic functions / 5.1.3：
Uniqueness of invariant measures / 5.1.4：
Convolutions / 5.1.5：
An evolution linked to the history of physics / 5.1.6：
Representation theory / 5.1.7：
Structural properties of topological groups / 5.1.8：
Positive-definite functions / 5.1.9：
Harmonic synthesis / 5.1.10：
Metric locally compact Abelian groups / 5.1.11：
Fourier transforms / 5.2：
Convolution properties / 5.2.2：
Group representations / 5.2.3：
Remarkable Banach algebras of functions on a locally compact group / 5.2.4：
Specific sets / 5.2.5：
Specific groups / 5.2.6：
Harmonic analysis on semigroups / 5.2.7：
Wavelets / 5.2.8：
Generalized actions / 5.2.9：
Lie groups / 6：
Lie groups and Lie algebras / 6.1：
Symmetric Riemannian spaces / 6.1.2：
Hilbert's problem for Lie groups / 6.1.3：
Representations of Lie groups / 6.1.4：
The wide range of Lie group theory / 6.2：
Solution of Hilbert's problem on Lie groups / 6.2.2：
Ergodicity problems / 6.2.3：
Specific classes of Lie groups / 6.2.4：
Extensions of Lie group theory / 6.2.5：
Theory of functions and analytic geometry / 7：
The nineteenth century continued / 7.1：
Potential theory / 7.1.2：
Conformal mappings / 7.1.3：
Towards a theory of several complex variables / 7.1.4：
Accomplishments on previous topics / 7.2：
Hardy spaces / 7.2.2：
The dominance of the theory of several complex variables / 7.2.3：
Iteration problems / 7.2.4：
Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations / 8：
New trends for classical problems / 8.1：
Fixed point properties / 8.1.2：
From the ordinary differential case to the partial differential case / 8.1.3：
Differential equations / 8.2：
Partial differential equations / 8.2.2：
Tentacular subjects / 8.2.3：
Algebraic topology / 9：
The origins of algebraic topology / 9.1：
Simplicial theories / 9.1.2：
Homotopy theory / 9.1.3：
Fibres and fibrations / 9.1.4：
The breakthroughs due to Eilenberg, MacLane, and Leray / 9.1.5：
The power of the machinery / 9.2：
Generalizations / 9.2.2：
Differential topology / 10：
The beginning of the century / 10.1：
E. Cartan's work / 10.1.2：
Tensor products and exterior differentials / 10.1.3：
Morse theory / 10.1.4：
Whitney's work / 10.1.5：
De Rham's work / 10.1.6：
Hodge theory / 10.1.7：
The framing of the subject / 10.1.8：
The status of differentiable manifolds / 10.2：
Foliations / 10.2.2：
From Poincare's heritage / 10.2.3：
Global analysis / 10.2.5：
Probability / 11：
First results / 11.1：
Brownian motion / 11.1.2：
Ergodicity / 11.1.3：
Probabilities as measures / 11.1.4：
Stochastic integrals / 11.1.5：
Probability theory, a part of analysis / 11.2：
Dynamical systems and ergodicity / 11.2.2：
Entropy / 11.2.3：
Stochastic processes / 11.2.4：
Algebraic geometry / 12：
Algebraic geometry and number theory / 12.1：
The Mordell conjecture / 12.1.2：
Transcendence and prime numbers / 12.1.3：
The Riemann conjecture / 12.1.4：
Arithmetical properties / 12.2：
Investigations on transcendental numbers / 12.2.2：
A central object of study / 12.2.3：
Etale cohomology / 12.2.4：
The general Riemann-Roch theorems / 12.2.5：
K-theory / 12.2.6：
Further studies / 12.2.7：
References
Index of Names
Index of Terms
List of Symbols / Appendix：
Introduction / 1：
The scope of analysis / 1.1：
The great classics on analysis / 1.1.1：
60.
ＥＢ
Zoya Ignatova, Israel Martínez-Pérez, Karl-Heinz Zimmermann
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
References
Theoretical Computer Science / 2：
Graphs / 2.1：
Basic Notions / 2.1.1：
Paths and Cycles / 2.1.2：
Closures and Paths / 2.1.3：
Trees / 2.1.4：
Bipartite Graphs / 2.1.5：
Finite State Automata / 2.2：
Strings and Languages / 2.2.1：
Deterministic Finite State Automata / 2.2.2：
Non-Deterministic Finite State Automata / 2.2.3：
Regular Expressions / 2.2.4：
Stochastic Finite State Automata / 2.2.5：
Computability / 2.3：
Turing Machines / 2.3.1：
Universal Turing Machines / 2.3.2：
Church's Thesis / 2.3.3：
Register Machines / 2.3.4：
Cellular Automata / 2.3.5：
Formal Grammars / 2.4：
Grammars and Languages / 2.4.1：
Chomsky's Hierarchy / 2.4.2：
Grammars and Machines / 2.4.3：
Undecidability / 2.4.4：
Combinatorial Logic / 2.5：
Boolean Circuits / 2.5.1：
Compound Circuits / 2.5.2：
Minterms and Maxterms / 2.5.3：
Canonical Circuits / 2.5.4：
Adder Circuits / 2.5.5：
Computational Complexity / 2.6：
Time Complexity / 2.6.1：
Infinite Asymptotics / 2.6.2：
Decision Problems / 2.6.3：
Optimization Problems / 2.6.4：
Molecular Biology / 3：
DNA / 3.1：
Molecular Structure / 3.1.1：
Manipulation of DNA / 3.1.2：
Physical Chemistry / 3.2：
Thermodynamics / 3.2.1：
Chemical Kinetics / 3.2.2：
DNA Annealing Kinetics / 3.2.3：
Strand Displacement Kinetics / 3.2.4：
Stochastic Chemical Kinetics / 3.2.5：
Genes / 3.3：
Structure and Biosynthesis / 3.3.1：
DNA Recombination / 3.3.2：
Genomes / 3.3.3：
Gene Expression / 3.4：
Protein Biosynthesis / 3.4.1：
Proteins - Molecular Structure / 3.4.2：
Enzymes / 3.4.3：
Cells and Organisms / 3.5：
Eukaryotes and Prokaryotes / 3.5.1：
Viruses / 3.6：
General Structure and Classification / 3.6.1：
Applications / 3.6.2：
Word Design for DNA Computing / 4：
Constraints / 4.1：
Free Energy and Melting Temperature / 4.1.1：
Distance / 4.1.2：
Similarity / 4.1.3：
DNA Languages / 4.2：
Bond-Free Languages / 4.2.1：
Hybridization Properties / 4.2.2：
Small DNA Languages / 4.2.3：
DNA Code Constructions and Bounds / 4.3：
Reverse and Reverse-Complement Codes / 4.3.1：
Constant GC-Content Codes / 4.3.2：
Similarity-Based Codes / 4.3.3：
In Vitro Random Selection / 4.4：
General Selection Model / 4.4.1：
Selective Word Design / 4.4.2：
Concluding Remarks
Non-Autonomous DNA Models / 5：
Seminal Work / 5.1：
Adleman's First Experiment / 5.1.1：
Lipton's First Paper / 5.1.2：
Filtering Models / 5.2：
Memory-Less Filtering / 5.2.1：
Memory-Based Filtering / 5.2.2：
Mark-and-Destroy Filtering / 5.2.3：
Split-and-Merge Filtering / 5.2.4：
Filtering by Blocking / 5.2.5：
Surface-Based Filtering / 5.2.6：
Sticker Systems / 5.3：
Sticker Machines / 5.3.1：
Combinatorial Libraries / 5.3.2：
Useful Subroutines / 5.3.3：
NP-Complete Problems / 5.3.4：
Splicing Systems / 5.4：
Basic Splicing Systems / 5.4.1：
Recursively Enumerable Splicing Systems / 5.4.2：
Universal Splicing Systems / 5.4.3：
Recombinant Systems / 5.4.4：
Autonomous DNA Models / 6：
Algorithmic Self-Assembly / 6.1：
Self-Assembly / 6.1.1：
DNA Graphs / 6.1.2：
Linear Self-Assembly / 6.1.3：
Tile Assembly / 6.1.4：
Finite State Automaton Models / 6.2：
Two-State Two-Symbol Automata / 6.2.1：
Length-Encoding Automata / 6.2.2：
Sticker Automata / 6.2.3：
Stochastic Automata / 6.2.4：
DNA Hairpin Model / 6.3：
Whiplash PCR / 6.3.1：
Satisfiability / 6.3.2：
Hamiltonian Paths / 6.3.3：
Maximum Cliques / 6.3.4：
Hairpin Structures / 6.3.5：
Computational Models / 6.4：
Neural Networks / 6.4.1：
Tic-Tac-Toe Networks / 6.4.2：
Logic Circuits / 6.4.3：
Cellular DNA Computing / 6.4.4：
Ciliate Computing / 7.1：
Ciliates / 7.1.1：
Models of Gene Assembly / 7.1.2：
Intramolecular String Model / 7.1.3：
Intramolecular Graph Model / 7.1.4：
Intermolecular String Model / 7.1.5：
Biomolecular Computing / 7.2：
Gene Therapy / 7.2.1：
Anti-Sense Technology / 7.2.2：
Cell-Based Finite State Automata / 7.3：
Anti-Sense Finite State Automata / 7.4：
Basic Model / 7.4.1：
Diagnostic Rules / 7.4.2：
Diagnosis and Therapy / 7.4.3：
Computational Genes / 7.5：
Index / 7.5.1：
Introduction / 1：
References
Theoretical Computer Science / 2：
61.
ＥＢ
D. Sundararajan
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
The Organization of this Book / 1.1：
Discrete Signals / 2：
Classification of Signals / 2.1：
Continuous, Discrete, and Digital Signals / 2.1.1：
Periodic and Aperiodic Signals / 2.1.2：
Energy and Power Signals / 2.1.3：
Even- and Odd-Symmetric Signals / 2.1.4：
Causal and Noncausal Signals / 2.1.5：
Deterministic and Random Signals / 2.1.6：
Basic Signals / 2.2：
Unit-Impulse Signal / 2.2.1：
Unit-Step Signal / 2.2.2：
Unit-Ramp Signal / 2.2.3：
Sinusoids and Exponentials / 2.2.4：
Signal Operations / 2.3：
Time Shifting / 2.3.1：
Time Reversal / 2.3.2：
Time Scaling / 2.3.3：
Summary / 2.4：
References
Exercises
Continuous Signals / 3：
The Unit-Step Signal / 3.1：
The Unit-Impulse Signal / 3.2.2：
The Unit-Ramp Signal / 3.2.3：
Sinusoids / 3.2.4：
Reference / 3.3：
Time-Domain Analysis of Discrete Systems / 4：
Difference Equation Model / 4.1：
System Response / 4.1.1：
Impulse Response / 4.1.2：
Characterization of Systems by their Responses to Impulse and Unit-Step Signals / 4.1.3：
Classification of Systems / 4.2：
Linear and Nonlinear Systems / 4.2.1：
Time-Invariant and Time-Varying Systems / 4.2.2：
Causal and Noncausal Systems / 4.2.3：
Instantaneous and Dynamic Systems / 4.2.4：
Inverse Systems / 4.2.5：
Continuous and Discrete Systems / 4.2.6：
Convolution-Summation Model / 4.3：
Properties of Convolution-Summation / 4.3.1：
The Difference Equation and the Convolution-Summation / 4.3.2：
Response to Complex Exponential Input / 4.3.3：
System Stability / 4.4：
Realization of Discrete Systems / 4.5：
Decomposition of Higher-Order Systems / 4.5.1：
Feedback Systems / 4.5.2：
Time-Domain Analysis of Continuous Systems / 4.6：
Lumped-Parameter and Distributed-Parameter Systems / 5.1：
Convolution-Integral Model / 5.1.6：
Properties of Convolution-Integral / 5.3.1：
Response to Unit-Step Input / 5.4：
Realization of Continuous Systems / 5.4.3：
The Discrete Fourier Transform / 5.6.1：
The Time-Domain and Frequency-Domain / 6.1：
The Fourier Analysis / 6.2：
Versions of Fourier Analysis / 6.2.1：
The Approximation of Arbitrary Waveforms with Finite Number Samples / 6.3：
The DFT and the IDFT / 6.3.2：
DFT of Some Basic Signals / 6.3.3：
Properties of the Discrete Fourier Transform / 6.4：
Linearity / 6.4.1：
Periodicity / 6.4.2：
Circular Shift of a Sequence / 6.4.3：
Circular Shift of a Spectrum / 6.4.4：
Symmetry / 6.4.5：
Circular Convolution of Time-Domain Sequences / 6.4.6：
Circular Convolution of Frequency-Domain Sequences / 6.4.7：
Parseval's Theorem / 6.4.8：
Preface
Abbreviations
Introduction / 1：
62.
ＥＢ
Alex Gough
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction
Historical signs / Part I：
General, systemic and metabolic historical signs / Chapter 1.1：
Polyuria/polydipsia / 1.1 (i)：
Weight loss / 1.1 (ii)：
Weight gain / 1.1 (iii)：
Polyphagia / 1.1 (iv)：
Anorexia/inappetence / 1.1 (v)：
Failure to grow / 1.1 (vi)：
Syncope/collapse / 1.1 (vii)：
Weakness / 1.1 (viii)：
Gastro-intestinal/abdominal historical signs / Chapter 1.2：
Ptyalism/salivation/hypersalivation / 1.2 (i)：
Gagging/retching / 1.2 (ii)：
Dysphagia / 1.2 (iii)：
Regurgitation / 1.2 (iv)：
Vomiting / 1.2 (v)：
Diarrhoea / 1.2 (vi)：
Melaena / 1.2 (vii)：
Haematemesis / 1.2 (viii)：
Haematochezia / 1.2 (ix)：
Constipation/obstipation / 1.2 (x)：
Faecal tenesmus/dyschezia / 1.2 (xi)：
Faecal incontinence / 1.2 (xii)：
Flatulence/borborygmus / 1.2 (xiii)：
Cardio-respiratory historical signs / Chapter 1.3：
Coughing / 1.3 (i)：
Dyspnoea/tachypnoea / 1.3 (ii)：
Sneezing and nasal discharge / 1.3 (iii)：
Epistaxis / 1.3 (iv)：
Haemoptysis / 1.3 (v)：
Exercise intolerance / 1.3 (vi)：
Dermatological historical signs / Chapter 1.4：
Neurological historical signs / 1.4 (i)Pruritus：
Seizures / 1.5 (i)：
Trembling/shivering / 1.5 (ii)：
Ataxia/ conscious proprioceptive deficits / 1.5 (iii)：
Paresis/paralysis / 1.5 (iv)：
Coma/stupor / 1.5 (v)：
Altered behaviour / 1.5 (vi)：
Deafness / 1.5 (vii)：
Multifocal neurological disease / 1.5 (viii)：
Ocular historical signs / Chapter 1.6：
Blindness/visual impairment / 1.6 (i)：
Epiphora/tear overflow / 1.6 (ii)：
Musculoskeletal historical signs / Chapter 1.7：
Forelimb Lameness / 1.7 (i)：
Hindlimb lameness / 1.7 (ii)：
Multiple joint/limb lameness / 1.7 (iii)：
Reproductive historical signs / Chapter 1.8：
Failure to observe oestrus / 1.8 (i)：
Irregular seasons / 1.8 (ii)：
Infertility in the female with normal oestrus / 1.8 (iii)：
Male infertility / 1.8 (iv)：
Vaginal/Vulval discharge / 1.8 (v)：
Abortion / 1.8 (vi)：
Dystocia / 1.8 (vii)：
Neonatal mortality / 1.8 (viii)：
Urological historical signs / Chapter 1.9：
Pollakiuria/dysuria/stranguria / 1.9 (i)：
Anuria/oliguria / 1.9 (ii)：
Haematuria / 1.9 (iv)：
Urinary incontinence / 1.9 (v)：
Physical signs / Part II：
General/miscellaneous physical signs / Chapter 2.1：
Abnormalities of body temperature / 2.1 (i)：
Enlarged lymph nodes / 2.1 (ii)：
Diffuse pain / 2.1 (iii)：
Peripheral oedema / 2.1 (iv)：
Hypertension / 2.1 (v)：
Hypotension / 2.1 (vi)：
Gastro-intestinal/abdominal physical signs / Chapter 2.2：
Oral lesions / 2.2 (i)：
Abdominal distension / 2.2 (ii)：
Abdominal pain / 2.2 (iii)：
Perianal swelling / 2.2 (iv)：
Jaundice / 2.2 (v)：
Abnormal liver palpation / 2.2 (vi)：
Cardiorespiratory physical signs / Chapter 2.3：
Pallor / 2.3 (i)：
Shock / 2.3 (iii)：
Cyanosis / 2.3 (iv)：
Ascite / 2.3 (v)：
Abnormal respiratory sounds / 2.3 (vi)：
Abnormal heart sounds / 2.3 (viii)：
Abnormalities in heart rate / 2.3 (ix)：
Jugular distension/positive hepatojugular reflux / 2.3 (x)：
Increased size of jugular pulse / 2.3 (xi)：
Alterations in arterial pulses / 2.3 (xii)：
Dermatological signs / Chapter 2.4：
Scaling / 2.4 (i)：
Pustules and papules (including miliary dermatitis) / 2.4 (ii)：
Nodules / 2.4 (iii)：
Pigmentation disorders (coat or skin) / 2.4 (iv)：
Alopecia / 2.4 (v)：
Erosive/ulcerative skin disease / 2.4 (vi)：
Otitis externa / 2.4 (vii)：
Pododermatitis / 2.4 (viii)：
Disorders of the claws / 2.4 (ix)：
Anal sac disease/perianal disease / 2.4 (x)：
Neurological signs / Chapter 2.5：
Abnormal cranial nerve responses / 2.5 (i)：
Vestibular disease (head tilt, nystagmus, circling, leaning, falling, rolling) / 2.5 (ii)：
Horner's syndrome / 2.5 (iii)：
Hemineglect syndrome / 2.5 (iv)：
Spinal disorders / 2.5 (v)：
Ocular signs / Chapter 2.6：
Red eye / 2.6 (i)：
Corneal opacification / 2.6 (ii)：
Corneal ulceration / 2.6 (iii)：
Lens lesions / 2.6 (iv)：
Retinal lesions / 2.6 (v)：
Intraocular haemorrhage/hyphaema / 2.6 (vi)：
Pruritus / 1.4 (i)：
Horner's syndrome / 1.8(viii)：
Introduction
Historical signs / Part I：
General, systemic and metabolic historical signs / Chapter 1.1：
63.
図書
M. Hinze ... [et al.]
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Analytical Background and Optimality Theory / 1：
Stefan Ulbrich
Introduction and Examples / 1.1：
Introduction / 1.1.1：
Examples for Optimization Problems with PDEs / 1.1.2：
Optimization of a Stationary Heating Process / 1.1.3：
Optimization of an Unsteady Heating Processes / 1.1.4：
Optimal Design / 1.1.5：
Linear Functional Analysis and Sobolev Spaces / 1.2：
Banach and Hilbert Spaces / 1.2.1：
Sobolev Spaces / 1.2.2：
Weak Convergence / 1.2.3：
Weak Solutions of Elliptic and Parabolic PDEs / 1.3：
Weak Solutions of Elliptic PDEs / 1.3.1：
Weak Solutions of Parabolic PDEs / 1.3.2：
Gateaux- and Fréchet Differentiability / 1.4：
Basic Definitions / 1.4.1：
Implicit Function Theorem / 1.4.2：
Existence of Optimal Controls / 1.5：
Existence Result for a General Linear-Quadratic Problem / 1.5.1：
Existence Result for Nonlinear Problems / 1.5.2：
Applications / 1.5.3：
Reduced Problem, Sensitivities and Adjoints / 1.6：
Sensitivity Approach / 1.6.1：
Adjoint Approach / 1.6.2：
Application to a Linear-Quadratic Optimal Control Problem / 1.6.3：
A Lagrangian-Based View of the Adjoint Approach / 1.6.4：
Second Derivatives / 1.6.5：
Optimality Conditions / 1.7：
Optimality Conditions for Simply Constrained Problems / 1.7.1：
Optimality Conditions for Control-Constrained Problems / 1.7.2：
Optimality Conditions for Problems with General Constraints / 1.7.3：
Optimal Control of Instationary Incompressible Navier-Stokes Flow / 1.8：
Functional Analytic Setting / 1.8.1：
Analysis of the Flow Control Problem / 1.8.2：
Reduced Optimal Control Problem / 1.8.3：
Optimization Methods in Banach Spaces / 2：
Michael Ulbrich
Synopsis / 2.1：
Globally Convergent Methods in Banach Spaces / 2.2：
Unconstrained Optimization / 2.2.1：
Optimization on Closed Convex Sets / 2.2.2：
General Optimization Problems / 2.2.3：
Newton-Based Methods-A Preview / 2.3：
Unconstrained Problems-Newton's Method / 2.3.1：
Simple Constraints / 2.3.2：
General Inequality Constraints / 2.3.3：
Generalized Newton Methods / 2.4：
Motivation: Application to Optimal Control / 2.4.1：
A General Superlinear Convergence Result / 2.4.2：
The Classical Newton's Method / 2.4.3：
Generalized Differential and Semismoothness / 2.4.4：
Semismooth Newton Methods / 2.4.5：
Semismooth Newton Methods in Function Spaces / 2.5：
Semismoothness of Superposition Operators / 2.5.1：
Application to Optimal Control / 2.5.3：
Application to Elliptic Optimal Control Problems / 2.5.5：
Optimal Control of the Incompressible Navier-Stokes Equations / 2.5.7：
Sequential Quadratic Programming / 2.6：
Lagrange-Newton Methods for Equality Constrained Problems / 2.6.1：
The Josephy-Newton Method / 2.6.2：
SQP Methods for Inequality Constrained Problems / 2.6.3：
State-Constrained Problems / 2.7：
SQP Methods / 2.7.1：
Further Aspects / 2.7.2：
Mesh Independence / 2.8.1：
Application of Fast Solvers / 2.8.2：
Other Methods / 2.8.3：
Discrete Concepts in PDE Constrained Optimization / 3：
Michael Hinze
Control Constraints / 3.1：
Stationary Model Problem / 3.2.1：
First Discretize, Then Optimize / 3.2.2：
First Optimize, Then Discretize / 3.2.3：
Discussion and Implications / 3.2.4：
The Variational Discretization Concept / 3.2.5：
Error Estimates / 3.2.6：
Boundary Control / 3.2.7：
Some Literature Related to Control Constraints / 3.2.8：
Constraints on the State / 3.3：
Pointwise Bounds on the State / 3.3.1：
Pointwise Bounds on the Gradient of the State / 3.3.2：
Time Dependent Problem / 3.4：
Mathematical Model, State Equation / 3.4.1：
Optimization Problem / 3.4.2：
Discretization / 3.4.3：
Further Literature on Control of Time-Dependent Problems / 3.4.4：
Rene Pinnau / 4：
Optimal Semiconductor Design / 4.1：
Semiconductor Device Physics / 4.1.1：
The Optimization Problem / 4.1.2：
Numerical Results / 4.1.3：
Optimal Control of Glass Cooling / 4.2：
Modeling / 4.2.1：
Optimal Boundary Control / 4.2.2：
References / 4.2.3：
Preface
Analytical Background and Optimality Theory / 1：
Stefan Ulbrich
64.
図書
Oded Goldreich
出版情報:
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 2008 xxiv, 606 p. ; 27 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures
Preface
Organization and Chapter Summaries
Acknowledgments
Introduction and Preliminaries / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
A Brief Overview of Complexity Theory / 1.1.1：
Characteristics of Complexity Theory / 1.1.2：
Contents of This Book / 1.1.3：
Approach and Style of This Book / 1.1.4：
Standard Notations and Other Conventions / 1.1.5：
Computational Tasks and Models / 1.2：
Representation / 1.2.1：
Computational Tasks / 1.2.2：
Uniform Models (Algorithms) / 1.2.3：
Non-uniform Models (Circuits and Advice) / 1.2.4：
Complexity Classes / 1.2.5：
Chapter Notes
P, NP, and NP-Completeness / 2：
The P Versus NP Question / 2.1：
The Search Version: Finding Versus Checking / 2.1.1：
The Decision Version: Proving Versus Verifying / 2.1.2：
Equivalence of the Two Formulations / 2.1.3：
Two Technical Comments Regarding NP / 2.1.4：
The Traditional Definition of NP / 2.1.5：
In Support of P Different from NP / 2.1.6：
Philosophical Meditations / 2.1.7：
Polynomial-Time Reductions / 2.2：
The General Notion of a Reduction / 2.2.1：
Reducing Optimization Problems to Search Problems / 2.2.2：
Self-Reducibility of Search Problems / 2.2.3：
Digest and General Perspective / 2.2.4：
NP-Completeness / 2.3：
Definitions / 2.3.1：
The Existence of NP-Complete Problems / 2.3.2：
Some Natural NP-Complete Problems / 2.3.3：
NP Sets That Are Neither in P nor NP-Complete / 2.3.4：
Reflections on Complete Problems / 2.3.5：
Three Relatively Advanced Topics / 2.4：
Promise Problems / 2.4.1：
Optimal Search Algorithms for NP / 2.4.2：
The Class coNP and Its Intersection with NP / 2.4.3：
Exercises
Variations on P and NP / 3：
Non-uniform Polynomial Time (P/poly) / 3.1：
Boolean Circuits / 3.1.1：
Machines That Take Advice / 3.1.2：
The Polynomial-Time Hierarchy (PH) / 3.2：
Alternation of Quantifiers / 3.2.1：
Non-deterministic Oracle Machines / 3.2.2：
The P/poly Versus NP Question and PH / 3.2.3：
More Resources, More Power? / 4：
Non-uniform Complexity Hierarchies / 4.1：
Time Hierarchies and Gaps / 4.2：
Time Hierarchies / 4.2.1：
Time Gaps and Speedup / 4.2.2：
Space Hierarchies and Gaps / 4.3：
Space Complexity / 5：
General Preliminaries and Issues / 5.1：
Important Conventions / 5.1.1：
On the Minimal Amount of Useful Computation Space / 5.1.2：
Time Versus Space / 5.1.3：
Circuit Evaluation / 5.1.4：
Logarithmic Space / 5.2：
The Class L / 5.2.1：
Log-Space Reductions / 5.2.2：
Log-Space Uniformity and Stronger Notions / 5.2.3：
Undirected Connectivity / 5.2.4：
Non-deterministic Space Complexity / 5.3：
Two Models / 5.3.1：
NL and Directed Connectivity / 5.3.2：
A Retrospective Discussion / 5.3.3：
PSPACE and Games / 5.4：
Randomness and Counting / 6：
Probabilistic Polynomial Time / 6.1：
Basic Modeling Issues / 6.1.1：
Two-Sided Error: The Complexity Class BPP / 6.1.2：
One-Sided Error: The Complexity Classes RP and coRP / 6.1.3：
Zero-Sided Error: The Complexity Class ZPP / 6.1.4：
Randomized Log-Space / 6.1.5：
Counting / 6.2：
Exact Counting / 6.2.1：
Approximate Counting / 6.2.2：
Searching for Unique Solutions / 6.2.3：
Uniform Generation of Solutions / 6.2.4：
The Bright Side of Hardness / 7：
One-Way Functions / 7.1：
Generating Hard Instances and One-Way Functions / 7.1.1：
Amplification of Weak One-Way Functions / 7.1.2：
Hard-Core Preicates / 7.1.3：
Reflections on Hardness Amplification / 7.1.4：
Hard Problems in E / 7.2：
Amplification with Respect to Polynomial-Size Circuits / 7.2.1：
Amplification with Respect to Exponential-Size Circuits / 7.2.2：
Pseudorandom Generators / 8：
The General Paradigm / 8.1：
General-Purpose Pseudorandom Generators / 8.2：
The Basic Definition / 8.2.1：
The Archetypical Application / 8.2.2：
Computational Indistinguishability / 8.2.3：
Amplifying the Stretch Function / 8.2.4：
Constructions / 8.2.5：
Non-uniformly Strong Pseudorandom Generators / 8.2.6：
Stronger Notions and Conceptual Reflections / 8.2.7：
Derandomization of Time-Complexity Classes / 8.3：
Defining Canonical Derandomizers / 8.3.1：
Constructing Canonical Derandomizers / 8.3.2：
Technical Variations and Conceptual Reflections / 8.3.3：
Space-Bounded Distinguishers / 8.4：
Definitional Issues / 8.4.1：
Two Constructions / 8.4.2：
Special-Purpose Generators / 8.5：
Pairwise Independence Generators / 8.5.1：
Small-Bias Generators / 8.5.2：
Random Walks on Expanders / 8.5.3：
Probabilistic Proof Systems / 9：
Interactive Proof Systems / 9.1：
Motivation and Perspective / 9.1.1：
Definition / 9.1.2：
The Power of Interactive Proofs / 9.1.3：
Variants and Finer Structure: An Overview / 9.1.4：
On Computationally Bounded Provers: An Overview / 9.1.5：
Zero-Knowledge Proof Systems / 9.2：
The Power of Zero-Knowledge / 9.2.1：
Proofs of Knowledge - A Parenthetical Subsection / 9.2.3：
Probabilistically Checkable Proof Systems / 9.3：
The Power of Probabilistically Checkable Proofs / 9.3.1：
PCP and Approximation / 9.3.3：
More on PCP Itself: An Overview / 9.3.4：
Relaxing the Requirements / 10：
Approximation / 10.1：
Search or Optimization / 10.1.1：
Decision or Property Testing / 10.1.2：
Average-Case Complexity / 10.2：
The Basic Theory / 10.2.1：
Ramifications / 10.2.2：
Epilogue
Glossary of Complexity Classes / Appendix A：
Preliminaries / A.1：
Algorithm-Based Classes / A.2：
Time Complexity Classes / A.2.1：
Space Complexity Classes / A.2.2：
Circuit-Based Classes / A.3：
On the Quest for Lower Bounds / Appendix B：
Boolean Circuit Complexity / B.1：
Basic Results and Questions / B.2.1：
Monotone Circuits / B.2.2：
Bounded-Depth Circuits / B.2.3：
Formula Size / B.2.4：
Arithmetic Circuits / B.3：
Univariate Polynomials / B.3.1：
Multivariate Polynomials / B.3.2：
Proof Complexity / B.4：
Logical Proof Systems / B.4.1：
Algebraic Proof Systems / B.4.2：
Geometric Proof Systems / B.4.3：
On the Foundations of Modern Cryptography / Appendix C：
The Underlying Principles / C.1：
The Computational Model / C.1.2：
Organization and Beyond / C.1.3：
Computational Difficulty / C.2：
Hard-Core Predicates / C.2.1：
Pseudorandomness / C.3：
Pseudorandom Functions / C.3.1：
Zero-Knowledge / C.4：
The Simulation Paradigm / C.4.1：
The Actual Definition / C.4.2：
A General Result and a Generic Application / C.4.3：
Definitional Variations and Related Notions / C.4.4：
Encryption Schemes / C.5：
Beyond Eavesdropping Security / C.5.1：
Signatures and Message Authentication / C.6：
General Cryptographic Protocols / C.6.1：
The Definitional Approach and Some Models / C.7.1：
Some Known Results / C.7.2：
Construction Paradigms and Two Simple Protocols / C.7.3：
Concluding Remarks / C.7.4：
Probabilistic Preliminaries and Advanced Topics in Randomization / Appendix D：
Probabilistic Preliminaries / D.1：
Notational Conventions / D.1.1：
Three Inequalities / D.1.2：
Hashing / D.2：
The Leftover Hash Lemma / D.2.1：
Sampling / D.3：
Formal Setting / D.3.1：
Known Results / D.3.2：
Hitters / D.3.3：
Randomnes Extractors / D.4：
Definitions and Various Perspectives / D.4.1：
Explicit Constructions / D.4.2：
Error-Correcting Codes / E.1：
Basic Notions / E.1.1：
A Few Popular Codes / E.1.2：
Two Additional Computational Problems / E.1.3：
A List-Decoding Bound / E.1.4：
Expander Graphs / E.2：
Definitions and Properties / E.2.1：
Some Omitted Proofs / E.2.2：
Proving That PH Reduces to #P / F.1：
Proving That IP(f) [characters not reproducible] AM(O(f)) [characters not reproducible] AM(f) / F.2：
Emulating General Interactive Proofs by AM-Games / F.2.1：
Linear Speedup for AM / F.2.2：
Some Computational Problems / Appendix G：
Graphs / G.1：
Boolean Formulae / G.2：
Finite Fields, Polynomials, and Vector Spaces / G.3：
The Determinant and the Permanent / G.4：
Primes and Composite Numbers / G.5：
Bibliography
Index
List of Figures
Preface
Organization and Chapter Summaries
65.
ＥＢ
Roland Zimmermann, Monique Calisti, Marius Walliser
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Dordrecht : Birkh?user Basel, 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Event Management in Supply Networks / 2：
Problem / 2.1：
Event-related Information Logistics / 2.1.1：
Supply Networks / 2.1.2：
Formal Specification of the Problem / 2.1.3：
Requirements of an Event Management Solution / 2.2：
General Requirements / 2.2.1：
Functional Requirements / 2.2.2：
Data Requirements / 2.2.3：
Implications / 2.2.4：
Potential Benefits / 2.3：
Benefits for Single Enterprises / 2.3.1：
Analysis of Supply Network Effects / 2.3.2：
Benefits for Supply Networks / 2.3.3：
Summary on Potential Benefits / 2.3.4：
Existing Approaches / 2.4：
Tracking Systems / 2.4.1：
SCEM Software / 2.4.2：
Conclusion on Existing Approaches / 2.4.3：
Information Base for Event Management / 3：
Data Model / 3.1：
Representation of the Supply Network Domain / 3.1.1：
Aggregation and Refinement of Status Data / 3.1.2：
Disruptive Event Data for Decision Support / 3.1.3：
Extendable Data Structures / 3.1.4：
Semantic Interoperability / 3.2：
Requirements for Semantic Interoperability / 3.2.1：
Ontology for Supply Network Event Management / 3.2.2：
Data Sources / 3.3：
Data Bases / 3.3.1：
Internet Sources and Web Services / 3.3.2：
Radio Frequency Identification Technologies / 3.3.3：
Event Management Functions / 4：
Information Gathering in Supply Networks / 4.1：
Trigger Events / 4.1.1：
Inter-organizational Information Gathering / 4.1.2：
Proactive and Flexible Monitoring / 4.2：
Critical Profiles / 4.2.1：
Discovery of Critical Profiles / 4.2.2：
Continuous Assessment of Critical Profiles / 4.2.3：
Analysis and Interpretation of Event Data / 4.3：
Basic Approach / 4.3.1：
Data Interpretation with Fuzzy Logic / 4.3.2：
Aggregated Order Status / 4.3.3：
Assessment of Disruptive Events / 4.3.4：
Adjustment of Milestone Plans / 4.3.5：
Distribution of Event Data / 4.4：
Alert Management Process / 4.4.1：
Alert Decision Management / 4.4.2：
Escalation Management / 4.4.3：
Selection of Recipient and Media Type / 4.4.4：
Selection of Content / 4.4.5：
Event Management Process / 4.5：
Distributed Event Management in Supply Networks / 4.5.1：
Agent-based Concept / 5：
Software Agents and Supply Network Event Management / 5.1：
Introduction to Software Agents / 5.1.1：
Benefits of Agent Technology for Event Management / 5.1.2：
Related Work in Agent Technologies / 5.1.3：
Agent Oriented Software Engineering / 5.2：
Approaches / 5.2.1：
AUML for Supply Network Event Management / 5.2.2：
Agent Society for Supply Network Event Management / 5.3：
Roles and Agent Types / 5.3.1：
Agent Interactions / 5.3.2：
Institutional Agreements / 5.3.3：
Coordination Agent / 5.4：
Structure / 5.4.1：
Behaviors / 5.4.2：
Interactions / 5.4.3：
Surveillance Agent / 5.5：
Discourse Agent / 5.5.1：
Wrapper Agent / 5.6.1：
Prototype Implementations / 5.7.1：
Generic Prototype / 6.1：
Overview / 6.1.1：
Ontology Integration / 6.1.2：
Supply Network Testbed / 6.1.3：
Simulated Enterprise Data Base / 6.2.1：
Simulator / 6.2.2：
Industry Showcase / 6.3：
Evaluation / 6.3.1：
Concept / 7.1：
Constraints to an Evaluation / 7.1.1：
Multi-dimensional Evaluation / 7.1.2：
Analytical Evaluation / 7.2：
Effects of SNEM Cycles / 7.2.1：
Costs of Event Management / 7.2.2：
Cost-Benefit-Model and Benchmarks / 7.2.3：
Supply Network Effects / 7.2.4：
Event Management with Profiles / 7.2.5：
Conclusions / 7.2.6：
Experimental Evaluation / 7.3：
Reaction Function / 7.3.1：
Experimental Results / 7.3.2：
Cost-Benefit Analysis / 7.3.3：
Showcase Evaluation / 7.3.4：
Prototype Assessment / 7.4.1：
Analysis of Follow-up Costs / 7.4.2：
Summary - Benefits and Constraints / 7.4.3：
Conclusions and Outlook / 8：
Supply Network Event Management / 8.1：
Further Research Opportunities / 8.2：
Object Chips for Supply Network Event Management / 8.2.1：
Event Management in other Domains / 8.2.2：
Integration and Acceptance Issues / 8.2.3：
Appendices
References
Introduction / 1：
Event Management in Supply Networks / 2：
Problem / 2.1：
66.
図書
A.A. Martynyuk
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Preliminaries / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Nonlinear Continuous Systems / 1.2：
General equations of nonlinear dynamics / 1.2.1：
Perturbed motion equations / 1.2.2：
Definitions of Stability / 1.3：
Scalar, Vector and Matrix-Valued Liapunov Functions / 1.4：
Auxiliary scalar functions / 1.4.1：
Comparison functions / 1.4.2：
Vector Liapunov functions / 1.4.3：
Matrix-valued metafunction / 1.4.4：
Comparison Principle / 1.5：
Liapunov-Like Theorems / 1.6：
Matrix-valued function and its properties / 1.6.1：
A version of the original theorems of Liapunov / 1.6.2：
Advantages of Cone-Valued Liapunov Functions / 1.7：
Stability with respect to two measures / 1.7.1：
Stability analysis of large scale systems / 1.7.2：
Liapunov's Theorems for Large Scale Systems in General / 1.8：
Why are matrix-valued Liapunov functions needed? / 1.8.1：
Stability and instability of large scale systems / 1.8.2：
Notes / 1.9：
Qualitative Analysis of Continuous Systems / 2：
Nonlinear Systems with Mixed Hierarchy of Subsystems / 2.1：
Mixed hierarchical structures / 2.2.1：
Hierarchical matrix function structure / 2.2.2：
Structure of hierarchical matrix function derivative / 2.2.3：
Stability and instability conditions / 2.2.4：
Linear autonomous system / 2.2.5：
Examples of third order systems / 2.2.6：
Dynamics of the Systems with Regular Hierarchy Subsystems / 2.3：
Ikeda-Siljak hierarchical decomposition / 2.3.1：
Hierarchical Liapunov's matrix-valued functions / 2.3.2：
Linear nonautonomous systems / 2.3.3：
Stability Analysis of Large Scale Systems / 2.4：
A class of large scale systems / 2.4.1：
Construction of nondiagonal elements of matrix-valued function / 2.4.2：
Test for stability analysis / 2.4.3：
Linear large scale system / 2.4.4：
Discussion and numerical example / 2.4.5：
Overlapping Decomposition and Matrix-Valued Function Construction / 2.5：
Dynamical system extension / 2.5.1：
Liapunov matrix-valued function construction / 2.5.2：
Test for stability of system (2.5.1) / 2.5.3：
Numerical example / 2.5.4：
Exponential Polystability Analysis of Separable Motions / 2.6：
Statement of the Problem / 2.6.1：
A method for the solution of the problem / 2.6.2：
Autonomous system / 2.6.3：
Polystability by the first order approximations / 2.6.4：
Integral and Lipschitz Stability / 2.7：
Definitions / 2.7.1：
Sufficient conditions for integral and asymptotic integral stability / 2.7.2：
Uniform Lipschitz stability / 2.7.3：
Qualitative Analysis of Discrete-Time Systems / 2.8：
Systems Described by Difference Equations / 3.1：
Matrix-Valued Liapunov Functions Method / 3.3：
Auxiliary results / 3.3.1：
Comparison principle application / 3.3.2：
General theorems on stability / 3.3.3：
Large Scale System Decomposition / 3.4：
Stability and Instability of Large Scale Systems / 3.5：
Auxiliary estimates / 3.5.1：
Autonomous Large Scale Systems / 3.5.2：
Hierarchical Analysis of Stability / 3.7：
Hierarchical decomposition and stability conditions / 3.7.1：
Novel tests for connective stability / 3.7.2：
Controlled Systems / 3.8：
Nonlinear Dynamics of Impulsive Systems / 3.9：
Large Scale Impulsive Systems in General / 4.1：
Notations and definitions / 4.2.1：
Sufficient stability conditions / 4.2.2：
Instability conditions / 4.2.4：
Hierarchical Impulsive Systems / 4.3：
Analytical Construction of Liapunov Function / 4.4：
Structure of hierarchical matrix-valued Liapunov function / 4.4.1：
Structure of the total derivative of hierarchical matrix-valued function / 4.4.2：
Uniqueness and Continuability of Solutions / 4.5：
On Boundedness of the Solutions / 4.6：
Novel Methodology for Stability / 4.7：
Stability conditions / 4.7.1：
Applications / 4.8：
Estimations of Asymptotic Stability Domains in General / 5.1：
A fundamental Zubov's result / 5.2.1：
Some estimates for quadratic matrix-valued functions / 5.2.2：
Algorithm of constructing a point network covering boundary of domain E / 5.2.3：
Numerical realization and discussion of the algorithm / 5.2.4：
Illustrative examples / 5.2.5：
Construction of Estimate for the Domain E of Power System / 5.3：
Oscillations and Stability of Some Mechanical Systems / 5.4：
Three-mass systems / 5.4.1：
Nonautonomous oscillator / 5.4.2：
Absolute Stability of Discrete Systems / 5.5：
References / 5.6：
Subject Index
Preface
Preliminaries / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
67.
ＥＢ
Roland Zimmermann, Monique Calisti, Marius Walliser, Thomas Hempfling
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Dordrecht : Birkhäuser Basel, 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Event Management in Supply Networks / 2：
Problem / 2.1：
Event-related Information Logistics / 2.1.1：
Supply Networks / 2.1.2：
Formal Specification of the Problem / 2.1.3：
Requirements of an Event Management Solution / 2.2：
General Requirements / 2.2.1：
Functional Requirements / 2.2.2：
Data Requirements / 2.2.3：
Implications / 2.2.4：
Potential Benefits / 2.3：
Benefits for Single Enterprises / 2.3.1：
Analysis of Supply Network Effects / 2.3.2：
Benefits for Supply Networks / 2.3.3：
Summary on Potential Benefits / 2.3.4：
Existing Approaches / 2.4：
Tracking Systems / 2.4.1：
SCEM Software / 2.4.2：
Conclusion on Existing Approaches / 2.4.3：
Information Base for Event Management / 3：
Data Model / 3.1：
Representation of the Supply Network Domain / 3.1.1：
Aggregation and Refinement of Status Data / 3.1.2：
Disruptive Event Data for Decision Support / 3.1.3：
Extendable Data Structures / 3.1.4：
Semantic Interoperability / 3.2：
Requirements for Semantic Interoperability / 3.2.1：
Ontology for Supply Network Event Management / 3.2.2：
Data Sources / 3.3：
Data Bases / 3.3.1：
Internet Sources and Web Services / 3.3.2：
Radio Frequency Identification Technologies / 3.3.3：
Event Management Functions / 4：
Information Gathering in Supply Networks / 4.1：
Trigger Events / 4.1.1：
Inter-organizational Information Gathering / 4.1.2：
Proactive and Flexible Monitoring / 4.2：
Critical Profiles / 4.2.1：
Discovery of Critical Profiles / 4.2.2：
Continuous Assessment of Critical Profiles / 4.2.3：
Analysis and Interpretation of Event Data / 4.3：
Basic Approach / 4.3.1：
Data Interpretation with Fuzzy Logic / 4.3.2：
Aggregated Order Status / 4.3.3：
Assessment of Disruptive Events / 4.3.4：
Adjustment of Milestone Plans / 4.3.5：
Distribution of Event Data / 4.4：
Alert Management Process / 4.4.1：
Alert Decision Management / 4.4.2：
Escalation Management / 4.4.3：
Selection of Recipient and Media Type / 4.4.4：
Selection of Content / 4.4.5：
Event Management Process / 4.5：
Distributed Event Management in Supply Networks / 4.5.1：
Agent-based Concept / 5：
Software Agents and Supply Network Event Management / 5.1：
Introduction to Software Agents / 5.1.1：
Benefits of Agent Technology for Event Management / 5.1.2：
Related Work in Agent Technologies / 5.1.3：
Agent Oriented Software Engineering / 5.2：
Approaches / 5.2.1：
AUML for Supply Network Event Management / 5.2.2：
Agent Society for Supply Network Event Management / 5.3：
Roles and Agent Types / 5.3.1：
Agent Interactions / 5.3.2：
Institutional Agreements / 5.3.3：
Coordination Agent / 5.4：
Structure / 5.4.1：
Behaviors / 5.4.2：
Interactions / 5.4.3：
Surveillance Agent / 5.5：
Discourse Agent / 5.5.1：
Wrapper Agent / 5.6.1：
Prototype Implementations / 5.7.1：
Generic Prototype / 6.1：
Overview / 6.1.1：
Ontology Integration / 6.1.2：
Supply Network Testbed / 6.1.3：
Simulated Enterprise Data Base / 6.2.1：
Simulator / 6.2.2：
Industry Showcase / 6.3：
Evaluation / 6.3.1：
Concept / 7.1：
Constraints to an Evaluation / 7.1.1：
Multi-dimensional Evaluation / 7.1.2：
Analytical Evaluation / 7.2：
Effects of SNEM Cycles / 7.2.1：
Costs of Event Management / 7.2.2：
Cost-Benefit-Model and Benchmarks / 7.2.3：
Supply Network Effects / 7.2.4：
Event Management with Profiles / 7.2.5：
Conclusions / 7.2.6：
Experimental Evaluation / 7.3：
Reaction Function / 7.3.1：
Experimental Results / 7.3.2：
Cost-Benefit Analysis / 7.3.3：
Showcase Evaluation / 7.3.4：
Prototype Assessment / 7.4.1：
Analysis of Follow-up Costs / 7.4.2：
Summary - Benefits and Constraints / 7.4.3：
Conclusions and Outlook / 8：
Supply Network Event Management / 8.1：
Further Research Opportunities / 8.2：
Object Chips for Supply Network Event Management / 8.2.1：
Event Management in other Domains / 8.2.2：
Integration and Acceptance Issues / 8.2.3：
Appendices
References
Introduction / 1：
Event Management in Supply Networks / 2：
Problem / 2.1：
68.
ＥＢ
Buschmann
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface 1.
Preface 2.
A view from Esteve.
Dedication and Acknowledgements.
List of Contributors.
Glossary.
Depressive Disorders. / Volume 1.：
Introductory and Basic Aspects. / 1.1：
Definition of mood disorders, impact on a global scale and unmet needs. / Luz Romero ; Ana Montero ; Bego?a Fernandez ; Jose M. VelaNeurobiology of Mood Disorders：
Causes and associations in mood disorders: genetics and pharmacogenetics. / 1.1.2：
Pathogenesis of mood disorders. / 1.1.3：
Concluding remarks. / 1.1.4：
Clinics. / References.：
Introduction. / Rosario Perez-Egea ; Victor Perez ; Dolors Puigdemont ; Enric AlvarezClinical Aspects of Depressive Disorders：
Classification. / 1.2.2：
Epidemiology. / 1.2.3：
Physiopathology. / 1.2.4：
Treatment of affective disorders. / 1.2.5：
Pharmacology. / 1.3：
Current antidepressant treatments. / Pharmacotherapy of Depression：
New strategies for antidepressant treatments. / 1.3.3：
Experimental Research. / 1.3.4：
Types of validity. / Modeling Human Depression by Animal Models：
Animal models of depression. / 1.4.3：
Some concluding remarks. / 1.4.4：
Chemistry. / 1.5：
Summary of drug classes. / Jorg Holenz ; Jose Luis Diaz ; Helmut BuschmannMarketed Drugs and Drugs in Development：
Tricyclic and tetracyclic antidepressants. / 1.5.2：
Serotonergic agents. / 1.5.3：
Noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors. / 1.5.4：
Monoamine oxidase inhibitors. / 1.5.5：
Miscellaneous agents. / 1.5.6：
Compounds launched in single countries. / 1.5.7：
New opportunities for marketed drugs. / 1.5.8：
Summary of antidepressants in development. / 1.5.9：
Schizophrenia and Other Psychoses. / 2：
Clinical diagnosis and assessment of schizophrenia. / Francesc Artigas2.1：
Course of schizophrenia. / 2.1.3：
Brain pathology in schizophrenia. / 2.1.5：
Pathogenesis and pathophysiology of schizophrenia. / 2.1.6：
Background. / Salvador Ros ; Francisco Javier Arranz2.1.7：
General semiology. / 2.2.3：
Positive symptoms in schizophrenia. / 2.2.5：
Negative symptoms in schizophrenia. / 2.2.6：
Cognitive alterations in schizophrenia. / 2.2.7：
Characteristics of cognitive deterioration in schizophrenia. / 2.2.8：
Methods to evaluate cognitive deterioration in schizophrenia. / 2.2.9：
Affective symptoms in schizophrenia. / 2.2.10：
Schizophrenia and suicide. / 2.2.11：
Onset and states. / 2.2.12：
Etiopathogeny. / 2.2.13：
Prognosis. / 2.2.14：
Schizophrenia therapy. / 2.2.15：
Antipsychotic drugs: introduction. / Analia Bortolozzi ; Llorenc Diaz-Mataix2.3：
Atypical Antipsychotics: introduction. / 2.3.2：
Other major investigational approaches. / 2.3.3：
Concluding remarks: challenges in drug discovery. / 2.3.4：
Introduct / Pau Celada ; Anna Casta?e ; Albert Adell2.4：
Preface 1.
Preface 2.
A view from Esteve.
69.
ＥＢ
Ashok K. Goel
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Preliminary Concepts and More / 1：
Interconnections for VLSI Applications / 1.1：
Metallic Interconnections - Multilevel, Multilayer and Multipath Configurations / 1.1.1：
Optical Interconnections / 1.1.2：
Superconducting Interconnections / 1.1.3：
Copper Interconnections / 1.2：
Advantages of Copper Interconnections / 1.2.1：
Challenges Posed by Copper Interconnections / 1.2.2：
Fabrication Processes for Copper Interconnections / 1.2.3：
Damascene Processing of Copper Interconnections / 1.2.4：
Method of Images / 1.3：
Method of Moments / 1.4：
Even and Odd Mode Capacitances / 1.5：
Two Coupled Conductors / 1.5.1：
Three Coupled Conductors / 1.5.2：
Transmission Line Equations / 1.6：
Miller's Theorem / 1.7：
Inverse Laplace Transformation / 1.8：
A Resistive Interconnection as a Ladder Network / 1.9：
Open Circuit Interconnection / 1.9.1：
Short Circuited Interconnection / 1.9.2：
Application of the Ladder Approximation to a Multipath Interconnection / 1.9.3：
Propagation Modes in a Microstrip Interconnection / 1.10：
Slow-Wave Mode Propagation / 1.11：
Quasi-TEM Analysis / 1.11.1：
Comparison with Experimental Results / 1.11.2：
Propagation Delays / 1.12：
Exercises
References
Parasitic Resistances, Capacitances and Inductances / 2：
Parasitic Resistances - General Considerations / 2.1：
Parasitic Capacitances - General Considerations / 2.2：
Parallel Plate Capacitance / 2.2.1：
Fringing Capacitances / 2.2.2：
Coupling Capacitances / 2.2.3：
Parasitic Inductances - General Considerations / 2.3：
Self and Mutual Inductances / 2.3.1：
Partial Inductances / 2.3.2：
Methods for Inductance Extraction / 2.3.3：
Effect of Inductances on Interconnection Delays / 2.3.4：
Approximate Formulas for Capacitances / 2.4：
Single Line on a Ground Plane / 2.4.1：
Two Lines on a Ground Plane / 2.4.2：
Three Lines on a Ground Plane / 2.4.3：
Single Plate with Finite Dimensions on a Ground Plane / 2.4.4：
The Green's Function Method - Using Method of Images / 2.5：
Green's Function Matrix for Interconnections Printed on the Substrate / 2.5.1：
Green's Function Matrix for Interconnections Embedded in the Substrate / 2.5.2：
Application of the Method of Moments / 2.5.3：
Ground and Coupling Capacitances / 2.5.4：
The Program IPCSGV / 2.5.6：
Parametric Dependence of Interconnection Capacitances / 2.5.7：
The Green's Function Method - Fourier Integral Approach / 2.6：
Green's Function for Multilevel Interconnections / 2.6.1：
Multiconductor Interconnection Capacitances / 2.6.2：
Piecewise Linear Charge Distribution Function / 2.6.3：
Calculation of Interconnection Capacitances / 2.6.4：
The Network Analogue Method / 2.7：
Representation of Subregions by Network Analogues / 2.7.1：
Diagonalized System for Single Level Interconnections / 2.7.2：
Diagonalized System for Multilevel Interconnections / 2.7.3：
Interconnection Capacitances and Inductances / 2.7.4：
The Program "ICIMPGV" / 2.7.5：
Parametric Dependence of Interconnection Inductances / 2.7.6：
Simplified Formulas for Interconnection Capacitances and Inductances on Silicon and GaAs Substrates / 2.8：
Line Capacitances and Inductances / 2.8.1：
Coupling Capacitances and Inductances / 2.8.2：
Inductance Extraction Using FastHenry / 2.9：
The Program "FastHenry" / 2.9.1：
Extraction Results Using FastHenry / 2.9.2：
Copper Interconnections - Resistance Modeling / 2.10：
Effect of Surface/Interface Scattering on the Interconnection Resistivity / 2.10.1：
Effect of Diffusion Barrier on the Interconnection Resistivity / 2.10.2：
Electrode Capacitances in a GaAs MESFET - An / 2.11：
Preface
Preliminary Concepts and More / 1：
Interconnections for VLSI Applications / 1.1：
70.
ＥＢ
Amol B. Bakshi, V. K. Prasanna Kumar, Viktor K. Prasanna, Viktor K. Prasanna
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Wiley-Interscience, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
Sensor networks and traditional distributed systems / 1.1：
Programming of distributed sensor networks / 1.2：
Layers of programming abstraction / 1.2.1：
Service-oriented specification / 1.2.1.1：
Macroprogramming / 1.2.1.2：
Node-centric programming / 1.2.1.3：
Lessons from parallel and distributed computing / 1.2.2：
Macroprogramming: What and why? / 1.3：
Contributions and outline / 1.4：
The Abstract Task Graph / 2：
Target applications and architectures / 2.1：
Key concepts / 2.2：
Data-driven computing / 2.2.1：
Program flow mechanisms / 2.2.1.1：
Why data-driven? / 2.2.1.2：
Mixed imperative-declarative specification / 2.2.2：
Syntax / 2.3：
The Structure of an ATaG program / 2.3.1：
More on task annotations / 2.3.2：
Illustrative examples / 2.3.3：
Semantics / 2.4：
Terminology / 2.4.1：
Firing rules / 2.4.2：
Task graph execution / 2.4.3：
get () and put () / 2.4.4：
Programming idioms / 2.5：
Object tracking / 2.5.1：
Interaction within local neighborhoods / 2.5.2：
In-network aggregation / 2.5.3：
Hierarchical data fusion / 2.5.4：
Event-triggered behavior instantiation / 2.5.5：
Future work / 2.6：
State-based dynamic behaviors / 2.6.1：
Resource management in the runtime system / 2.6.2：
Utility-based negotiation for task scheduling and resource allocation / 2.6.3：
Dart: The Data-Driven ATaG Runtime / 3：
Design objectives / 3.1：
Support for ATaG semantics / 3.1.1：
Platform independence / 3.1.2：
Component-based design / 3.1.3：
Ease of software synthesis / 3.1.4：
Overview / 3.2：
Components and functionalities / 3.3：
Task, data, and channel declarations / 3.3.1：
UserTask / 3.3.2：
Service / 3.3.2.1：
Interactions / 3.3.2.2：
Implementation / 3.3.2.3：
DataPool / 3.3.3：
AtagManager / 3.3.3.1：
NetworkStack / 3.3.4.1：
NetworkArchitecture / 3.3.5.1：
Dispatcher / 3.3.6.1：
Control flow / 3.3.7.1：
Startup / 3.4.1：
Illustrative example / 3.4.2：
Lazy compilation of channel annotations / 3.5：
Automatic priority assignment for task scheduling / 3.5.2：
Programming and Software Synthesis / 4：
Meta-modeling for the ATaG domain / 4.1：
Objectives / 4.2.1：
Application model / 4.2.2：
Network model / 4.2.3：
The programming interface / 4.3：
Compilation and software synthesis / 4.4：
Translating task annotations / 4.4.1：
Automatic software synthesis / 4.4.2：
The ATaG simulator / 4.4.3：
Initialization / 4.4.4：
Situatedness / 4.4.4.1：
Network interface / 4.4.4.2：
Network architecture / 4.4.4.3：
Sensor interface / 4.4.4.4：
Visualizing synthesized application behavior / 4.4.5：
Case Study: Application Development with ATaG / 5：
Overview of the use case / 5.1：
Designing the macroprograms / 5.2：
Temperature gradient monitoring / 5.2.1：
Object detection and tracking / 5.2.2：
Specifying the declarative portion / 5.3：
Imperative portion: Temperature gradient monitoring / 5.4：
Abstract data items: Temperature and fire / 5.4.1：
Abstract task: Monitor / 5.4.2：
Abstract task: Temperature sampler / 5.4.3：
Abstract task: Alarm actuator / 5.4.4：
Imperative portion: Object detection and tracking / 5.5：
Abstract data items: TargetAlert and TargetInfo / 5.5.1：
Abstract Task: SampleAndThreshold / 5.5.2：
Abstract Task: Leader / 5.5.3：
Abstract Task: Supervisor / 5.5.4：
Application Composition / 5.6：
Software Synthesis / 5.7：
Concluding Remarks / 6：
A framework for domain-specific application development / 6.1：
A framework for compilation and software synthesis / 6.2：
References
Index
Macroprogramming: What and Why?
Contributions and Outline
Key Concepts
Data Driven Computing
Why data driven?
Mixed Imperative-Declarative Specification
The Structure of an ATaG Program
More on Task Annotations
get() and put()
Utility based negotiation for task scheduling and resource allocation
Analyzing feasibility of compilation / 2.6.4：
DART:The Data Driven ATaG Runtime
Task, Data, and Channel Declarations
Abstract data items: Temperature and Fire
Abstract Task: Monitor
Abstract Task: Temperature Sampler
Abstract Task: Alarm Actuator
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1：
71.
ＥＢ
Mohamed Najim (ed), Mohame Najim, Mohamed Najim
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , London : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction
Introduction to Signals and Systems / Yannick Berthoumieu ; Eric Grivel ; Mohamed NajimChapter 1：
Signals: categories, representations and characterizations / 1.1：
Definition of continuous-time and discrete-time signals / 1.2.1：
Deterministic and random signals / 1.2.2：
Periodic signals / 1.2.3：
Mean, energy and power / 1.2.4：
Autocorrelation function / 1.2.5：
Systems / 1.3：
Properties of discrete-time systems / 1.4：
Invariant linear systems / 1.4.1：
Impulse responses and convolution products / 1.4.2：
Causality / 1.4.3：
Interconnections of discrete-time systems / 1.4.4：
Bibliography / 1.5：
Discrete System Analysis / Chapter 2：
The z-transform / 2.1：
Representations and summaries / 2.2.1：
Properties of the z-transform / 2.2.2：
Linearity / 2.2.2.1：
Advanced and delayed operators / 2.2.2.2：
Convolution / 2.2.2.3：
Changing the z-scale / 2.2.2.4：
Contrasted signal development / 2.2.2.5：
Derivation of the z-transform / 2.2.2.6：
The sum theorem / 2.2.2.7：
The final-value theorem / 2.2.2.8：
Complex conjugation / 2.2.2.9：
Parseval's theorem / 2.2.2.10：
Table of standard transform / 2.2.3：
The inverse z-transform / 2.3：
Methods of determining inverse z-transforms / 2.3.1：
Cauchy's theorem: a case of complex variables / 2.3.2.1：
Development in rational fractions / 2.3.2.2：
Development by algebraic division of polynomials / 2.3.2.3：
Transfer functions and difference equations / 2.4：
The transfer function of a continuous system / 2.4.1：
Transfer functions of discrete systems / 2.4.2：
Z-transforms of the autocorrelation and intercorrelation functions / 2.5：
Stability / 2.6：
Bounded input, bounded output (BIBO) stability / 2.6.1：
Regions of convergence / 2.6.2：
Routh's criterion / 2.6.2.1：
Jury's criterion / 2.6.2.2：
Frequential Characterization of Signals and Filters / Chapter 3：
The Fourier transform of continuous signals / 3.1：
Summary of the Fourier series decomposition of continuous signals / 3.2.1：
Decomposition of finite energy signals using an orthonormal base / 3.2.1.1：
Fourier series development of periodic signals / 3.2.1.2：
Fourier transforms and continuous signals / 3.2.2：
Representations / 3.2.2.1：
Properties / 3.2.2.2：
The duality theorem / 3.2.2.3：
The quick method of calculating the Fourier transform / 3.2.2.4：
The Wiener-Khintchine theorem / 3.2.2.5：
The Fourier transform of a Dirac comb / 3.2.2.6：
Another method of calculating the Fourier series development of a periodic signal / 3.2.2.7：
The Fourier series development and the Fourier transform / 3.2.2.8：
Applying the Fourier transform: Shannon's sampling theorem / 3.2.2.9：
The discrete Fourier transform (DFT) / 3.3：
Expressing the Fourier transform of a discrete sequence / 3.3.1：
Relations between the Laplace and Fourier z-transforms / 3.3.2：
The inverse Fourier transform / 3.3.3：
The discrete Fourier transform / 3.3.4：
The fast Fourier transform (FFT) / 3.4：
The fast Fourier transform for a time/frequency/energy representation of a non-stationary signal / 3.5：
Frequential characterization of a continuous-time system / 3.6：
First and second order filters / 3.6.1：
1st order system / 3.6.1.1：
2nd order system / 3.6.1.2：
Frequential characterization of discrete-time system / 3.7：
Amplitude and phase frequential diagrams / 3.7.1：
Application / 3.7.2：
Continuous-Time and Analog Filters / Daniel BastardChapter 4：
Different types of filters and filter specifications / 4.1：
Butterworth filters and the maximally flat approximation / 4.3：
Maximally flat functions (MFM) / 4.3.1：
A specific example of MFM functions: Butterworth polynomial filters / 4.3.2：
Amplitude-squared expression / 4.3.2.1：
Localization of poles / 4.3.2.2：
Determining the cut-off frequency at -3 dB and filter orders / 4.3.2.3：
Realization of a Butterworth filter / 4.3.2.4：
Equiripple filters and the Chebyshev approximation / 4.4：
Characteristics of the Chebyshev approximation / 4.4.1：
Type I Chebyshev filters / 4.4.2：
The Chebyshev polynomial / 4.4.2.1：
Pole determination / 4.4.2.2：
Determining the cut-off frequency at -3 dB and the filter order / 4.4.2.4：
Realization of a Chebyshev filter / 4.4.2.5：
Asymptotic behavior / 4.4.2.7：
Type II Chebyshev filter / 4.4.3：
Determining the filter order and the cut-off frequency / 4.4.3.1：
Elliptic filters: the Cauer approximation / 4.4.3.2：
Summary of four types of low-pass filter: Butterworth, Chebyshev type I, Chebyshev type II and Cauer / 4.6：
Linear phase filters (maximally flat delay or MFD): Bessel and Thomson filters / 4.7：
Reminders on continuous linear phase filters / 4.7.1：
Properties of Bessel-Thomson filters / 4.7.2：
Bessel and Bessel-Thomson filters / 4.7.3：
Papoulis filters (optimum (O[subscript n])) / 4.8：
General characteristics / 4.8.1：
Determining the poles of the transfer function / 4.8.2：
Finite Impulse Response Filters / 4.9：
Introduction to finite impulse response filters / 5.1：
Difference equations and FIR filters / 5.1.1：
Linear phase FIR filters / 5.1.2：
Representation / 5.1.2.1：
Different forms of FIR linear phase filters / 5.1.2.2：
Position of zeros in FIR filters / 5.1.2.3：
Summary of the properties of FIR filters / 5.1.3：
Synthesizing FIR filters using frequential specifications / 5.2：
Windows / 5.2.1：
Synthesizing FIR filters using the windowing method / 5.2.2：
Low-pass filters / 5.2.2.1：
High-pass filters / 5.2.2.2：
Optimal approach of equal ripple in the stop-band and passband / 5.3：
Infinite Impulse Response Filters / 5.4：
Introduction to infinite impulse response filters / 6.1：
Examples of IIR filters / 6.1.1：
Zero-loss and all-pass filters / 6.1.2：
Minimum-phase filters / 6.1.3：
Problem / 6.1.3.1：
Stabilizing inverse filters / 6.1.3.2：
Synthesizing IIR filters / 6.2：
Impulse invariance method for analog to digital filter conversion / 6.2.1：
The invariance method of the indicial response / 6.2.2：
Bilinear transformations / 6.2.3：
Frequency transformations for filter synthesis using low-pass filters / 6.2.4：
Structures of FIR and IIR Filters / 6.3：
Structure of FIR filters / 7.1：
Structure of IIR filters / 7.3：
Direct structures / 7.3.1：
The cascade structure / 7.3.2：
Parallel structures / 7.3.3：
Realizing finite precision filters / 7.4：
Examples of FIR filters / 7.4.1：
IIR filters / 7.4.3：
The influence of quantification on filter stability / 7.4.3.1：
Introduction to scale factors / 7.4.3.3：
Decomposing the transfer function into first- and second-order cells / 7.4.3.4：
Two-Dimensional Linear Filtering / Philippe Bolon7.5：
Continuous models / 8.1：
Representation of 2-D signals / 8.2.1：
Analog filtering / 8.2.2：
Discrete models / 8.3：
2-D sampling / 8.3.1：
The aliasing phenomenon and Shannon's theorem / 8.3.2：
Reconstruction by linear filtering (Shannon's theorem) / 8.3.2.1：
Aliasing effect / 8.3.2.2：
Filtering in the spatial domain / 8.4：
2-D discrete convolution / 8.4.1：
Separable filters / 8.4.2：
Separable recursive filtering / 8.4.3：
Processing of side effects / 8.4.4：
Prolonging the image by pixels of null intensity / 8.4.4.1：
Prolonging by duplicating the border pixels / 8.4.4.2：
Other approaches / 8.4.4.3：
Filtering in the frequency domain / 8.5：
2-D discrete Fourier transform (DFT) / 8.5.1：
The circular convolution effect / 8.5.2：
Two-Dimensional Finite Impulse Response Filter Design / 8.6：
Introduction to 2-D FIR filters / 9.1：
Synthesizing with the two-dimensional windowing method / 9.3：
Principles of method / 9.3.1：
Theoretical 2-D frequency shape / 9.3.2：
Rectangular frequency shape / 9.3.2.1：
Circular shape / 9.3.2.2：
Digital 2-D filter design by windowing / 9.3.3：
Applying filters based on rectangular and circular shapes / 9.3.4：
2-D Gaussian filters / 9.3.5：
1-D and 2-D representations in a continuous space / 9.3.6：
2-D specifications / 9.3.6.1：
Approximation for FIR filters / 9.3.7：
Truncation of the Gaussian profile / 9.3.7.1：
Rectangular windows and convolution / 9.3.7.2：
An example based on exploiting a modulated Gaussian filter / 9.3.8：
Appendix: spatial window functions and their implementation / 9.4：
Filter Stability / Michel Barret9.5：
The Schur-Cohn criterion / 10.1：
Appendix: resultant of two polynomials / 10.3：
The Two-Dimensional Domain / 10.4：
Recursive filters / 11.1：
Transfer functions / 11.1.1：
The 2-D z-transform / 11.1.2：
Stability, causality and semi-causality / 11.1.3：
Stability criteria / 11.2：
Causal filters / 11.2.1：
Semi-causal filters / 11.2.2：
Algorithms used in stability tests / 11.3：
The jury Table / 11.3.1：
Algorithms based on calculating the Bezout resultant / 11.3.2：
First algorithm / 11.3.2.1：
Second algorithm / 11.3.2.2：
Algorithms and rounding-off errors / 11.3.3：
Linear predictive coding / 11.4：
Appendix A: demonstration of the Schur-Cohn criterion / 11.5：
Appendix B: optimum 2-D stability criteria / 11.6：
List of Authors / 11.7：
Index
Introduction
Introduction to Signals and Systems / Yannick Berthoumieu ; Eric Grivel ; Mohamed NajimChapter 1：
Signals: categories, representations and characterizations / 1.1：
72.
ＥＢ
Ralf Küsters
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2001
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Description Logics / 2：
History / 2.1：
Syntax and Semantics of Description Logics / 2.2：
Concept Descriptions / 2.2.1：
Terminologies (TBoxes) / 2.2.2：
World Descriptions (ABoxes) / 2.2.3：
Standard Inferences / 2.3：
Decision Algorithms / 2.4：
Non-Standard Inferences / 3：
LCS and MSC / 3.1：
Definition of LCS and MSC / 3.1.1：
Applications of LCS and MSC / 3.1.2：
Previous Results / 3.1.3：
New Results / 3.1.4：
Matching / 3.2：
Definition of Matching Problems / 3.2.1：
Applications of Matching / 3.2.2：
Solutions of Matching Problems / 3.2.3：
The Underlying Techniques / 3.2.4：
Other Non-Standard Inferences / 3.4：
Characterizing Subsumption / 4：
Subsumption in ALNS / 4.1：
A Graph-Based Characterization of Subsumption / 4.1.1：
A Description-Based Characterization of Subsumption / 4.1.2：
Subsumption in ALE / 4.2：
A Tree-Based Characterization of Subsumption / 4.3.1：
LCS for ALNS-Concept Descriptions / 4.3.2：
The LCS in ALNS / 5.1.1：
The LCS in LS / 5.1.2：
LCS for ALE-Concept Descriptions / 5.2：
Matching in ALNS / 6：
Deciding the Solvability of Matching Problems / 6.1.1：
Computing Minimal i-Complete Sets / 6.1.2：
Computing Minimal d-Complete Sets / 6.1.3：
Deciding the Solvability of Matching / 6.2：
Matching in ALE / 6.2.2：
Matching in EL / 6.3.1：
Equivalence of ALE-Concept Descriptions / 6.3.2：
Deciding the Solvability of Matching in FLE / 6.3.3：
Deciding the Solvability of Matching in ALE / 6.3.4：
Computing i-Minimal Matchers in ALE / 6.3.5：
Computing d-Minimal Matchers in ALE / 6.3.6：
Conclusion / 7：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Description Logics / 2：
History / 2.1：
73.
図書
Noboru Ono
目次情報:
続きを見る
Series Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Abbreviations
Introduction / 1.：
Preparation of Nitro Compounds / 2.：
Nitration of Hydrocarbons / 2.1：
Aromatic Compounds / 2.1.1：
Alkanes / 2.1.2：
Activated C-H Compounds / 2.1.3：
Alkenes / 2.1.4：
Synthesis of [alpha]-Nitro Ketones / 2.1.5：
Nitration of Alkyl Halides / 2.1.6：
Synthesis of Nitro Compounds by Oxidation / 2.2：
Oxidation of Amines / 2.2.1：
Oxidation of Oximes / 2.2.2：
The Nitro-Aldol (Henry) Reaction / 3.：
Preparation of [beta]-Nitro Alcohols / 3.1：
Derivatives from [beta]-Nitro Alcohols / 3.2：
Nitroalkenes / 3.2.1：
Nitroalkanes / 3.2.2：
[alpha]-Nitro Ketones / 3.2.3：
[beta]-Amino Alcohols / 3.2.4：
Nitro Sugars and Amino Sugars / 3.2.5：
Stereoselective Henry Reactions and Applications to Organic Synthesis / 3.3：
Michael Addition / 4.：
Addition to Nitroalkenes / 4.1：
Conjugate Addition of Heteroatom-Centered Nucleophiles / 4.1.1：
Conjugate Addition of Heteroatom Nucleophiles and Subsequent Nef Reaction / 4.1.2：
Conjugate Addition of Carbon-Centered Nucleophiles / 4.1.3：
Addition and Elimination Reaction of [beta]-Heterosubstituted Nitroalkenes / 4.2：
Michael Addition of Nitroalkanes / 4.3：
Intermolecular Addition / 4.3.1：
Intramolecular Addition / 4.3.2：
Asymmetric Michael Addition / 4.4：
Chiral Alkenes and Chiral Nitro Compounds / 4.4.1：
Chiral Catalysts / 4.4.2：
Alkylation, Acylation, and Halogenation of Nitro Compounds / 5.：
Alkylation of Nitro Compounds / 5.1：
Acylation of Nitroalkanes / 5.2：
Ring Cleavage of Cyclic [alpha]-Nitro Ketones (Retro-Acylation) / 5.3：
Alkylation of Nitro Compounds via Alkyl Radicals / 5.4：
Alkylation of Nitro Compounds Using Transition Metal Catalysis / 5.5：
Butadiene Telomerization / 5.5.1：
Pd-Catalyzed Allylic C-Alkylation of Nitro Compounds / 5.5.2：
Arylation of Nitro Compounds / 5.6：
Introduction of Heteroatoms to Nitroalkanes / 5.7：
Conversion of Nitro Compounds into Other Compounds / 6.：
Nef Reaction (Aldehydes, Ketones, and Carboxylic Acids) / 6.1：
Treatment With Acid (Classical Procedure) / 6.1.1：
Oxidative Method / 6.1.2：
Reductive Method / 6.1.3：
Direct Conversion of Nitroalkenes to Carbonyl Compounds / 6.1.4：
Nitrile Oxides and Nitriles / 6.2：
Reduction of Nitro Compounds into Amines / 6.3：
Ar-NH[subscript 2] From Ar-NO[subscript 2] / 6.3.1：
R-NH[subscript 2] From R-NO[subscript 2] / 6.3.2：
Oximes, Hydroxylamines, and Other Nitrogen Derivatives / 6.3.3：
Substitution and Elimination of NO[subscript 2] in R-NO[subscript 2] / 7.：
R-Nu from R-NO[subscript 2] / 7.1：
Radical Reactions (S[subscript RN]1) / 7.1.1：
Ionic Process / 7.1.2：
Intramolecular Nucleophilic Substitution Reaction / 7.1.3：
Allylic Rearrangement / 7.1.4：
R-H from R-NO[subscript 2] / 7.2：
Radical Denitration / 7.2.1：
Ionic Denitration / 7.2.2：
Alkenes from R-NO[subscript 2] / 7.3：
Radical Elimination / 7.3.1：
Ionic Elimination of Nitro Compounds / 7.3.2：
Cycloaddition Chemistry of Nitro Compounds / 8.：
Diels-Alder Reactions / 8.1：
Nitroalkenes Using Dienophiles / 8.1.1：
Asymmetric Diels-Alder Reaction / 8.1.2：
1,3-Dipolar Cycloaddition / 8.2：
Nitrones / 8.2.1：
Nitrile Oxides / 8.2.2：
Nitronates / 8.2.3：
Nitroalkenes as Heterodienes in Tandem [4+2]/[3+2] Cycloaddition / 8.3：
Nitroalkenes as Heterodienes / 8.3.1：
Tandem [4+2]/[3+2] Cycloaddition of Nitroalkenes / 8.3.2：
Nucleophilic Aromatic Displacement / 9.：
S[subscript N]Ar / 9.1：
Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution of Hydrogen (NASH) / 9.2：
Carbon Nucleophiles / 9.2.1：
Nitrogen and Other Heteroatom Nucleophiles / 9.2.2：
Applications to Synthesis of Heterocyclic Compounds / 9.2.3：
Synthesis of Heterocyclic Compounds / 10.：
Pyrroles / 10.1：
Synthesis of Indoles / 10.2：
Synthesis of Other Nitrogen Heterocycles / 10.3：
Three-Membered Ring / 10.3.1：
Five- and Six-Membered Saturated Rings / 10.3.2：
Miscellaneous / 10.3.3：
Index
Series Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
74.
図書
F. Grossmann
目次情報:
続きを見る
Prerequisites / Part I：
A Short Introduction to Laser Physics / 1：
The Einstein Coefficients / 1.1：
Fundamentals of the Laser / 1.2：
Elementary Laser Theory / 1.2.1：
Realization of the Laser Principle / 1.2.2：
Pulsed Lasers / 1.3：
Frequency Comb / 1.3.1：
Carrier Envelope Phase / 1.3.2：
Husimi Representation of Laser Pulses / 1.3.3：
Some Gaussian Integrals / 1.A：
References
Time-Dependent Quantum Theory / 2：
The Time-Dependent Schrodinger Equation / 2.1：
Introduction / 2.1.1：
Time-Evolution Operator / 2.1.2：
Spectral Information / 2.1.3：
Analytical Solutions for Wavepackets / 2.1.4：
Analytical Approaches / 2.2：
Feynman's Path Integral / 2.2.1：
Semiclassical Approximation / 2.2.2：
Time-Dependent Perturbation Theory / 2.2.3：
Magnus Expansion / 2.2.4：
Time-Dependent Hartree Method / 2.2.5：
Quantum-Classical Methods / 2.2.6：
Floquet Theory / 2.2.7：
Numerical Methods / 2.3：
Orthogonal Basis Expansion / 2.3.1：
Split-Operator FFT Method / 2.3.2：
Alternative Methods of Time-Evolution / 2.3.3：
Semiclassical Initial Value Representations / 2.3.4：
The Royal Road to the Path Integral / 2.A：
Variational Calculus / 2.B：
Stability Matrix / 2.C：
From the HK- to the VVG-Propagator / 2.D：
Applications / Part II：
Field Matter Coupling and Two-Level Systems / 3：
Light Matter Interaction / 3.1：
Minimal Coupling / 3.1.1：
Length Gauge / 3.1.2：
Kramers-Henneberger Transformation / 3.1.3：
Volkov Wavepacket / 3.1.4：
Analytically Solvable Two-Level Problems / 3.2：
Dipole Matrix Element / 3.2.1：
Rabi Oscillations Induced by a Constant Perturbation / 3.2.2：
Time-Dependent Perturbations / 3.2.3：
Exactly Solvable Time-Dependent Cases / 3.2.4：
Generalized Parity Transformation / 3.A：
Two-Level System in an Incoherent Field / 3.B：
Single Electron Atoms in Strong Laser Fields / 4：
The Hydrogen Atom / 4.1：
Hydrogen in Three Dimensions / 4.1.1：
The One-Dimensional Coulomb Problem / 4.1.2：
Field Induced Ionization / 4.2：
Tunnel Ionization / 4.2.1：
Multiphoton Ionization / 4.2.2：
ATI in the Coulomb Potential / 4.2.3：
Stabilization in Very Strong Fields / 4.2.4：
Atoms Driven by HCP / 4.2.5：
High Harmonic Generation / 4.3：
Three-Step Model / 4.3.1：
Odd Harmonics Rule / 4.3.2：
Semiclassical Explanation of the Plateau / 4.3.3：
Cutoff and Odd Harmonics Revisited / 4.3.4：
More on Atomic Units / 4.A：
Molecules in Strong Laser Fields / 5：
The Molecular Ion H[superscript + subscript 2] / 5.1：
Electronic Potential Energy Surfaces / 5.1.1：
The Morse Potential / 5.1.2：
H[superscript + subscript 2] in a Laser Field / 5.2：
Frozen Nuclei / 5.2.1：
Nuclei in Motion / 5.2.2：
Adiabatic and Nonadiabatic Nuclear Dynamics / 5.3：
Born-Oppenheimer Approximation / 5.3.1：
Dissociation in a Morse Potential / 5.3.2：
Coupled Potential Surfaces / 5.3.3：
Femtosecond Spectroscopy / 5.3.4：
Control of Molecular Dynamics / 5.4：
Control of Tunneling / 5.4.1：
Control of Population Transfer / 5.4.2：
Optimal Control Theory / 5.4.3：
Genetic Algorithms / 5.4.4：
Toward Quantum Computing with Molecules / 5.4.5：
Relative and Center of Mass Coordinates for H[superscript + subscript 2] / 5.A：
Perturbation Theory for Two Coupled Surfaces / 5.B：
Reflection Principle of Photodissociation / 5.C：
The Undriven Double Well Problem / 5.D：
The Quantum Mechanical Adiabatic Theorem / 5.E：
Index
Prerequisites / Part I：
A Short Introduction to Laser Physics / 1：
The Einstein Coefficients / 1.1：
75.
図書
Nam-Trung Nguyen, Steven T. Wereley
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1：
Microfluidics--The Emerging Technology / 1.1：
What Is Microfluidics? / 1.1.1：
Commercial Aspects / 1.1.2：
Scientific Aspects / 1.1.3：
Milestones of Microfluidics / 1.2：
Device Development / 1.2.1：
Technology Development / 1.2.2：
Organization of the Book / 1.3：
References
Fluid Mechanics Theory / Chapter 2：
Intermolecular Forces / 2.1：
The Three States of Matter / 2.1.2：
Continuum Assumption / 2.1.3：
Continuum Fluid Mechanics at Small Scales / 2.2：
Gas Flows / 2.2.1：
Liquid Flows / 2.2.2：
Boundary Conditions / 2.2.3：
Parallel Flows / 2.2.4：
Low Reynolds Number Flows / 2.2.5：
Entrance Effects / 2.2.6：
Surface Tension / 2.2.7：
Molecular Approaches / 2.3：
MD / 2.3.1：
DSMC Technique / 2.3.2：
Electrokinetics / 2.4：
Electro-Osmosis / 2.4.1：
Electrophoresis / 2.4.2：
Dielectrophoresis / 2.4.3：
Conclusion / 2.5：
Problems
Fabrication Techniques for Microfluidics / Chapter 3：
Basic Microtechniques / 3.1：
Photolithography / 3.1.1：
Additive Techniques / 3.1.2：
Subtractive Techniques / 3.1.3：
Pattern Transfer Techniques / 3.1.4：
Silicon-Based Micromachining Techniques / 3.2：
Silicon Bulk Micromachining / 3.2.1：
Silicon Surface Micromachining / 3.2.2：
Polymer-Based Micromachining Techniques / 3.3：
Thick Resist Lithography / 3.3.1：
Polymeric Surface Micromachining / 3.3.2：
Soft Lithography / 3.3.3：
Microstereo Lithography / 3.3.4：
Micromolding / 3.3.5：
Other Micromachining Techniques / 3.4：
Assembly and Packaging of Microfluidic Devices / 3.4.1：
Wafer Level Assembly and Packaging / 3.5.1：
Device Level Packaging / 3.5.2：
Biocompatibility / 3.6：
Material Response / 3.6.1：
Tissue and Cellular Response / 3.6.2：
Biocompatibility Tests / 3.6.3：
Experimental Flow Characterization / Chapter 4：
Pointwise Methods / 4.1：
Full-Field Methods / 4.1.2：
Overview of Micro-PIV / 4.2：
Fundamental Physics Considerations of Micro-PIV / 4.2.1：
Special Processing Methods for Micro-PIV Recordings / 4.2.2：
Advanced Processing Methods Suitable for Both Micro/Macro-PIV Recordings / 4.2.3：
Micro-PIV Examples / 4.3：
Flow in a Microchannel / 4.3.1：
Flow in a Micronozzle / 4.3.2：
Flow Around a Blood Cell / 4.3.3：
Flow in Microfluidic Biochip / 4.3.4：
Conclusions / 4.3.5：
Extensions of the Micro-PIV technique / 4.4：
Microfluidic Nanoscope / 4.4.1：
Microparticle Image Thermometry / 4.4.2：
Infrared Micro-PIV / 4.4.3：
Particle Tracking Velocimetry / 4.4.4：
Microfluidics for External Flow Control / Chapter 5：
Velocity and Turbulence Measurement / 5.1：
Velocity Sensors / 5.1.1：
Shear Stress Sensors / 5.1.2：
Turbulence Control / 5.2：
Microflaps / 5.2.1：
Microballoon / 5.2.2：
Microsynthetic Jet / 5.2.3：
Microair Vehicles / 5.3：
Fixed-Wing MAV / 5.3.1：
Flapping-Wing MAV / 5.3.2：
Microrotorcraft / 5.3.3：
Microrockets / 5.3.4：
Microfluidics for Internal Flow Control: Microvalves / Chapter 6：
Design Considerations / 6.1：
Actuators / 6.1.1：
Valve Spring / 6.1.2：
Valve Seat / 6.1.3：
Pressure Compensation Design / 6.1.4：
Pneumatic Valves / 6.2：
Pneumatic Actuators / 6.2.1：
Design Examples / 6.2.2：
Thermopneumatic Valves / 6.3：
Thermopneumatic Actuators / 6.3.1：
Thermomechanical Valves / 6.3.2：
Solid-Expansion Valves / 6.4.1：
Bimetallic Valves / 6.4.2：
Shape-Memory Alloy Valves / 6.4.3：
Piezoelectric Valves / 6.5：
Piezoelectric Actuators / 6.5.1：
Electrostatic Valves / 6.5.2：
Electrostatic Actuators / 6.6.1：
Electromagnetic Valves / 6.6.2：
Electromagnetic Actuators / 6.7.1：
Electrochemical Valves / 6.7.2：
Capillary-Force Valves / 6.9：
Capillary-Force Actuators / 6.9.1：
Microfluidics for Internal Flow Control: Micropumps / 6.9.2：
Mechanical Pumps / 7.1：
Check-Valve Pumps / 7.1.1：
Peristaltic Pumps / 7.1.3：
Valveless Rectification Pumps / 7.1.4：
Rotary Pumps / 7.1.5：
Centrifugal Pumps / 7.1.6：
Ultrasonic Pumps / 7.1.7：
Nonmechanical Pumps / 7.2：
Electrical Pumps / 7.2.1：
Surface Tension Driven Pumps / 7.2.2：
Chemical Pumps / 7.2.3：
Magnetic Pumps / 7.2.4：
Scaling Law for Micropumps / 7.3：
Microfluidics for Internal Flow Control: Microflow Sensors / Chapter 8：
Nonthermal Flow Sensors / 8.1：
Differential Pressure Flow Sensors / 8.1.1：
Drag Force Flow Sensors / 8.1.2：
Lift Force Flow Sensors / 8.1.3：
Coriolis Flow Sensors / 8.1.4：
Electrohydrodynamic Flow Sensors / 8.1.5：
Thermal Flow Sensors / 8.2：
Thermoresistive Flow Sensors / 8.2.1：
Thermocapacitive Flow Sensors / 8.2.3：
Thermoelectric Flow Sensors / 8.2.4：
Thermoelectronic Flow Sensors / 8.2.5：
Pyroelectric Flow Sensors / 8.2.6：
Frequency Analog Sensors / 8.2.7：
Microfluidics for Life Sciences and Chemistry / Chapter 9：
Microfilters / 9.1：
Microneedles / 9.1.1：
Micromixers / 9.2.1：
Microreactors / 9.3.1：
Microdispensers / 9.4.1：
Microseparators / 9.5.1：
Gas Chromatography / 9.6.1：
Liquid Chromatography / 9.6.3：
List of Symbols / 9.6.4：
Resources for Microfluidics Research / Appendix B：
Abbreviations of Different Plastics / Appendix C：
Linear Elastic Deflection Models / Appendix D：
About the Authors
Index
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1：
76.
図書
Robert B. Grossman
出版情報:
New York : Springer, c2003 xvi, 355 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface to the Student
Preface to the Instructor
The Basics / 1：
Structure and Stability of Organic Compounds / 1.1：
Conventions of Drawing Structures; Grossman's Rule / 1.1.1：
Lewis Structures; Resonance Structures / 1.1.2：
Molecular Shape; Hybridization / 1.1.3：
Aromaticity / 1.1.4：
Bronsted Acidity and Basicity / 1.2：
pK[subscript a] Values / 1.2.1：
Tautomerism / 1.2.2：
Kinetics and Thermodynamics / 1.3：
Getting Started in Drawing a Mechanism / 1.4：
Classes of Overall Transformations / 1.5：
Classes of Mechanisms / 1.6：
Polar Mechanisms / 1.6.1：
Free-Radical Mechanisms / 1.6.2：
Pericyclic Mechanisms / 1.6.3：
Transition-Metal-Catalyzed and -Mediated Mechanisms / 1.6.4：
Summary / 1.7：
Problems
Polar Reactions under Basic Conditions / 2：
Substitution and Elimination at C(sp[superscript 3])-X [sigma] Bonds, Part I / 2.1：
Substitution by the S[subscript N]2 Mechanism / 2.1.1：
[beta]-Elimination by the E2 and Elcb Mechanisms / 2.1.2：
Predicting Substitution vs. Elimination / 2.1.3：
Addition of Nucleophiles to Electrophilic [pi] Bonds / 2.2：
Addition to Carbonyl Compounds / 2.2.1：
Conjugate Addition; The Michael Reaction / 2.2.2：
Substitution at C(sp[superscript 2])-X [sigma] Bonds / 2.3：
Substitution at Carbonyl C / 2.3.1：
Substitution at Alkenyl and Aryl C / 2.3.2：
Metal Insertion; Halogen-Metal Exchange / 2.3.3：
Substitution and Elimination at C(sp[superscript 3])-X [sigma] Bonds, Part II / 2.4：
Substitution by the S[subscript RN]1 Mechanism / 2.4.1：
Substitution by the Elimination-Addition Mechanism / 2.4.2：
Substitution by the One-Electron Transfer Mechanism / 2.4.3：
[alpha]-Elimination; Generation and Reactions of Carbenes / 2.4.4：
Base-Promoted Rearrangements / 2.5：
Migration from C to C / 2.5.1：
Migration from C to O or N / 2.5.2：
Migration from B to C or O / 2.5.3：
Two Multistep Reactions / 2.6：
The Swern Oxidation / 2.6.1：
The Mitsunobu Reaction / 2.6.2：
Polar Reactions Under Acidic Conditions / 2.7：
Carbocations / 3.1：
Carbocation Stability / 3.1.1：
Carbocation Generation; The Role of Protonation / 3.1.2：
Typical Reactions of Carbocations; Rearrangements / 3.1.3：
Substitution and [beta]-Elimination Reactions at C(sp[superscript 3])-X / 3.2：
Substitution by the S[subscript N]1 and S[subscript N]2 Mechanisms / 3.2.1：
[beta]-Elimination by the E1 Mechanism / 3.2.2：
Electrophilic Addition to Nucleophilic C=C [pi] Bonds / 3.2.3：
Substitution at Nucleophilic C=C [pi] Bonds / 3.4：
Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution / 3.4.1：
Aromatic Substitution of Anilines via Diazonium Salts / 3.4.2：
Electrophilic Aliphatic Substitution / 3.4.3：
Nucleophilic Addition to and Substitution at Electrophilic [pi] Bonds / 3.5：
Heteroatom Nucleophiles / 3.5.1：
Carbon Nucleophiles / 3.5.2：
Pericyclic Reactions / 3.6：
Introduction / 4.1：
Classes of Pericyclic Reactions / 4.1.1：
Polyene MOs / 4.1.2：
Electrocyclic Reactions / 4.2：
Typical Reactions / 4.2.1：
Stereospecificity / 4.2.2：
Stereoselectivity / 4.2.3：
Cycloadditions / 4.3：
Regioselectivity / 4.3.1：
Sigmatropic Rearrangements / 4.3.3：
Ene Reactions / 4.4.1：
Free-Radical Reactions / 4.6：
Free Radicals / 5.1：
Stability / 5.1.1：
Generation from Closed-Shell Species / 5.1.2：
Chain vs. Nonchain Mechanisms / 5.1.3：
Chain Free-Radical Reactions / 5.2：
Substitution Reactions / 5.2.1：
Addition and Fragmentation Reactions / 5.2.2：
Nonchain Free-Radical Reactions / 5.3：
Photochemical Reactions / 5.3.1：
Reductions and Oxidations with Metals / 5.3.2：
Cycloaromatizations / 5.3.3：
Miscellaneous Radical Reactions / 5.4：
1,2-Anionic Rearrangements; Lone-Pair Inversion / 5.4.1：
Triplet Carbenes and Nitrenes / 5.4.2：
Transition-Metal-Mediated and -Catalyzed Reactions / 5.5：
Introduction to the Chemistry of Transition Metals / 6.1：
Conventions of Drawing Structures / 6.1.1：
Counting Electrons / 6.1.2：
Stoichiometric vs. Catalytic Mechanisms / 6.1.3：
Addition Reactions / 6.2：
Late-Metal-Catalyzed Hydrogenation and Hydrometallation (Pd, Pt, Rh) / 6.2.1：
Hydroformylation (Co, Rh) / 6.2.2：
Hydrozirconation (Zr) / 6.2.3：
Alkene Polymerization (Ti, Zr, Sc, and others) / 6.2.4：
Cyclopropanation, Epoxidation, and Aziridination of Alkenes (Cu, Rh, Mn, Ti) / 6.2.5：
Dihydroxylation and Aminohydroxylation of Alkenes (Os) / 6.2.6：
Nucleophilic Addition to Alkenes and Alkynes (Hg, Pd) / 6.2.7：
Conjugate Addition Reactions (Cu) / 6.2.8：
Reductive Coupling Reactions (Ti, Zr) / 6.2.9：
Pauson-Khand Reaction (Co) / 6.2.10：
Dotz Reaction (Cr) / 6.2.11：
Metal-Catalyzed Cycloaddition and Cyclotrimerization (Co, Ni, Rh) / 6.2.12：
Hydrogenolysis (Pd) / 6.3：
Carbonylation of Alkyl Halides (Pd, Rh) / 6.3.2：
Heck Reaction (Pd) / 6.3.3：
Coupling Reactions Between Nucleophiles and C(sp[superscript 2])-X: Kumada, Stille, Suzuki, Negishi, Buchwald-Hartwig, Sonogashira, and Ullmann Reactions (Ni, Pd, Cu) / 6.3.4：
Allylic Substitution (Pd) / 6.3.5：
Pd-Catalyzed Nucleophilic Substitution of Alkenes; Wacker Oxidation / 6.3.6：
Tebbe Reaction (Ti) / 6.3.7：
Propargyl Substitution in Co-Alkyne Complexes / 6.3.8：
Rearrangement Reactions / 6.4：
Alkene Isomerization (Rh) / 6.4.1：
Olefin and Alkyne Metathesis (Ru, W, Mo, Ti) / 6.4.2：
Elimination Reactions / 6.5：
Oxidation of Alcohols (Cr, Ru) / 6.5.1：
Decarbonylation of Aldehydes (Rh) / 6.5.2：
Mixed-Mechanism Problems / 6.6：
A Final Word
Index
Preface to the Student
Preface to the Instructor
The Basics / 1：
77.
図書
issued by International Institute of Refrigeration ; [editor, Kostadin Fikiin] = edité par Institut International du Froid
78.
ＥＢ
J. G. Speight, James G. Speight
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2005
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Petroleum Technology / Part I：
Definitions, and Terminology / Chapter 1：
Definitions and Terminology / Chapter 2：
Composition and Properties
Refinery Products and By-Products / 1.1：
The Environment
Refinery wastes / Chapter 4：
Petroleum / Part II：
Environmental Technology and Analysis
Environmental Regulations / 1.3：
Classification
Sample Collection and Preparation / Chapter 6：
Chemical Composition / Chapter 7：
Analytical methods
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons / 1.3.2：
Correlation Index
Analysis of Gaseous Emissions / Chapter 9：
Density / Chapter 10：
Analysis of Liquid Effluents
Analysis of Solid Effluents / 1.3.4：
Carbon Distribution
Pollution Prevention / Chapter 12：
Glossary
Viscosity-Gravity Constant
Index
UOP Characterization Factor / 1.3.6：
Petroleum Products / 1.4：
Boiling Range / 1.4.1：
Environmental Behavior / 1.4.2：
Refinery Waste / 1.5：
Chemical Characteristics / 1.5.1：
References / 1.5.2：
Composition / 2.1：
Elemental Composition / 2.1.1：
Composition by Volatility / 2.1.2：
Composition by Fractionation / 2.1.4：
Properties / 2.2：
Density and Specific Gravity / 2.2.1：
Elemental (Ultimate) Analysis / 2.2.2：
Fractionation by Chromatography / 2.2.3：
Liquefaction and Solidification / 2.2.4：
Metals Content / 2.2.5：
Spectroscopic Properties / 2.2.6：
Surface and Interfacial Tension / 2.2.7：
Viscosity / 2.2.8：
Volatility / 2.2.9：
Refinery Products / 3.1：
Liquefied Petroleum Gas / 3.1.1：
Naphtha, Gasoline, and Solvents / 3.1.2：
Kerosene and Diesel Fuel / 3.1.3：
Fuel Oil / 3.1.4：
Lubricating Oil / 3.1.5：
White Oil, Insulating Oil, and Insecticides / 3.1.6：
Grease / 3.1.7：
Wax / 3.1.8：
Asphalt / 3.1.9：
Coke / 3.1.10：
Petrochemicals / 3.2：
Refinery Chemicals / 3.3：
Alkalis / 3.3.1：
Acids / 3.3.2：
Catalysts / 3.3.3：
Refinery Wastes
Process Wastes / 4.1：
Desalting / 4.1.1：
Distillation / 4.1.2：
Visbreaking and Coking / 4.1.3：
Fluid Catalytic Cracking / 4.1.4：
Hydrocracking and Hydrotreating / 4.1.5：
Alkylation and Polymerization / 4.1.6：
Catalytic Reforming / 4.1.7：
Isomerization / 4.1.8：
Deasphalting and Dewaxing / 4.1.9：
Entry into the Environment / 4.2：
Storage and Handling of Petroleum Products / 4.2.1：
Release into the Environment / 4.2.2：
Toxicity / 4.3：
Lower-Boiling Constituents / 4.3.1：
Higher-Boiling Constituents / 4.3.2：
Wastewater / 4.3.3：
Environmental Impact of Refining / 5.1：
Air Pollution / 5.1.1：
Water Pollution / 5.1.2：
Soil Pollution / 5.1.3：
Environmental Regulations in the United States / 5.2：
Clean Air Act / 5.2.1：
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act / 5.2.2：
Clean Water Act / 5.2.3：
Safe Drinking Water Act / 5.2.4：
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act / 5.2.5：
Oil Pollution Act / 5.2.6：
Occupational Safety and Health Act / 5.2.7：
Toxic Substances Control Act / 5.2.8：
Hazardous Materials Transportation Act / 5.2.9：
Refinery Outlook / 5.3：
Hazardous Waste Regulations / 5.3.1：
Regulatory Background / 5.3.2：
Requirements / 5.3.3：
Management of Refinery Waste / 5.4：
Petroleum Chemicals / 6.1：
Sample Collection / 6.2：
Extract Concentration / 6.2.2：
Sample Cleanup / 6.2.3：
Measurement / 6.3：
Accuracy / 6.4：
Precision / 6.5：
Method Validation / 6.6：
Quality Control and Quality Assurance / 6.7：
Quality Control / 6.7.1：
Quality Assurance / 6.7.2：
Method Detection Limit / 6.8：
Analytical Methods
Leachability and Toxicity / 7.1：
Gas Chromatographic Methods / 7.2：
Infrared Spectroscopy Methods / 7.2.2：
Gravimetric Methods / 7.2.3：
Immunoassay Methods / 7.2.4：
Petroleum Group Analysis / 7.3：
Thin-Layer Chromatography / 7.3.1：
Immunoassay / 7.3.2：
Gas Chromatography / 7.3.3：
High-Performance Liquid Chromatography / 7.3.4：
Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry / 7.3.5：
Petroleum Fractions / 7.4：
Petroleum Constituents / 8.1：
Environmental Samples / 8.2：
Biological Samples / 8.2.2：
Semivolatile and Nonvolatile Hydrocarbons / 8.2.3：
Assessment of the Methods / 8.3：
Analysis of Gaseous Effluents
Gaseous Products / 9.1：
Natural Gas / 9.1.1：
Refinery Gas / 9.1.3：
Sulfur Oxides, Nitrogen Oxides, Hydrogen Sulfide, and Carbon Dioxide / 9.1.4：
Particulate Matter / 9.1.5：
Environmental Effects / 9.2：
Sampling / 9.3：
Analysis / 9.4：
Calorific Value (Heat of Combustion) / 9.4.1：
Sulfur / 9.4.2：
Volatility and Vapor Pressure / 9.4.5：
Naphtha / 10.1：
Density (Specific Gravity) / 10.1.1：
Evaporation Rate / 10.1.3：
Flash Point / 10.1.4：
Odor and Color / 10.1.5：
Asphaltene Content / 10.1.6：
Elemental Analysis / 10.2.2：
Pour Point and Viscosity / 10.2.5：
Stability / 10.2.8：
Wastewaters / 10.3：
Residua and Asphalt / 11.1：
Acid Number / 11.1.1：
Carbon Disulfide Insoluble Constituents / 11.1.2：
Float Test / 11.1.4：
Softening Point / 11.1.8：
Weathering / 11.1.9：
Ash / 11.2：
Dust Control Material / 11.2.2：
Hardness / 11.2.5：
Metals / 11.2.6：
Refinery Wastes and Treatment / 11.2.7：
Air Emissions / 12.1.1：
Wastewater and Treatment / 12.1.2：
Other Waste and Treatment / 12.1.3：
Pollution Prevention Options / 12.2：
Recycling / 12.2.2：
Treatment Options / 12.2.3：
Adoption of Pollution Reduction Options / 12.3：
Preface
Petroleum Technology / Part I：
Definitions, and Terminology / Chapter 1：
79.
図書
Iwao Teraoka
出版情報:
New York : Wiley, c2002 xv, 338 p ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Models of Polymer Chains / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Chain Architecture / 1.1.1：
Models of a Linear Polymer Chain / 1.1.2：
Real Chains and Ideal Chains / 1.1.3：
Ideal Chains / 1.2：
Random Walk in One Dimension / 1.2.1：
Random Walks in Two and Three Dimensions / 1.2.2：
Dimensions of Random-Walk Chains / 1.2.3：
Problems / 1.2.4：
Gaussian Chain / 1.3：
What is a Gaussian Chain? / 1.3.1：
Dimension of a Gaussian Chain / 1.3.2：
Entropy Elasticity / 1.3.3：
Real Chains / 1.3.4：
Excluded Volume / 1.4.1：
Dimension of a Real Chain / 1.4.2：
Self-Avoiding Walk / 1.4.3：
Semirigid Chains / 1.4.4：
Examples of Semirigid Chains / 1.5.1：
Wormlike Chain / 1.5.2：
Branched Chains / 1.5.3：
Architecture of Branched Chains / 1.6.1：
Dimension of Branched Chains / 1.6.2：
Molecular Weight Distribution / 1.6.3：
Average Molecular Weights / 1.7.1：
Typical Distributions / 1.7.2：
Concentration Regimes / 1.7.3：
Concentration Regimes for Linear Flexible Polymers / 1.8.1：
Concentration Regimes for Rodlike Molecules / 1.8.2：
Thermodynamics of Dilute Polymer Solutions / 1.8.3：
Polymer Solutions and Thermodynamics / 2.1：
Flory-Huggins Mean-Field Theory / 2.2：
Model / 2.2.1：
Free Energy, Chemical Potentials, and Osmotic Pressure / 2.2.2：
Dilute Solutions / 2.2.3：
Coexistence Curve and Stability / 2.2.4：
Polydisperse Polymer / 2.2.5：
Phase Diagram and Theta Solutions / 2.2.6：
Phase Diagram / 2.3.1：
Theta Solutions / 2.3.2：
Coil-Globule Transition / 2.3.3：
Solubility Parameter / 2.3.4：
Static Light Scattering / 2.3.5：
Sample Geometry in Light-Scattering Measurements / 2.4.1：
Scattering by a Small Particle / 2.4.2：
Scattering by a Polymer Chain / 2.4.3：
Scattering by Many Polymer Chains / 2.4.4：
Correlation Function and Structure Factor / 2.4.5：
Structure Factor of a Polymer Chain / 2.4.6：
Light Scattering of a Polymer Solution / 2.4.7：
Other Scattering Techniques / 2.4.8：
Size Exclusion Chromatography and Confinement / 2.4.9：
Separation System / 2.5.1：
Plate Theory / 2.5.2：
Partitioning of Polymer with a Pore / 2.5.3：
Calibration of SEC / 2.5.4：
SEC With an On-Line Light-Scattering Detector / 2.5.5：
Appendixes / 2.5.6：
Review of Thermodynamics for Colligative Properties in Nonideal Solutions / 2.A：
Osmotic Pressure / 2.A.1：
Vapor Pressure Osmometry / 2.A.2：
Another Approach to Thermodynamics of Polymer Solutions / 2.B：
Correlation Function of a Gaussian Chain / 2.C：
Dynamics of Dilute Polymer Solutions / 3：
Dynamics of Polymer Solutions / 3.1：
Dynamic Light Scattering and Diffusion of Polymers / 3.2：
Measurement System and Autocorrelation Function / 3.2.1：
Autocorrelation Function / 3.2.2：
Dynamic Structure Factor of Suspended Particles / 3.2.3：
Diffusion of Particles / 3.2.4：
Diffusion and DLS / 3.2.5：
Dynamic Structure Factor of a Polymer Solution / 3.2.6：
Hydrodynamic Radius / 3.2.7：
Particle Sizing / 3.2.8：
Diffusion From Equation of Motion / 3.2.9：
Diffusion as Kinetics / 3.2.10：
Concentration Effect on Diffusion / 3.2.11：
Diffusion in a Nonuniform System / 3.2.12：
Viscosity / 3.2.13：
Viscosity of Solutions / 3.3.1：
Measurement of Viscosity / 3.3.2：
Intrinsic Viscosity / 3.3.3：
Flow Field / 3.3.4：
Normal Modes / 3.3.5：
Rouse Model / 3.4.1：
Normal Coordinates / 3.4.2：
Equation of Motion for the Normal Coordinates in the Rouse Model / 3.4.3：
Results of the Normal-Coordinates / 3.4.4：
Results for the Rouse Model / 3.4.5：
Zimm Model / 3.4.6：
Dynamic Structure Factor / 3.4.7：
Motion of Monomers / 3.4.9：
Dynamics of Rodlike Molecules / 3.4.10：
Diffusion Coefficients / 3.5.1：
Rotational Diffusion / 3.5.2：
Dynamics of Wormlike Chains / 3.5.3：
Appendices / 3.5.6：
Evaluation of [left angle bracket]q[subscript i superscript 2 right angle bracket subscript eq] / 3.A：
Evaluation of [left angle bracket]exp[ik [middle dot] (Aq - Bp) right angle bracket] / 3.B：
Initial Slope of S[subscript 1](k,t) / 3.C：
Thermodynamics and Dynamics of Semidilute Solutions / 4：
Semidilute Polymer Solutions / 4.1：
Thermodynamics of Semidilute Polymer Solutions / 4.2：
Blob Model / 4.2.1：
Scaling Theory and Semidilute Solutions / 4.2.2：
Partitioning with a Pore / 4.2.3：
Dynamics of Semidilute Solutions / 4.2.4：
Cooperative Diffusion / 4.3.1：
Tube Model and Reptation Theory / 4.3.2：
References / 4.3.3：
Further Readings
Delta Function / A1：
Fourier Transform / A2：
Integrals / A3：
Series / A4：
Index
Preface
Models of Polymer Chains / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
80.
ＥＢ
John Cooke
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer London, 2005
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Abridged Preface to First Edition
Preface to Second Edition
Introduction / 0：
What Is this Book About? / 0.1：
Some Terminology / 0.2：
How Might Programs Fail? / 0.3：
A Way Forward / 0.4：
On Mathematics / 0.5：
Linking Paradigms / 0.6：
Problem Solving / 0.7：
The Book Plan / 0.8：
Preliminaries / Part A：
The Technical Background / 1：
Functions, Relations and Specifications / 1.0：
Summary of Features / 1.1.1：
Guidelines for Specifications / 1.1.2：
Equational Reasoning and Types / 1.2：
The Origin and Application of Rules / 1.3：
Data Types / 1.4：
A Glimpse at the Integers / 1.4.1：
Logical Types / 1.4.2：
The Boolean Type, IB / 1.4.2.1：
Implication and Deduction / 1.4.2.2：
Boolean Quantifiers / 1.4.2.3：
Extended (3-valued) Logic / 1.4.2.4：
Sets / 1.4.3：
Integers / 1.4.4：
Inequalities / 1.4.4.1：
Bags / 1.4.5：
Lists / 1.4.6：
Records and n-tuples / 1.4.7：
Union Types / 1.4.8：
Sub-types and Sub-ranges / 1.4.9：
Type Transfer Functions and Casts / 1.4.10：
Data Types and Transformations / 1.4.11：
On Quantification / 1.4.12：
Applying Unfold/Fold Transformations / 1.5：
On Programming / 2：
Overview / 2.0：
Procedural Programming / 2.1：
'Good' Programming / 2.2：
Structuring and (control) Flowcharts / 2.3：
PDL Overview / 2.4：
"Let" and "Where" / 2.4.1：
Scope and Parameters / 2.4.2：
Comments and Assertions / 2.5：
Verification of Procedural Programs / 2.6：
Sequencing / 2.6.1：
Alternation / 2.6.2：
Iteration / 2.6.3：
Program Derivation / 2.7：
Fundamentals / Part B：
Algorithm Extraction / 3：
On Converging Recursion / 3.0：
Design Tactics / 3.2：
Checking Perceived Answers / 3.2.1：
Problem Reduction / 3.2.2：
Problem Decomposition / 3.2.3：
Structural Splitting / 3.2.3.1：
Predicated Splitting / 3.2.3.2：
Mixed Strategies / 3.2.3.3：
Domain Partitioning / 3.2.3.4：
The Use of Analogy / 3.2.4：
'Eureka' Processes / 3.3：
Summary
Recursion Removal / 4：
Tail Recursion / 4.1：
Associative Recursion / 4.2：
Up and Down Iteration / 4.3：
Speeding up Iteratons / 4.4：
Recursive Procedures / 4.5：
Quantifications / 5：
Defining Composite Values / 5.0：
Derived Composite Values / 5.2：
1-place Functions / 5.2.1：
2-place Functions / 5.2.2：
Application to Program Development / 5.3：
An Extended Example: The Factorial Function / 5.3.1：
Some Rules for Quantifications / 5.4：
General Rules / 5.4.1：
Special Rules for Logical Quantifiers / 5.4.2：
Refinement and Re-use / 6：
Operational Refinement / 6.1：
On Correctness / 6.1.1：
Some Properties of Design Refinement / 6.1.2：
An Alternative View / 6.1.3：
Re-using Designs / 6.2：
Developments / Part C：
Sorting / 7：
Specification and Initial Discussion / 7.1：
Initial Designs / 7.2：
Predicated Splitting (Partitioning) / 7.2.1：
Complete Designs / 7.3：
Exchange Sorts / 7.3.1：
Merge Sorts / 7.3.2：
The Basic Merge Sort / 7.3.2.1：
Partition Sorts / 7.3.3：
Simple Partition Sort / 7.3.3.1：
A Quick Design / 7.4：
Data Refinement / 8：
On 'Internal' Data Types / 8.1：
Changing Data Types / 8.2：
Where to next? / 8.3：
Sorting Revisited / 9：
Variants of the Merge Sort / 9.1：
Failures and Fixes / 9.3：
Inadequate Pre-Conditions / 10.1：
Failures in Structural Splitting / 10.2：
Loss of Vital Information / 10.2.1：
Further Examples / 11：
The 2-D Convex Hull / 11.1：
Topological Sort / 11.2：
Experimentation / 11.2.1：
A Proper Formulation / 11.2.2：
Some 'Extremal' Problems / 11.3：
On Interactive Software / 12：
Specifications Involving Change / 12.1：
Specifications of Input/Output / 12.1.1：
Conventional Communications / 12.1.2：
The Enabling of Computations / 12.1.3：
Pertaining to (Software) Systems / 12.2：
System Requirements / 12.2.1：
Specifying Systems / 12.2.2：
Transformation Digest / Appendix：
Re-write Rule Conventions / A.0：
Data Manipulation Rules / A.1：
The Type IB / A.1.1：
Extended Logic and Conditional Expressions / A.1.2：
Common Conversion Functions / A.1.3：
Quantifier Rules / A.1.8：
Quantifier Properties / A.2：
'Not Occurs in' / A.3：
On PDL Structure / A.4：
PDL Transformation Rules / A.4.1：
Bibliography
Index
Abridged Preface to First Edition
Preface to Second Edition
Introduction / 0：
81.
ＥＢ
David M. Bliesner
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction to the Quality Systems Approach to CGMP Compliance / 1：
Introduction to the Quality Systems Approach to Cgmp Compliance
Overview of Quality Systems / 1.1：
Quality Systems and Compliance with CGMPs: Reasons for Auditing Your Laboratory / 1.2：
Goals of Auditing Your Laboratory / 1.3：
Laboratory Audit Phases / 1.4：
Integration with Existing Programs / 1.5：
Modifiable and Scalable Approach / 1.6：
Reference
Bibliography
Preparing for the Audit / 2：
Procedure / 2.1：
Audit Tools and Templates / 2.2：
Goals of the Audit / 2.2.1：
Review of the Audit Process / 2.2.2：
Laboratory Audit Form (LAF) Generation Process / 2.2.3：
Subelement Audit Strategy Development / 2.2.4：
Auditing and Data Capture / 3：
Additional Audit Preparation / 3.1：
Data Capture and CGMP Deficiency Documentation / 3.1.1：
Use of Random Statistical Sampling to Improve the Efficiency and Overall Audit Quality / 3.1.2：
Organizing Data and Reporting the Results / 3.2：
Format and Content of the Audit Summary Report / 4.1：
Header / 4.2.1：
Background / 4.2.2：
Approach / 4.2.3：
Report Format / 4.2.4：
Summary of Results / 4.2.5：
Future Work / 4.2.6：
Laboratory Controls Subelement Sections / 4.2.7：
Developing and Implementing a Corrective Action Plan / 5：
LAF-to-CAPA Workflow Diagram: Converting Example Audit Findings to Example Corrective and Preventive Actions / 5.1：
Step 1 Audit Finding Notebook Entries / 5.2.1：
Step 2 Formal Documentation of Finding or Deficiency on LAFs / 5.2.2：
Step 3 Common Root-Cause Correlation by Management / 5.2.3：
Step 4 LAF Linkage to System Deficiencies / 5.2.4：
Step 5 Management Assignment of Corrective Actions to Address System Deficiency / 5.2.5：
Step 6 Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Is Generated / 5.2.6：
Step 7 Corrective Action Project Plan (CAPP) Created From WBS and Executed / 5.2.7：
Step 8 Corrective and Preventive Actions (CAPAs) for System Deficiencies / 5.2.8：
Developing and Implementing a Verification Plan / 6：
Corrective Action Verification Process / 6.1：
Step 1 Action Owners Work with Corrective Action Team to Design and Implement Systems-Based Corrective Actions / 6.2.1：
Step 2 Corrective and Preventive Actions Are Implemented / 6.2.2：
Step 3 In-Use Data for Implemented Corrective and Preventive Actions Are Generated / 6.2.3：
Step 4 Action Owners Working with Corrective Action Team Create Preverification Packages for Verifiers / 6.2.4：
Step 5 Verification Team Leader Schedules Verification with Verifiers, Action Owners, and Functional Area Managers / 6.2.5：
Step 6 Verifiers Review Preverification Packages / 6.2.6：
Step 7 Verifiers Generate Verification Plans / 6.2.7：
Step 8 Verifiers Meet with Action Owners as Scheduled by Corrective Action Team Leader / 6.2.8：
Step 9 Verifiers Begin Verifying Corrective and Preventive Actions in the Functional Area / 6.2.9：
Step 10 Verifiers Determine Whether Action Is Verifiable or Not Verifiable / 6.2.10：
Step 11 Verifiers Create Verification Report / 6.2.11：
Step 12 Verification Team Leader Schedules Verifiers to Present Findings Before the Verification Review Board / 6.2.12：
Step 13 Verifier Forwards Verification Report to Verification Review Board for Review / 6.2.13：
Step 14 Verifier Presents Report to Verification Review Board / 6.2.14：
Step 15 Verification Board Determines if the Action Is (1) Verifiable, (2) Not Verifiable or, (3) Verifiable Pending In-Use Data / 6.2.15：
Step 16 Verifier Modifies or Corrects Verification Report as Necessary on Verifiable Actions / 6.2.16：
Step 17 Verifiable Actions are Closed by Action Owner, Correctiv / 6.2.17：
Developing and Implementing A Verification Plan
Step 17 Verifiable Actions are Closed by Action Owner, Corrective Action Team Leader, and Verification Team Leader
Step 18 Nonverifiable Actions Are Sent Back to Action Owner for Additional Work / 6.2.18：
Step 19 Verifiers Reverify Uncompleted Actions When Scheduled by Verification Team Leader / 6.2.19：
Developing and Implementing A Monitoring Plan / 7：
A Summary for Establishing A CGMP Laboratory Audit System / 7.1：
A Brief Review of the Guide / 8.1：
Additional Lessons for the End User / 8.2：
A Proven Approach / 8.2.1：
Applicability to Your Facility / 8.2.2：
The Value of Systems-Based Solutions / 8.2.3：
No Immunity: Every Laboratory Is a Potential Compliance Accident in the Making / 8.2.4：
Audits as Learning Tools / 8.2.5：
The Linkage Between Ownership and Success / 8.2.6：
Compliance Is Good Business / 8.2.7：
Example Audit Checklists: Laboratory Subelements / Appendix I：
Example Template for an Audit Summary Report / Appendix II：
Glossary of CGMP and Audit System Terms / Appendix III：
FDA Compliance Program Guidance Manual 7356.002 "Drug Manufacturing Inspections" / Appendix IV：
21 Code of U.S. Federal Regulations Parts 210 and 211 Current Good Manufacturing Practice Regulations / Appendix V：
Index
Preface
Introduction to the Quality Systems Approach to CGMP Compliance / 1：
Introduction to the Quality Systems Approach to Cgmp Compliance
82.
ＥＢ
Guy Davies
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Chichester : John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated, 2004
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures
List of Tables
About The Author
Acknowledgements
Abbreviations
Introduction
Hardware Design / 1：
Separation of Routing and Forwarding Functionality / 1.1：
Building Blocks / 1.2：
Control Module / 1.2.1：
Forwarding Module / 1.2.2：
Non-Stop Forwarding / 1.2.3：
Stateful Failover / 1.2.4：
To Flow or Not to Flow? / 1.3：
Hardware Redundancy, Single Chassis or Multi Chassis / 1.4：
Transport Media / 2：
Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) / 2.1：
Path MTU Discovery / 2.1.1：
Port Density / 2.1.2：
Channelized Interfaces / 2.1.3：
Ethernet / 2.2：
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) / 2.2.1：
MTU / 2.2.2：
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) / 2.3：
Packet Over SONET (POS) / 2.4：
SRP/RPR and DPT / 2.5：
Intelligent Protection Switching / 2.5.1：
(Fractional) E1/T1/E3/T / 2.6：
Wireless Transport / 3.2.7：
Regulatory Constraints / 2.7.1：
Interference / 2.7.2：
Obstructions / 2.7.3：
Atmospheric Conditions / 2.7.4：
If it is so bad . . . / 2.7.5：
Router and Network Management / 3：
The Importance of an Out-Of-Band (OOB) Network / 3.1：
Management Ethernet / 3.1.1：
Console Port / 3.1.2：
Auxiliary (Aux) Port / 3.1.3：
Remote Power Management / 3.1.4：
Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) / 3.1.5：
Network Time Protocol (NTP) / 3.2：
Logging / 3.3：
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) / 3.4：
SNMPv1, v2c and v / 3.4.1：
Remote Monitoring (RMON) / 3.3.5：
Network Management Systems / 3.6：
Cisco Works / 3.6.1：
JUNOScope / 3.6.2：
Non-Proprietary Systems / 3.6.3：
Configuration Management / 3.7：
Concurrent Version System (CVS) / 3.7.1：
Scripting and Other Automated Configuration Distribution and Storage Mechanisms / 3.7.2：
To Upgrade or Not to Upgrade / 3.8：
Software Release Cycles / 3.8.1：
Capacity Planning Techniques / 3.9：
Network Security / 4：
Securing Access to Your Network Devices / 4.1：
Physical Security / 4.1.1：
Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) / 4.1.2：
Securing Access to the Network Infrastructure / 4.2：
Authentication of Users, Hosts and Servers / 4.2.1：
Encryption of Information / 4.2.2：
Access Tools and Protocols / 4.2.3：
IP Security (IPsec) / 4.2.4：
Access Control Lists / 4.2.5：
RFC 1918 Addresses / 4.2.6：
Preventing and Tracing Denial of Service (DoS) Attacks / 4.2.7：
Protecting Your Own and Others' Network Devices / 4.3：
Routing Protocols / 5：
Why Different Routing Protocols? / 5.1：
Interior Gateway Protocols (IGP) / 5.2：
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) / 5.2.1：
Authentication of OSPF / 5.2.2：
Stub Areas, Not So Stubby Areas (NSSA) and Totally Stubby Areas / 5.2.3：
OSPF Graceful Restart / 5.2.4：
OSPFv / 5.2.5：
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) / 3.5.2.6：
Authentication of IS-IS / 5.2.7：
IS-IS Graceful Restart / 5.2.8：
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) / 5.2.9：
Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP) and Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) / 5.2.10：
Diffusing Update Algorithm (DUAL) / 5.2.11：
Stuck-in-Active / 5.2.12：
Why use EIGRP? / 5.2.13：
Exterior Protocols / 5.3：
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) / 5.3.1：
Authentication of BGP / 5.3.2：
BGP Graceful Restart / 5.3.3：
Multiprotocol BGP / 5.3.4：
Routing Policy / 6：
What is Policy For? / 6.1：
Who Pays Whom? / 6.1.1：
Implementing Scalable Routing Policies / 6.2：
How is Policy Evaluated? / 6.3：
AND or OR? / 6.3.1：
The Flow of Policy Evaluation / 6.3.2：
Policy Matches / 6.4：
Policy Actions / 6.5：
The Default Action / 6.5.1：
Accept/Permit, Reject/Deny, and Discard / 6.5.2：
Policy Elements / 6.6：
AS Paths / 6.7：
Prefix Lists and Route Lists / 6.8：
Internet Routing Registries / 6.9：
Communities / 6.10：
Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) / 6.11：
Local Preference / 6.12：
Damping / 6.13：
Unicast Reverse Path Forwarding / 6.14：
Policy Routing/Filter-Based Forwarding / 6.15：
Pol / 6.16：
List of Figures
List of Tables
About The Author
83.
図書
K. Feyrer
出版情報:
Berlin : Springer, c2007 IX, 322 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Wire Ropes, Elements and Definitions / 1：
Steel Wire / 1.1：
Non-Alloy Steel / 1.1.1：
Wire Manufacturing / 1.1.2：
Metallic Coating / 1.1.3：
Corrosion Resistant Wires / 1.1.4：
Wire Tensile Test / 1.1.5：
Wire Endurance and Fatigue Strength / 1.1.6：
Strands / 1.2：
Round Strands / 1.2.1：
Shaped Strands / 1.2.2：
Compacted Strands / 1.2.3：
Rope Cores / 1.3：
Lubrication / 1.4：
Lubricant / 1.4.1：
Lubricant Consumption / 1.4.2：
Rope Endurance / 1.4.3：
Wire Ropes / 1.5：
The Classification of Ropes According to Usage / 1.5.1：
Wire Rope Constructions / 1.5.2：
Designation of Wire Ropes / 1.5.3：
Symbols and Definitions / 1.5.4：
The Geometry of Wire Ropes / 1.6：
Round Strand with Round Wires / 1.6.1：
Round Strand with Any Kind of Profiled Wires / 1.6.2：
Fibre Core / 1.6.3：
Steel Core / 1.6.4：
References
Wire Ropes under Tensile Load / 2：
Stresses in Straight Wire Ropes / 2.1：
Basic Relation for the Wire Tensile Force in a Strand / 2.1.1：
Wire Tensile Stress in the Strand or Wire Rope / 2.1.2：
Additional Wire Stresses in the Straight Spiral Rope / 2.1.3：
Additional Wire Stresses in Straight Stranded Ropes / 2.1.4：
Wire Rope Elasticity Module / 2.2：
Definition / 2.2.1：
Rope Elasticity Module of Strands and Spiral Ropes, Calculation / 2.2.2：
Rope Elasticity Module of Stranded Wire Ropes / 2.2.3：
Waves and Vibrations / 2.2.4：
Reduction of the Rope Diameter due to Rope Tensile Force / 2.3：
Torque and Torsional Stiffness / 2.4：
Rope Torque from Geometric Data / 2.4.1：
Torque of Twisted Round Strand Ropes / 2.4.2：
Rotating of the Bottom Sheave / 2.4.3：
Rope Twist Caused by the Height-Stress / 2.4.4：
Change of the Rope Length by Twisting the Rope / 2.4.5：
Wire Stresses Caused by Twisting the Rope / 2.4.6：
Rope Endurance Under Fluctuating Twist / 2.4.7：
Wire Rope Breaking Force / 2.5：
Wire Ropes Under Fluctuating Tension / 2.6：
Conditions of Tension-Tension Tests / 2.6.1：
Evaluating Methods / 2.6.2：
Results of Tension Fatigue Test-Series / 2.6.3：
Further Results of Tension Fatigue Tests / 2.6.4：
Calculation of the Number of Load Cycles / 2.6.5：
Dimensioning Stay Wire Ropes / 2.7：
Extreme Forces / 2.7.1：
Fluctuating Forces / 2.7.2：
Discard Criteria / 2.7.3：
Wire Ropes Under Bending and Tensile Stresses / 3：
Stresses in Running Wire Ropes / 3.1：
Bending and Torsion Stress / 3.1.1：
Secondary Tensile Stress / 3.1.2：
Stresses from the Rope Ovalisation / 3.1.3：
Secondary Bending Stress / 3.1.4：
Sum of the Stresses / 3.1.5：
Force Between Rope and Sheave (Line Pressure) / 3.1.6：
Pressure Between Rope and Sheave / 3.1.7：
Force on the Outer Arcs of the Rope Wires / 3.1.8：
Rope Bending Tests / 3.2：
Bending-Fatigue-Machines, Test Procedures / 3.2.1：
Number of Bending Cycles / 3.2.2：
Further Influences on the Number of Bending Cycles / 3.2.3：
Reverse Bending / 3.2.4：
Fluctuating Tension and Bending / 3.2.5：
Palmgren-Miner Rule / 3.2.6：
Limiting Factors / 3.2.7：
Ropes during Bendings / 3.2.8：
Number of Wire Breaks / 3.2.9：
Rope Drive Requirements / 3.3：
General Requirements / 3.3.1：
Lifting Installations for Passengers / 3.3.2：
Cranes and Lifting Appliances / 3.3.3：
Calculation of Rope Drives / 3.4：
Analysis of Rope Drives / 3.4.1：
Tensile Rope Force / 3.4.2：
Limits / 3.4.3：
Rope Drive Calculations, Examples / 3.4.6：
Rope Efficiency / 3.5：
Single Sheave / 3.5.1：
Rope Drive / 3.5.2：
Lowering an Empty Hook Block / 3.5.3：
Index
Wire Ropes, Elements and Definitions / 1：
Steel Wire / 1.1：
Non-Alloy Steel / 1.1.1：
84.
ＥＢ
John Cooke
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer London, 2005
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Abridged Preface to First Edition
Preface to Second Edition
Introduction / 0：
What Is this Book About? / 0.1：
Some Terminology / 0.2：
How Might Programs Fail? / 0.3：
A Way Forward / 0.4：
On Mathematics / 0.5：
Linking Paradigms / 0.6：
Problem Solving / 0.7：
The Book Plan / 0.8：
Preliminaries / Part A：
The Technical Background / 1：
Functions, Relations and Specifications / 1.0：
Summary of Features / 1.1.1：
Guidelines for Specifications / 1.1.2：
Equational Reasoning and Types / 1.2：
The Origin and Application of Rules / 1.3：
Data Types / 1.4：
A Glimpse at the Integers / 1.4.1：
Logical Types / 1.4.2：
The Boolean Type, IB / 1.4.2.1：
Implication and Deduction / 1.4.2.2：
Boolean Quantifiers / 1.4.2.3：
Extended (3-valued) Logic / 1.4.2.4：
Sets / 1.4.3：
Integers / 1.4.4：
Inequalities / 1.4.4.1：
Bags / 1.4.5：
Lists / 1.4.6：
Records and n-tuples / 1.4.7：
Union Types / 1.4.8：
Sub-types and Sub-ranges / 1.4.9：
Type Transfer Functions and Casts / 1.4.10：
Data Types and Transformations / 1.4.11：
On Quantification / 1.4.12：
Applying Unfold/Fold Transformations / 1.5：
On Programming / 2：
Overview / 2.0：
Procedural Programming / 2.1：
'Good' Programming / 2.2：
Structuring and (control) Flowcharts / 2.3：
PDL Overview / 2.4：
"Let" and "Where" / 2.4.1：
Scope and Parameters / 2.4.2：
Comments and Assertions / 2.5：
Verification of Procedural Programs / 2.6：
Sequencing / 2.6.1：
Alternation / 2.6.2：
Iteration / 2.6.3：
Program Derivation / 2.7：
Fundamentals / Part B：
Algorithm Extraction / 3：
On Converging Recursion / 3.0：
Design Tactics / 3.2：
Checking Perceived Answers / 3.2.1：
Problem Reduction / 3.2.2：
Problem Decomposition / 3.2.3：
Structural Splitting / 3.2.3.1：
Predicated Splitting / 3.2.3.2：
Mixed Strategies / 3.2.3.3：
Domain Partitioning / 3.2.3.4：
The Use of Analogy / 3.2.4：
'Eureka' Processes / 3.3：
Summary
Recursion Removal / 4：
Tail Recursion / 4.1：
Associative Recursion / 4.2：
Up and Down Iteration / 4.3：
Speeding up Iteratons / 4.4：
Recursive Procedures / 4.5：
Quantifications / 5：
Defining Composite Values / 5.0：
Derived Composite Values / 5.2：
1-place Functions / 5.2.1：
2-place Functions / 5.2.2：
Application to Program Development / 5.3：
An Extended Example: The Factorial Function / 5.3.1：
Some Rules for Quantifications / 5.4：
General Rules / 5.4.1：
Special Rules for Logical Quantifiers / 5.4.2：
Refinement and Re-use / 6：
Operational Refinement / 6.1：
On Correctness / 6.1.1：
Some Properties of Design Refinement / 6.1.2：
An Alternative View / 6.1.3：
Re-using Designs / 6.2：
Developments / Part C：
Sorting / 7：
Specification and Initial Discussion / 7.1：
Initial Designs / 7.2：
Predicated Splitting (Partitioning) / 7.2.1：
Complete Designs / 7.3：
Exchange Sorts / 7.3.1：
Merge Sorts / 7.3.2：
The Basic Merge Sort / 7.3.2.1：
Partition Sorts / 7.3.3：
Simple Partition Sort / 7.3.3.1：
A Quick Design / 7.4：
Data Refinement / 8：
On 'Internal' Data Types / 8.1：
Changing Data Types / 8.2：
Where to next? / 8.3：
Sorting Revisited / 9：
Variants of the Merge Sort / 9.1：
Failures and Fixes / 9.3：
Inadequate Pre-Conditions / 10.1：
Failures in Structural Splitting / 10.2：
Loss of Vital Information / 10.2.1：
Further Examples / 11：
The 2-D Convex Hull / 11.1：
Topological Sort / 11.2：
Experimentation / 11.2.1：
A Proper Formulation / 11.2.2：
Some 'Extremal' Problems / 11.3：
On Interactive Software / 12：
Specifications Involving Change / 12.1：
Specifications of Input/Output / 12.1.1：
Conventional Communications / 12.1.2：
The Enabling of Computations / 12.1.3：
Pertaining to (Software) Systems / 12.2：
System Requirements / 12.2.1：
Specifying Systems / 12.2.2：
Transformation Digest / Appendix：
Re-write Rule Conventions / A.0：
Data Manipulation Rules / A.1：
The Type IB / A.1.1：
Extended Logic and Conditional Expressions / A.1.2：
Common Conversion Functions / A.1.3：
Quantifier Rules / A.1.8：
Quantifier Properties / A.2：
'Not Occurs in' / A.3：
On PDL Structure / A.4：
PDL Transformation Rules / A.4.1：
Bibliography
Index
Abridged Preface to First Edition
Preface to Second Edition
Introduction / 0：
85.
ＥＢ
Richard William Sharp
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2004
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Hardware Description Languages / 1.1：
Hardware Synthesis / 1.2：
High-Level Synthesis / 1.2.1：
Motivation for Higher Level Tools / 1.3：
Lack of Structuring Support / 1.3.1：
Limitations of Static Scheduling / 1.3.2：
Structure of the Monograph / 1.4：
Related Work / 2：
Verilog and VHDL / 2.1：
The Olympus Synthesis System / 2.2：
The HardwareC Language / 2.2.1：
Hercules / 2.2.2：
Hebe / 2.2.3：
Functional Languages / 2.3：
/?FP: An Algebra for VLSI Specification / 2.3.1：
Embedding HDLs in General-Purpose Functional Languages / 2.3.2：
Term Rewriting Systems / 2.4：
Occam/CSP-Based Approaches / 2.5：
Handel and Handel-C / 2.5.1：
Tangram and Balsa / 2.5.2：
Synchronous Languages / 2.6：
Summary / 2.7：
The SAFL Language / 3：
Motivation / 3.1：
Language Definition / 3.2：
Static Allocation / 3.2.1：
Integrating with External Hardware Components / 3.2.2：
Semantics / 3.2.3：
Concrete Syntax / 3.2.4：
Hardware Synthesis Using SAFL / 3.3：
Automatic Generation of Parallel Hardware / 3.3.1：
Resource Awareness / 3.3.2：
Source-Level Program Transformation / 3.3.3：
Static Analysis and Optimisation / 3.3.4：
Architecture Independence / 3.3.5：
Aside: Dealing with Mutual Recursion / 3.4：
Eliminating Mutual Recursion by Transformation / 3.4.1：
Soft Scheduling / 3.5：
Motivation and Related Work / 4.1：
Translating SAFL to Hardware / 4.1.1：
Soft Scheduling: Technical Details / 4.2：
Removing Redundant Arbiters / 4.2.1：
Parallel Conflict Analysis (PCA) / 4.2.2：
Integrating PCA into the FLaSH Compiler / 4.2.3：
Examples and Discussion / 4.3：
Parallel FIR Filter / 4.3.1：
Shared-Memory Multi-processor Architecture / 4.3.2：
Parallel Tasks Sharing Graphical Display / 4.3.3：
Program Transformation for Scheduling and Binding / 4.4：
High-Level Synthesis of SAFL / 4.5：
FLaSH Intermediate Code / 5.1：
The Structure of Intermediate Grap / 5.1.1：
Translation to Intermediate Code / 5.1.2：
Translation to Synchronous Hardware / 5.2：
Compiling Expressions / 5.2.1：
Compiling Functions / 5.2.2：
Generated Verilog / 5.2.3：
Compiling External Functions / 5.2.4：
Translation to GALS Hardware / 5.3：
A Brief Discussion of Metastability / 5.3.1：
Interfacing between Different Clock Domains / 5.3.2：
Modifying the Arbitration Circuitry / 5.3.3：
Analysis and Optimisation of Intermediate Code / 5.4：
Architecture-Neutral verses Architecture-Specific / 6.1：
Definitions and Terminology / 6.2：
Register Placement Analysis and Optimisation / 6.3：
Sharing Conflicts / 6.3.1：
Technical Details / 6.3.2：
Resource Dependency Analysis / 6.3.3：
Data Validity Analysis / 6.3.4：
Sequential Conflict Register Placement / 6.3.5：
Extending the Model: Calling Conventions / 6.4：
Caller-Save Resource Dependency Analysis / 6.4.1：
Caller-Save Permanisation Analysis / 6.4.2：
Synchronous Timing Analysis / 6.5：
Associated Optimisations / 6.5.1：
Results and Discussion / 6.6：
Register Placement Analysis: Results / 6.6.1：
Synchronous Timing Optimisations: Results / 6.6.2：
Dealing with I/O / 6.7：
SAFL+ Language Description / 7.1：
Channels and Channel Passing / 7.1.1：
The Motivation for Channel Passing / 7.1.3：
Translating SAFL+ to Hardware / 7.2：
Extending Analyses from SAFL to SAFL+ / 7.2.1：
Operational Semantics for SAFL+ / 7.3：
Transition Rules / 7.3.1：
Semantics for Channel Passing / 7.3.2：
Non-determinism / 7.3.3：
Combining Behaviour and Structure / 7.4：
Embedding Structural Expansion in SAFL / 8.1：
Building Combinatorial Hardware in Magma / 8.2.1：
Integrating SAFL and Magma / 8.2.2：
Aside: Embedding Magma in VHDL/Verilog / 8.3：
Transformation of SAFL Specifications / 8.4：
Hardware Software CoDesign / 9.1：
Comparison with Other Work / 9.1.1：
The Stack Machine Template / 9.2：
Stack Machine Instances / 9.2.2：
Compilation to Stack Code / 9.2.3：
The Partitioning Transformation / 9.2.4：
Validity of Partitioning Functions / 9.2.5：
Extensions / 9.2.6：
Transformations from SAFL to SAFL+ / 9.3：
Case Study / 9.4：
The SAFL to Silicon Tool Chain / 10.1：
DES Encrypter/Decrypter / 10.2：
Adding Hardware VGA Support / 10.2.1：
Conclusions and Further Work / 10.3：
Future Work / 11.1：
Appendix
DES Encryption/Decryption Circuit / A：
Transformations to Pipeline DES / B：
A Simple Stack Machine and Instruction Memory / C：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Hardware Description Languages / 1.1：
Hardware Synthesis / 1.2：
86.
ＥＢ
Jung, Gunther Jung
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2000
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Combinatorial Chemistry / Dominika Tiebes1.：
Introduction / 1.1：
Principles of Combinatorial Chemistry / 1.2：
Methods and Techniques of Combinatorial Synthesis / 1.3：
Synthetic Strategies Towards Combinatorial Libraries / 1.3.1：
Split-Pool Synthesis Towards Combinatorial Libraries / 1.3.1.1：
Parallel Synthesis Towards Combinatorial Libraries / 1.3.1.2：
Reagent Mixture Synthesis Towards Combinatorial Libraries / 1.3.1.3：
Synthetic Methodology for Organic Library Construction / 1.3.2：
Solid-Phase Organic Synthesis / 1.3.2.1：
Synthesis in Solution and Liquid-Phase Synthesis / 1.3.2.2：
Characterization of Combinatorial Libraries / 1.4：
Analytical Characterization / 1.4.1：
Analytical Characterization of Compound Mixtures / 1.4.1.1：
Analytical Characterization of Single Substances / 1.4.1.2：
Hit Identification in Combinatorial Libraries by High-Throughput Screening / 1.4.2：
Strategies for Libraries of Compound Mixtures / 1.4.2.1：
Strategies for Libraries of Separate Single Compounds / 1.4.2.2：
Automation and Data Processing / 1.5：
Synthesis Automation and Data Processing / 1.5.1：
Automated Purification / 1.5.2：
Library Design and Diversity Assessment / 1.6：
Diversity Assessment for Selection of Building Blocks or Compounds / 1.6.1：
Iterative Optimization Methods / 1.6.2：
Economic Aspects / 1.7：
Acknowledgements / 1.8：
References / 1.9：
Survey of Solid-Phase Organic Reactions / Susan E. Booth ; C. Marijke Dreef-Tromp ; Petro H.H. Hermkens ; Jos A.P.A. de Man ; H.C.J. Ottenheijm2.：
Observed Trends / 2.1：
The Synthetic Repertoire / 2.2.1：
Robust, Reliable Solid-Phase Reactions / 2.2.1.1：
Emerging Solid-Phase Reactions / 2.2.1.2：
Linkers and Cleavage Step / 2.2.2：
Reaction-Monitoring / 2.2.3：
Highlights / 2.2.4：
Conclusions / 2.3：
Reaction Tables / 2.4：
Substitution Nucleophilic and Electrophilic Type of Reaction: Amide Bond Formation and Related Reactions / 2.4.1：
Sulphonamide / 2.4.1.1：
(Thio)urea / 2.4.1.2：
Carbonate / 2.4.1.3：
Urethane / 2.4.1.4：
Guanidine / 2.4.1.5：
Imide / 2.4.1.6：
Amide / 2.4.1.7：
Lactam / 2.4.1.8：
Type of Reaction: Aromatic Substitution; Electrophilic Carbon-Carbon Bond Formation / 2.4.2：
Suzuki / 2.4.2.1：
Stille / 2.4.2.2.：
Heck / 2.4.2.3：
Other / 2.4.2.4：
Type of Reaction: Aromatic Substitution; Nucleophilic (N-Arylation) / 2.4.3：
Type of Reaction: Cleavage / 2.4.4：
Cyclative Cleavage / 2.4.4.1：
Functional Group: None (traceless) / 2.4.4.2：
Functional Group: Halogens / 2.4.4.3：
Functional Group: Alkenes / 2.4.4.4：
Functional Group: Alcohols, Phenols / 2.4.4.5：
Functional Group: Primary Amine / 2.4.4.6：
Functional Group: sec-Amine / 2.4.4.7：
Functional Group: tert-Amine / 2.4.4.8：
Functional Group: Aldehyde/Ketone / 2.4.4.9：
Functional Group: Hydroxamic Acid / 2.4.4.10：
Functional Group: Amidine / 2.4.4.11：
Functional Group: Guanidine / 2.4.4.12：
Functional Group: sec Amide/tert Amide/Sulfonamide / 2.4.4.13：
Type of Reaction: Condensation / 2.4.5：
Type of Reaction: Cycloaddition / 2.4.6：
[2+2] Cycloaddition / 2.4.6.1：
[3+2] Cycloaddition / 2.4.6.2：
[4+2] Cycloaddition / 2.4.6.3：
Type of Reaction: Grignard and Related Reactions / 2.4.7：
Type of Reaction: Heterocycle Formation / 2.4.8：
Nitrogen-Containing Heterocycles / 2.4.8.1：
Multiple Nitrogen-Containing Heterocycles / 2.4.8.2：
Oxygen-Containing Heterocycles / 2.4.8.3：
Sulphur-Containing Heterocycles / 2.4.8.4：
Type of Reaction: Michael Addition / 2.4.9：
Immobilized Nucleophile / 2.4.9.1：
Thiol Addition / 2.4.9.2：
Amine Addition / 2.4.9.3：
Type of Reaction: Miscellaneous / 2.4.10：
Type of Reaction: Olefin Formation / 2.4.11：
Wittig / 2.4.11.1：
Horner-Emmons / 2.4.11.2：
Cross-Metathesis / 2.4.11.3：
[beta]-Elimination / 2.4.11.4：
Type of Reaction: Oxidation / 2.4.12：
Alcohol to Aldehyde/Ketone / 2.4.12.1：
Sulfide to Sulfoxide/Sulfone / 2.4.12.2：
Epoxidation / 2.4.12.3：
Ozonolysis / 2.4.12.4：
Type of Reaction: Reduction / 2.4.12.5：
Aldehyde/Ketone to Alcohol / 2.4.13.1：
Nitro to Aniline / 2.4.13.2：
Azide to Amine / 2.4.13.3：
Amide to Amine / 2.4.13.4：
Reductive Alkylation/Amination / 2.4.13.5：
Type of Reaction: Substitution / 2.4.13.6：
C-Alkylation (Aldol, Anion) / 2.4.14.1：
O-Alkylation (Mitsunobu, Anion) / 2.4.14.2：
N-Alkylation (Mitsunobu, Anion) / 2.4.14.3：
N-Alkylation (Sulfonamide, Amide) / 2.4.14.4：
S-Alkylation / 2.4.14.5：
Solution-Phase Combinatorial Chemistry / Volkhard Austel2.5：
Comparison with Solid-Phase Combinatorial Synthesis / 3.1：
Synthesis of Mixtures / 3.2：
Reactions Applied to Solution Phase Combinatorial Chemistry / 3.3：
Acylation of Alcohols and Amines / 3.3.1：
Sulfonation of Amines / 3.3.2：
Formation of Ureas, Thioureas and Carbamates / 3.3.3：
Alkylation and Addition Reactions / 3.3.4：
Reductive Amination / 3.3.5：
Arylation of Amines / 3.3.6：
C-C Bond Formation via Condensation Reactions / 3.3.7：
Pd-Catalyzed C-C Bond Formation / 3.3.8：
Hydrogenations and Reductions / 3.3.9：
Multicomponent Reactions / 3.3.10：
Cyclisation Reactions / 3.3.11：
Miscellaneous Reactions / 3.3.12：
Reaction Sequences / 3.3.13：
Purification / 3.4：
Solid-Phase-Bound Reagents / 3.4.1：
Solid-Phase Extraction / 3.4.2：
Liquid-Phase Extraction / 3.4.3：
Fluorous Synthesis / 3.4.4：
Synthesis on Soluble Polymers / 3.4.5：
Combinatorial Chemistry of Multicomponent Reactions / Ivar Ugi ; Alexander Domling ; Birgit Ebert3.5：
Classical and Modern Chemistry of Isocyanides and MCRs / 4.1：
Early Studies and Concepts of MCR Chemistry / 4.2：
Conceptual Differences between Conceptual Chemical Reactions and MCRs / 4.3：
The Different Types of MCRs / 4.4：
The First Century of Isocyanide Chemistry / 4.5：
Complementary Aspects of Natural Product Syntheses by Tandem-Domino Reactions and MCR Chemistry / 4.6：
Modern Synthesis of the Isocyanides / 4.7：
The Introduction of the New Isocyanide MCRs and their Libraries / 4.8：
The Great Variability of the U-4CR / 4.9：
The Usual and Unusual Peptide Chemistry / 4.10：
Stereoselective U-4CRs and their Secondary Reactions / 4.11：
The MCRs of Educts with Two or Three Functional Groups / 4.12：
Unions of MCRs and Related Reactions / 4.13：
The MCRs of More than Four Functional Groups / 4.14：
New Unions of the U-4CR and Further Chemical Reaction / 4.15：
Progress in Combinatorial MCR Chemistry / 4.16：
Perspectives / 4.17：
Solid-Phase Anchors in Organic Chemistry / Ralf Warrass4.18：
Acid-Labile Anchors / 5.1：
Anchors Cleaved by Nucleophiles / 5.3：
Photolysis-Labile Anchor / 5.4：
Allyl-Functionalized Anchors / 5.5：
Safety-Catch Anchor / 5.6：
Silicium-Anchor/Traceless-Anchor / 5.7：
Miscellaneous / 5.8：
Multifunctional Anchors / 5.8.1：
Anchors Cleaved by Reduction / 5.8.2：
Hydrogenolysis-Labile Anchors / 5.8.3：
Anchors Cleaved by Oxidation / 5.8.4：
Enzymatically Cleavable Anchors / 5.8.5：
The Use of Templates in Combinatorial Chemistry for the Solid Phase Synthesis of Multiple Core Structure Libraries / Hartmut Richter ; Axel Trautwein ; Tilmann Walk ; Gunther Jung5.9：
Squaric Acid as Template / 6.1：
Templates Derived from the Baylis-Hillman Reaction / 6.3：
Baylis-Hillman Reaction on the Solid Phase / 6.3.1：
The Use of 3-Hydroxy-2-Methylidene Propionic Acids as Templates / 6.3.2：
Michael Addition of Amines / 6.3.2.1：
Mitsunobu Reaction / 6.3.2.2：
1,3-Dipolar Cycloaddition with Nitrile oxides / 6.3.2.3：
Synthesis of 2-Methylidene-[beta]-Alanines / 6.3.2.4：
Synthesis of Pyrazolones / 6.3.2.5：
Synthesis of 2-Diethoxy-Phosphorylmethyl Acrylic Acids / 6.3.2.6：
Alkylation of 2-Arylsulfonylaminomethyl Acrylic Acids / 6.3.3：
5-(2-Bromoacetyl)Pyrroles as Templates / 6.4：
Synthesis of Polymer-Bound 5-(2-Bromoacetyl)pyrroles / 6.4.1：
Synthesis of 5-(2-Aminoacetyl)pyrroles / 6.4.2：
Synthesis of Thiazolpyrroles, Aminothiazolylpyrroles and Selenazolylpyrroles / 6.4.3：
Synthesis of Imidazol[1,2-a]Pyri(mi)dylpyrroles / 6.4.4：
Synthesis of Benzofurylpyrrolylketones / 6.4.5：
Examples / 6.4.6：
The Use of Enones as Templates / 6.5：
Synthesis of Polymer-Bound Enones / 6.5.1：
Michael Addition of Aryl Thiolates / 6.5.2：
Synthesis of Pyridines and Pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidines / 6.5.3：
Synthesis of Pyridones / 6.5.4：
Synthesis of Pyrrolidines / 6.5.5：
Synthesis of Pyrimidines and Pyrimidones / 6.5.6：
Synthesis of Pyrazoles / 6.5.7：
Combinatorial Synthetic Oligomers / Alberto Bianco6.6：
Peptoids / 7.1：
Submonomer Approach to Peptoid Synthesis / 7.2.1：
Monomer Approach to Peptoid Synthesis / 7.2.2：
Peptomers / 7.2.3：
Peralkylated Peptides / 7.2.4：
[beta]-Peptoids / 7.2.5：
Oligocarbamates / 7.3：
Sulfonopeptides and Vinylogous-Sulfonamidopeptides / 7.4：
Poly-N-Acylated Amines / 7.5：
Oligoureas / 7.6：
Linear Ureas / 7.6.1：
Thioureas / 7.6.2：
Oligocycloureas and Cyclothioureas / 7.6.3：
Ureapeptoids / 7.6.4：
Heterocyclic Ring-Containing Oligomers / 7.7：
Poly-N-Methyl-Pyrroles and Imidazoles / 7.7.1：
Thiazole and Oxazole Ring-Containing Peptides / 7.7.2：
Polyisoxazolines / 7.7.3：
Oligothiophenes / 7.7.4：
Oligotetrahydrofurans / 7.7.5：
Pyrrolinone-Containing Oligomers / 7.7.6：
Other Examples of Synthetic Oligomers / 7.8：
Vinylogous Polypeptides / 7.8.1：
Retro-inverso Pseudopeptides / 7.8.2：
Azatides and Azapeptides / 7.8.3：
Polyketides / 7.8.4：
[beta]-Polypeptides / 7.8.5：
[alpha],[alpha]-Tetrasubstituted Amino Acids-Containing Peptides / 7.8.6：
Peptide Nucleic Acids / 7.8.7：
Single Position Peptide Bond Modifications / 7.9：
Thioamide Pseudopeptides / 7.9.1：
Reduced-Amide Bond Peptides / 7.9.2：
N-Hydroxyamide Bond-Containing Peptides / 7.9.3：
Hydroxyethylamine Peptide Bond Isosteres / 7.9.4：
Methylene Ether Isosteres / 7.9.5：
Phosphono- and Phosphinopeptides / 7.9.6：
Summary / 7.10：
Glycopeptide and Oligosaccharide Libraries / Phaedria M. St. Hilaire ; Morton Meldal7.11：
Parallel Arrays versus Libraries of Compounds / 8.1：
Proteins Recognising Carbohydrates / 8.2：
The Carbohydrate Ligands / 8.3：
Supports for Solid-Phase Libraries / 8.4：
Analytical Tools for Oligosaccharide and Glycopeptide Libraries / 8.5：
Tagging Techniques in Oligosaccharide Libraries / 8.5.1：
Analysis by Mass Spectrometry / 8.5.2：
Structural Analysis of Compounds Linked to Single Beads by MAS-NMR / 8.5.3：
Introduction to Array and Library Synthesis of Oligosaccharides / 8.6：
Parallel Synthesis of Oligosaccharide Arrays / 8.7：
Synthesis of Oligosaccharide Libraries / 8.8：
Glycopeptide Templates as Oligosaccharide Mimetics / 8.9：
Parallel Synthesis of Glycopeptide Arrays / 8.10：
Preparation and Analysis of Solid-Phase Glycopeptide Template Libraries / 8.11：
Screening of a Solid-Phase Glycopeptide Library / 8.12：
RNA and DNA Aptamers / Michael Famulok8.13：
Aptamers for Small Molecules / 9.1：
Functional Aptamers for Proteins and their Application in Biotechnology, Molecular Medicine, and Diagnostics / 9.3：
Functional Aptamers In Vivo / 9.4：
Combinatorial Approaches to Molecular Receptors for Chemosensors / Dietmar Leiper ; Jurgen Mack ; Rolf Tunnemann9.5：
Supramolecular Recognition Sites / 10.1：
Macrocyclic Peptides / 10.3：
Combinatorial Receptor Libraries / 10.4：
Cyclopeptides as Supramolecular Recognition Sites for Chemosensors / 10.5：
Quartz Microbalance Measurements in the Liquid Phase / 10.5.1：
Reflectometric Interference Spectroscopy (RIfS) in the Liquid Phase / 10.5.2：
Outlook / 10.6：
Peptide Libraries in T-Cell-Mediated Immune Response / Burkhard Fleckenstein ; Karl-Heinz Wiesmuller10.7：
Generation and Presentation of Antigens / 11.1：
Combinatorial Peptide Libraries / 11.1.2：
Peptide Libraries for the Investigation of TAP / 11.1.3：
MHC Class I and Class II Molecules / 11.1.4：
Peptide Ligands of MHC Class I Molecules / 11.1.4.1：
Peptide Ligands of MHC Class II Molecules / 11.1.4.2：
T-Cell Response / 11.1.5：
Recognition of MHC Class I-Bound Peptides by TCR / 11.1.5.1：
Recognition of MHC Class II-Bound Peptides by TCR / 11.1.5.2：
Methods / 11.2：
Synthesis of Peptides and Peptide Libraries / 11.2.1：
Analytical Characterization of Peptide Libraries / 11.2.2：
HPSEC-Competition Assay / 11.2.3：
Isolation of HLA Class II Molecules / 11.2.4：
Results and Discussion / 11.3：
Optimal Length of Peptides for MHC Class II Interaction / 11.3.1：
Activity Pattern Describing DR1/Peptide Interaction / 11.3.2：
Tolerance to Amino Acid Variations in a HLA Class II Ligand / 11.3.2.1：
Competition of Peptides Deduced from the Activity Pattern of the Undecapeptide Library / 11.3.2.2：
Predictions of HLA Class II-Ligands and T-Cell Epitopes by the Algorithm, Actipat / 11.3.2.3：
Peptide Libraries and the Antigen Recognition of CD4+ T Cells / 11.3.2.4：
T-Cell Response to Completely Randomized Peptide Libraries / 11.3.2.5：
Complete Dissection of the Epitope for TCC 5G7 / 11.3.2.6：
Evaluation of TCR Contact Positions / 11.3.2.7：
Superagonists and Prediction of Epitopes / 11.3.2.8：
Combinatorial Biosynthesis of Microbial Metabolites / Andreas Bechthold ; Jose Antonio Salas Fernandez11.4：
Cloning of Biosynthetic Gene Clusters / 12.1：
New Drugs by Genetic Engineering / 12.3：
New Drugs by Targeted Gene Disruption / 12.3.1：
New Drugs by Expression of Single Genes / 12.3.2：
New Drugs by Expression of Gene Clusters / 12.3.3：
New Drugs by Variation of the Starter Units / 12.3.4：
New Drugs by Recombinant Assembly of Enzymatic Subunits / 12.3.5：
Polyketide Synthases / 12.3.5.1：
Peptide Synthases / 12.3.5.2：
Proteins Involved in Deoxysugar Biosynthesis / 12.3.5.3：
Future Perspectives / 12.4：
Use of Genes Involved in the Biosynthesis of Oligosaccharide Antibiotics / 12.4.1：
Use of Genes from Other Sources--New Compounds from Earth / 12.4.2：
Changing the Substrate Specificity of an Enzyme / 12.4.3：
Design and Diversity Analysis of Compound Libraries for Lead Discovery / Hans Matter ; Matthias Rarey12.5：
Concepts and Issues for Combinatorial Library Design / 13.1：
The Similarity Principle / 13.3：
Molecular Descriptors and Selection Techniques / 13.4：
Two-Dimensional Fingerprints / 13.4.1：
Pharmacophore Definition Triplets / 13.4.2：
Other Descriptors / 13.4.3：
Compound Selection Techniques / 13.4.4：
Selected Examples of New Approaches to Molecular Similarity / 13.5：
Affinity Fingerprints / 13.5.1：
Feature Trees / 13.5.2：
Automated Structural Superposition of Fragments / 13.5.3：
Descriptor Validation Studies / 13.6：
2D Versus 3D Descriptors for Global Diversity / 13.6.1：
Random Versus Rational Design for Global Diversity / 13.6.2：
3D Pharmacophore Definition Triplets Versus 2D Fingerprints / 13.6.3：
Local Similarity--The Radius of Similarity / 13.6.4：
Designing Combinatorial Libraries / 13.7：
Strategy / 13.7.1：
Practical Issues / 13.7.2：
Analysis of Diverse Libraries / 13.7.3：
Acknowledgement / 13.8：
How to Scale-up While Scaling Down: EVOscreen, a Miniaturized Ultra High Throughput Screening System / Rodney Turner ; Sylvia Sterrer ; Franz-Josef Meyer-Almes13.10：
Introduction to Drug Discovery and Screening / 14.1：
A Rationale for New Methods in Drug Discovery / 14.1.1：
Chemistry, Biology and Technology / 14.1.2：
Sources of Compounds for HTS / 14.1.3：
Demands on HTS / 14.1.4：
Design and Production of Chemical Diversity / 14.2：
Microreactor Systems / 14.2.2：
Procedures for the Synthesis of Combinatorial Compounds / 14.2.3：
Limitations on Combinatorial Design Strategies / 14.2.4：
Screening Technology / 14.3：
The Ideal Read-out Technology: Confocal Fluorescence / 14.3.1：
Examples of Specific Fluorescence Detection Technologies / 14.3.2：
Fluorescence Correlation Spectroscopy (FCS) / 14.3.2.1：
Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET) / 14.3.2.2：
Fluorescence Polarization (FP) / 14.3.2.3：
Fluorescence Imaging / 14.3.2.4：
EVOscreen / 14.3.3：
Liquid Handling / 14.3.3.1：
Scanner/Picker / 14.3.3.2：
Blurring the Lines Between Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Screening / 14.3.4：
Using Primary Cells / 14.3.5：
Practical Application / 14.4：
Association Kinetics of Gene Product Fragments Derived from E. coli [beta]-Galactosidase / 14.4.1：
Association Kinetics / 14.4.1.1：
Comparison of Native (EA)[subscript 2] and Indicated (EA)[subscript 2] / 14.4.2：
FCS Adaption / 14.4.3：
High Throughput Experimentation in Catalysis / Ferdi Schuth ; Christian Hoffmann ; Anke Wolf ; Stephan Schunk ; Wolfram Stichert ; Armin Brenner14.5：
General Considerations / 15.1：
Motivation for and Problems of HTE Approaches in Catalysis / 15.2.1：
Strategies for Library Design and Testing / 15.2.2：
Approaches to Synthesis / 15.3：
Approaches to Testing / 15.4：
FT-Infrared Spectroscopy and IR-Microscopy for On Bead Analysis of Compound Libraries / Holger Bandel ; Wolfgang Haap15.5：
Analytical Methods Using FT-IR Spectroscopy / 16.1：
KBr Pellet Method / 16.2.1：
ATR-Spectroscopy / 16.2.2：
FT-IR Microscopy / 16.2.3：
Single Bead Reaction Monitoring / 16.2.3.1：
Examination of the Interaction between Resin-Bound Reactive Groups via IR-Microscopy / 16.2.3.2：
FT-IR Mapping: A New Tool for Spatially Resolved Characterization of Polymer-Bound Combinatorial Compound Libraries with IR-Microscopy / 16.2.3.3：
Other IR-Spectroscopy Methods / 16.2.4：
DRIFTS (Diffuse Reflectance Infrared Fourier Transform) Spectroscopy / 16.2.4.1：
Photoacoustic Spectroscopy / 16.2.4.2：
FT Raman Spectroscopy / 16.2.4.3：
Mass Spectrometric Analysis of Combinatorially Generated Compounds and Libraries / Roderich Sussmuth ; Graeme Nicholson16.3：
Significance of Mass Spectrometry in the Analytical Concept of Combinatorial Chemistry / 17.1：
Decisional Pathway for Combinatorial Synthesis and Analysis / 17.2.1：
Mass Spectrometric Techniques for Combinatorial Compound Analysis / 17.2.2：
Ionization Techniques / 17.2.2.1：
Analysis of Peptide- and Oligonucleotide-Libraries / 17.2.3：
Analysis of Non-Oligomeric Compounds and Libraries / 17.2.4：
Direct Analysis of Non-Oligomeric Compound Libraries / 17.2.4.1：
Coupling of Separation Techniques with Mass Spectrometry / 17.2.4.2：
"On-Bead" versus "Off-Bead" Analysis / 17.2.5：
High-Throughput Systems for Sample Analysis and Purification / 17.2.6：
High-Throughput Analysis / 17.2.6.1：
High-Throughput Sample Purification using MS-Detection / 17.2.6.2：
Automated Software-Aided Spectra Evaluation / 17.2.6.3：
Application of ES-MS in Combinatorial Chemistry Analysis / 17.3：
ES-MS-Analysis of Single Compounds / 17.3.1：
Influence of Resin Types on the MS-Analysis / 17.3.1.1：
Influence of Reagents on the MS-Analysis / 17.3.1.2：
Influence of Fragmentation on the MS-Analysis / 17.3.1.3：
ES-MS-Analysis of Non-Oligomeric Libraries / 17.3.1.4：
ES-MS-Analysis of a Pyrrol-Library / 17.3.2.1：
MS-Analysis of an Isoxazoline-Library / 17.3.2.2：
Materials and Methods / 17.4：
Electrospray-Mass-Spectrometry / 17.5.1：
GC-EI Mass Spectrometry / 17.5.2：
Appendix / 17.6：
High Resolution Magic Angle Spinning (MAS) NMR Spectroscopy for On-Bead Analysis of Solid-Phase Synthesis / Guy Lippens17.8：
Methods Used for On-Bead NMR Analysis / 18.1：
Sample Preparations, Observations and Quantifications by HR MAS NMR / 18.3：
Use of Protonated Solvent in HR MAS NMR / 18.4：
Summary and Perspectives / 18.5：
Automated Combinatorial Chemistry / Martin Winter18.6：
Parallel Synthesis of Individual Compounds / 19.1：
Productivity in the Research Laboratory / 19.3：
Automation Concepts: How Multicomponent Systems are Organized / 19.4：
Decentralized Automation Systems / 19.4.1：
Central-Controlled, Function-Oriented Multicomponent Systems / 19.4.3：
Central-Automated, Sample-Oriented Multicomponent Systems / 19.4.4：
Collateral Technologies for High-Throughput Purification and Analysis / 19.5：
Summary and Prospects / 19.6：
Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotron Resonance Mass Spectrometry (FT-ICR-MS) for Analysis of Compound Libraries / Tilman B. Walk19.7：
Physical Basis of FT-ICR Mass Spectrometry / 20.1：
Instrument / 20.2.1：
Supercconducting Magnet / 20.2.1.1：
Vacuum System / 20.2.1.2：
Analyzer Cell / 20.2.1.3：
Detection Principle / 20.2.2：
Cyclotron Motion / 20.2.2.1：
Signal Generation / 20.2.2.2：
Mass Accuracy / 20.2.2.3：
MS[superscript n]-Experiment / 20.2.2.4：
FT-ICR-MS Analysis / 20.3：
Combinatorial Compound Collections / 20.3.1：
Synthesis of Pyrrole Amide Collections / 20.3.1.1：
Automated Direct Measurement / 20.3.1.2：
MicroLC/ES-FT-ICR-MS-Coupling / 20.3.1.3：
Single Bead Analysis / 20.3.2：
Synthesis of Pyrrolidine Libraries / 20.3.2.1：
Result of Single Bead Analysis / 20.3.2.2：
Colour Plates / 20.4：
Index
Combinatorial Chemistry / Dominika Tiebes1.：
Introduction / 1.1：
Principles of Combinatorial Chemistry / 1.2：
87.
ＥＢ
Kenneth V. Price, Th B?ck, Jouni A. Lampinen, Rainer M. Storn
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2005
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Table of Contents
The Motivation for Differential Evolution / 1：
Introduction to Parameter Optimization / 1.1：
Overview / 1.1.1：
Single-Point, Derivative-Based Optimization / 1.1.2：
One-Point, Derivative-Free Optimization and the Step Size Problem / 1.1.3：
Local Versus Global Optimization / 1.2：
Simulated Annealing / 1.2.1：
Multi-Point, Derivative-Based Methods / 1.2.2：
Multi-Point, Derivative-Free Methods / 1.2.3：
Differential Evolution - A First Impression / 1.2.4：
References
The Differential Evolution Algorithm / 2：
Population Structure / 2.1：
Initialization / 2.1.2：
Mutation / 2.1.3：
Crossover / 2.1.4：
Selection / 2.1.5：
DE at a Glance / 2.1.6：
Visualizing DE / 2.1.7：
Notation / 2.1.8：
Parameter Representation / 2.2：
Bit Strings / 2.2.1：
Floating-Point / 2.2.2：
Floating-Point Constraints / 2.2.3：
Initial Bounds / 2.3：
Initial Distributions / 2.3.2：
Base Vector Selection / 2.4：
Choosing the Base Vector Index, r0 / 2.4.1：
One-to-One Base Vector Selection / 2.4.2：
A Comparison of Random Base Index Selection Methods / 2.4.3：
Degenerate Vector Combinations / 2.4.4：
Implementing Mutually Exclusive Indices / 2.4.5：
Gauging the Effects of Degenerate Combinations: The Sphere / 2.4.6：
Biased Base Vector Selection Schemes / 2.4.7：
Differential Mutation / 2.5：
The Mutation Scale Factor: F / 2.5.1：
Randomizing the Scale Factor / 2.5.2：
Recombination / 2.6：
The Role of Cr in Optimization / 2.6.1：
Arithmetic Recombination / 2.6.3：
Phase Portraits / 2.6.4：
The Either/Or Algorithm / 2.6.5：
Survival Criteria / 2.7：
Tournament Selection / 2.7.2：
One-to-One Survivor Selection / 2.7.3：
Local Versus Global Selection / 2.7.4：
Permutation Selection Invariance / 2.7.5：
Crossover-Dependent Selection Pressure / 2.7.6：
Parallel Performance / 2.7.7：
Extensions / 2.7.8：
Termination Criteria / 2.8：
Objective Met / 2.8.1：
Limit the Number of Generations / 2.8.2：
Population Statistics / 2.8.3：
Limited Time / 2.8.4：
Human Monitoring / 2.8.5：
Application Specific / 2.8.6：
Benchmarking Differential Evolution / 3：
About Testing / 3.1：
Performance Measures / 3.2：
DE Versus DE / 3.3：
The Algorithms / 3.3.1：
The Test Bed / 3.3.2：
Summary / 3.3.3：
DE Versus Other Optimizers / 3.4：
Comparative Performance: Thirty-Dimensional Functions / 3.4.1：
Comparative Studies: Unconstrained Optimization / 3.4.2：
Performance Comparisons from Other Problem Domains / 3.4.3：
Application-Based Performance Comparisons / 3.4.4：
Problem Domains / 3.5：
Function and Parameter Quantization / 4.1：
Uniform Quantization / 4.2.1：
Non-Uniform Quantization / 4.2.2：
Objective Function Quantization / 4.2.3：
Parameter Quantization / 4.2.4：
Mixed Variables / 4.2.5：
Optimization with Constraints / 4.3：
Boundary Constraints / 4.3.1：
Inequality Constraints / 4.3.2：
Equality Constraints / 4.3.3：
Combinatorial Problems / 4.4：
The Traveling Salesman Problem / 4.4.1：
The Permutation Matrix Approach / 4.4.2：
Relative Position Indexing / 4.4.3：
Onwubolu's Approach / 4.4.4：
Adjacency Matrix Approach / 4.4.5：
Design Centering / 4.4.6：
Divergence, Self-Steering and Pooling / 4.5.1：
Computing a Design Center / 4.5.2：
Multi-Objective Optimization / 4.6：
Weighted Sum of Objective Functions / 4.6.1：
Pareto Optimality / 4.6.2：
The Pareto-Front: Two Examples / 4.6.3：
Adapting DE for Multi-Objective Optimization / 4.6.4：
Dynamic Objective Functions / 4.7：
Stationary Optima / 4.7.1：
Non-Stationary Optima / 4.7.2：
Architectural Aspects and Computing Environments / 5：
DE on Parallel Processors / 5.1：
Background / 5.1.1：
Related Work / 5.1.2：
Drawbacks of the Standard Model / 5.1.3：
Modifying the Standard Model / 5.1.4：
The Master Process / 5.1.5：
DE on Limited Resource Devices / 5.2：
Random Numbers / 5.2.1：
Permutation Generators / 5.2.2：
Efficient Sorting / 5.2.3：
Memory-Saving DE Variants / 5.2.4：
Computer Code / 6：
DeMat - Differential Evolution for MATLAB / 6.1：
General Structure of DeMat / 6.1.1：
Naming and Coding Conventions / 6.1.2：
Data Flow Diagram / 6.1.3：
How to Use the Graphics / 6.1.4：
DeWin - DE for MS Windows: An Application in C / 6.2：
General Structure of DeWin / 6.2.1：
How To Use the Graphics / 6.2.2：
Functions of graphics.h / 6.2.5：
Software on the Accompanying CD / 6.3：
Applications / 7：
Genetic Algorithms and Related Techniques for Optimizing Si-H Clusters: A Merit Analysis for Differential Evolution / 7.1：
Introduction / 7.1.1：
The System Model / 7.1.2：
Computational Details / 7.1.3：
Results and Discussion / 7.1.4：
Concluding Remarks / 7.1.5：
Non-Imaging Optical Design Using Differential Evolution / 7.2：
Objective Function / 7.2.1：
A Reverse Engineering Approach to Testing / 7.2.3：
A More Difficult Problem: An Extended Source / 7.2.4：
Conclusion / 7.2.5：
Optimization of an Industrial Compressor Supply System / 7.3：
Background Information on the Test Problem / 7.3.1：
System Optimization / 7.3.3：
Demand Profiles / 7.3.4：
Modified Differential Evolution; Extending the Generality of DE / 7.3.5：
Component Selection from the Database / 7.3.6：
Crossover Approaches / 7.3.7：
Testing Procedures / 7.3.8：
Obtaining 100% Certainty of the Results / 7.3.9：
Results / 7.3.10：
Minimal Representation Multi-Sensor Fusion Using Differential Evolution / 7.3.11：
Minimal Representation Multi-Sensor Fusion / 7.4.1：
Differential Evolution for Multi-Sensor Fusion / 7.4.3：
Experimental Results / 7.4.4：
Comparison with a Binary Genetic Algorithm / 7.4.5：
Determination of the Earthquake Hypocenter: A Challenge for the Differential Evolution Algorithm / 7.4.6：
Brief Outline of Direct Problem Solution / 7.5.1：
Synthetic Location Test / 7.5.3：
Convergence Properties / 7.5.4：
Conclusions / 7.5.5：
Parallel Differential Evolution: Application to 3-D Medical Image Registration / 7.6：
Medical Image Registration Using Similarity Measures / 7.6.1：
Optimization by Differential Evolution / 7.6.3：
Parallelization of Differential Evolution / 7.6.4：
Acknowledgments / 7.6.5：
Design of Efficient Erasure Codes with Differential Evolution / 7.7：
Codes from Bipartite Graphs / 7.7.1：
Code Design / 7.7.3：
Differential Evolution / 7.7.4：
FIWIZ - A Versatile Program for the Design of Digital Filters Using Differential Evolution / 7.7.5：
Unconventional Design Tasks / 7.8.1：
Approach / 7.8.3：
Examples / 7.8.4：
Optimization of Radial Active Magnetic Bearings by Using Differential Evolution and the Finite Element Method / 7.8.5：
Radial Active Magnetic Bearings / 7.9.1：
Magnetic Field Distribution and Force Computed by the Two-Dimensional FEM / 7.9.3：
RAMB Design Optimized by DE and the FEM / 7.9.4：
Application of Differential Evolution to the Analysis of X-Ray Reflectivity Data / 7.9.5：
The Data-Fitting Procedure / 7.10.1：
The Model and Simulation / 7.10.3：
Inverse Fractal Problem / 7.10.4：
General Introduction / 7.11.1：
Active Compensation in RF-Driven Plasmas by Means of Differential Evolution / 7.11.2：
RF-Driven Plasmas / 7.12.1：
Langmuir Probes / 7.12.3：
Active Compensation in RF-Driven Plasmas / 7.12.4：
Automated Control System Structure and Fitness Function / 7.12.5：
Experimental Setup / 7.12.6：
Parameters and Experimental Design / 7.12.7：
Appendix / 7.12.8：
Unconstrained Uni-Modal Test Functions / A.1：
Sphere / A.1.1：
Hyper-Ellipsoid / A.1.2：
Generalized Rosenbrock / A.1.3：
Schwefel's Ridge / A.1.4：
Neumaier #3 / A.1.5：
Unconstrained Multi-Modal Test Functions / A.2：
Ackley / A.2.1：
Griewangk / A.2.2：
Rastrigin / A.2.3：
Salomon / A.2.4：
Whitley / A.2.5：
Storn's Chebyshev / A.2.6：
Lennard-Jones / A.2.7：
Hilbert / A.2.8：
Modified Langerman / A.2.9：
Shekel's Foxholes / A.2.10：
Odd Square / A.2.11：
Katsuura / A.2.12：
Bound-Constrained Test Functions / A.3：
Schwefel / A.3.1：
Epistatic Michalewicz / A.3.2：
Rana / A.3.3：
Index
Preface
Table of Contents
The Motivation for Differential Evolution / 1：
88.
図書
Kenneth V. Price, Rainer M. Storn, Jouni A. Lampinen
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Table of Contents
The Motivation for Differential Evolution / 1：
Introduction to Parameter Optimization / 1.1：
Overview / 1.1.1：
Single-Point, Derivative-Based Optimization / 1.1.2：
One-Point, Derivative-Free Optimization and the Step Size Problem / 1.1.3：
Local Versus Global Optimization / 1.2：
Simulated Annealing / 1.2.1：
Multi-Point, Derivative-Based Methods / 1.2.2：
Multi-Point, Derivative-Free Methods / 1.2.3：
Differential Evolution - A First Impression / 1.2.4：
References
The Differential Evolution Algorithm / 2：
Population Structure / 2.1：
Initialization / 2.1.2：
Mutation / 2.1.3：
Crossover / 2.1.4：
Selection / 2.1.5：
DE at a Glance / 2.1.6：
Visualizing DE / 2.1.7：
Notation / 2.1.8：
Parameter Representation / 2.2：
Bit Strings / 2.2.1：
Floating-Point / 2.2.2：
Floating-Point Constraints / 2.2.3：
Initial Bounds / 2.3：
Initial Distributions / 2.3.2：
Base Vector Selection / 2.4：
Choosing the Base Vector Index, r0 / 2.4.1：
One-to-One Base Vector Selection / 2.4.2：
A Comparison of Random Base Index Selection Methods / 2.4.3：
Degenerate Vector Combinations / 2.4.4：
Implementing Mutually Exclusive Indices / 2.4.5：
Gauging the Effects of Degenerate Combinations: The Sphere / 2.4.6：
Biased Base Vector Selection Schemes / 2.4.7：
Differential Mutation / 2.5：
The Mutation Scale Factor: F / 2.5.1：
Randomizing the Scale Factor / 2.5.2：
Recombination / 2.6：
The Role of Cr in Optimization / 2.6.1：
Arithmetic Recombination / 2.6.3：
Phase Portraits / 2.6.4：
The Either/Or Algorithm / 2.6.5：
Survival Criteria / 2.7：
Tournament Selection / 2.7.2：
One-to-One Survivor Selection / 2.7.3：
Local Versus Global Selection / 2.7.4：
Permutation Selection Invariance / 2.7.5：
Crossover-Dependent Selection Pressure / 2.7.6：
Parallel Performance / 2.7.7：
Extensions / 2.7.8：
Termination Criteria / 2.8：
Objective Met / 2.8.1：
Limit the Number of Generations / 2.8.2：
Population Statistics / 2.8.3：
Limited Time / 2.8.4：
Human Monitoring / 2.8.5：
Application Specific / 2.8.6：
Benchmarking Differential Evolution / 3：
About Testing / 3.1：
Performance Measures / 3.2：
DE Versus DE / 3.3：
The Algorithms / 3.3.1：
The Test Bed / 3.3.2：
Summary / 3.3.3：
DE Versus Other Optimizers / 3.4：
Comparative Performance: Thirty-Dimensional Functions / 3.4.1：
Comparative Studies: Unconstrained Optimization / 3.4.2：
Performance Comparisons from Other Problem Domains / 3.4.3：
Application-Based Performance Comparisons / 3.4.4：
Problem Domains / 3.5：
Function and Parameter Quantization / 4.1：
Uniform Quantization / 4.2.1：
Non-Uniform Quantization / 4.2.2：
Objective Function Quantization / 4.2.3：
Parameter Quantization / 4.2.4：
Mixed Variables / 4.2.5：
Optimization with Constraints / 4.3：
Boundary Constraints / 4.3.1：
Inequality Constraints / 4.3.2：
Equality Constraints / 4.3.3：
Combinatorial Problems / 4.4：
The Traveling Salesman Problem / 4.4.1：
The Permutation Matrix Approach / 4.4.2：
Relative Position Indexing / 4.4.3：
Onwubolu's Approach / 4.4.4：
Adjacency Matrix Approach / 4.4.5：
Design Centering / 4.4.6：
Divergence, Self-Steering and Pooling / 4.5.1：
Computing a Design Center / 4.5.2：
Multi-Objective Optimization / 4.6：
Weighted Sum of Objective Functions / 4.6.1：
Pareto Optimality / 4.6.2：
The Pareto-Front: Two Examples / 4.6.3：
Adapting DE for Multi-Objective Optimization / 4.6.4：
Dynamic Objective Functions / 4.7：
Stationary Optima / 4.7.1：
Non-Stationary Optima / 4.7.2：
Architectural Aspects and Computing Environments / 5：
DE on Parallel Processors / 5.1：
Background / 5.1.1：
Related Work / 5.1.2：
Drawbacks of the Standard Model / 5.1.3：
Modifying the Standard Model / 5.1.4：
The Master Process / 5.1.5：
DE on Limited Resource Devices / 5.2：
Random Numbers / 5.2.1：
Permutation Generators / 5.2.2：
Efficient Sorting / 5.2.3：
Memory-Saving DE Variants / 5.2.4：
Computer Code / 6：
DeMat - Differential Evolution for MATLAB / 6.1：
General Structure of DeMat / 6.1.1：
Naming and Coding Conventions / 6.1.2：
Data Flow Diagram / 6.1.3：
How to Use the Graphics / 6.1.4：
DeWin - DE for MS Windows: An Application in C / 6.2：
General Structure of DeWin / 6.2.1：
How To Use the Graphics / 6.2.2：
Functions of graphics.h / 6.2.5：
Software on the Accompanying CD / 6.3：
Applications / 7：
Genetic Algorithms and Related Techniques for Optimizing Si-H Clusters: A Merit Analysis for Differential Evolution / 7.1：
Introduction / 7.1.1：
The System Model / 7.1.2：
Computational Details / 7.1.3：
Results and Discussion / 7.1.4：
Concluding Remarks / 7.1.5：
Non-Imaging Optical Design Using Differential Evolution / 7.2：
Objective Function / 7.2.1：
A Reverse Engineering Approach to Testing / 7.2.3：
A More Difficult Problem: An Extended Source / 7.2.4：
Conclusion / 7.2.5：
Optimization of an Industrial Compressor Supply System / 7.3：
Background Information on the Test Problem / 7.3.1：
System Optimization / 7.3.3：
Demand Profiles / 7.3.4：
Modified Differential Evolution; Extending the Generality of DE / 7.3.5：
Component Selection from the Database / 7.3.6：
Crossover Approaches / 7.3.7：
Testing Procedures / 7.3.8：
Obtaining 100% Certainty of the Results / 7.3.9：
Results / 7.3.10：
Minimal Representation Multi-Sensor Fusion Using Differential Evolution / 7.3.11：
Minimal Representation Multi-Sensor Fusion / 7.4.1：
Differential Evolution for Multi-Sensor Fusion / 7.4.3：
Experimental Results / 7.4.4：
Comparison with a Binary Genetic Algorithm / 7.4.5：
Determination of the Earthquake Hypocenter: A Challenge for the Differential Evolution Algorithm / 7.4.6：
Brief Outline of Direct Problem Solution / 7.5.1：
Synthetic Location Test / 7.5.3：
Convergence Properties / 7.5.4：
Conclusions / 7.5.5：
Parallel Differential Evolution: Application to 3-D Medical Image Registration / 7.6：
Medical Image Registration Using Similarity Measures / 7.6.1：
Optimization by Differential Evolution / 7.6.3：
Parallelization of Differential Evolution / 7.6.4：
Acknowledgments / 7.6.5：
Design of Efficient Erasure Codes with Differential Evolution / 7.7：
Codes from Bipartite Graphs / 7.7.1：
Code Design / 7.7.3：
Differential Evolution / 7.7.4：
FIWIZ - A Versatile Program for the Design of Digital Filters Using Differential Evolution / 7.7.5：
Unconventional Design Tasks / 7.8.1：
Approach / 7.8.3：
Examples / 7.8.4：
Optimization of Radial Active Magnetic Bearings by Using Differential Evolution and the Finite Element Method / 7.8.5：
Radial Active Magnetic Bearings / 7.9.1：
Magnetic Field Distribution and Force Computed by the Two-Dimensional FEM / 7.9.3：
RAMB Design Optimized by DE and the FEM / 7.9.4：
Application of Differential Evolution to the Analysis of X-Ray Reflectivity Data / 7.9.5：
The Data-Fitting Procedure / 7.10.1：
The Model and Simulation / 7.10.3：
Inverse Fractal Problem / 7.10.4：
General Introduction / 7.11.1：
Active Compensation in RF-Driven Plasmas by Means of Differential Evolution / 7.11.2：
RF-Driven Plasmas / 7.12.1：
Langmuir Probes / 7.12.3：
Active Compensation in RF-Driven Plasmas / 7.12.4：
Automated Control System Structure and Fitness Function / 7.12.5：
Experimental Setup / 7.12.6：
Parameters and Experimental Design / 7.12.7：
Appendix / 7.12.8：
Unconstrained Uni-Modal Test Functions / A.1：
Sphere / A.1.1：
Hyper-Ellipsoid / A.1.2：
Generalized Rosenbrock / A.1.3：
Schwefel's Ridge / A.1.4：
Neumaier #3 / A.1.5：
Unconstrained Multi-Modal Test Functions / A.2：
Ackley / A.2.1：
Griewangk / A.2.2：
Rastrigin / A.2.3：
Salomon / A.2.4：
Whitley / A.2.5：
Storn's Chebyshev / A.2.6：
Lennard-Jones / A.2.7：
Hilbert / A.2.8：
Modified Langerman / A.2.9：
Shekel's Foxholes / A.2.10：
Odd Square / A.2.11：
Katsuura / A.2.12：
Bound-Constrained Test Functions / A.3：
Schwefel / A.3.1：
Epistatic Michalewicz / A.3.2：
Rana / A.3.3：
Index
Preface
Table of Contents
The Motivation for Differential Evolution / 1：
89.
ＥＢ
Kenneth V. Price, Th Bäck, Jouni A. Lampinen, Rainer M. Storn
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2005
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Table of Contents
The Motivation for Differential Evolution / 1：
Introduction to Parameter Optimization / 1.1：
Overview / 1.1.1：
Single-Point, Derivative-Based Optimization / 1.1.2：
One-Point, Derivative-Free Optimization and the Step Size Problem / 1.1.3：
Local Versus Global Optimization / 1.2：
Simulated Annealing / 1.2.1：
Multi-Point, Derivative-Based Methods / 1.2.2：
Multi-Point, Derivative-Free Methods / 1.2.3：
Differential Evolution - A First Impression / 1.2.4：
References
The Differential Evolution Algorithm / 2：
Population Structure / 2.1：
Initialization / 2.1.2：
Mutation / 2.1.3：
Crossover / 2.1.4：
Selection / 2.1.5：
DE at a Glance / 2.1.6：
Visualizing DE / 2.1.7：
Notation / 2.1.8：
Parameter Representation / 2.2：
Bit Strings / 2.2.1：
Floating-Point / 2.2.2：
Floating-Point Constraints / 2.2.3：
Initial Bounds / 2.3：
Initial Distributions / 2.3.2：
Base Vector Selection / 2.4：
Choosing the Base Vector Index, r0 / 2.4.1：
One-to-One Base Vector Selection / 2.4.2：
A Comparison of Random Base Index Selection Methods / 2.4.3：
Degenerate Vector Combinations / 2.4.4：
Implementing Mutually Exclusive Indices / 2.4.5：
Gauging the Effects of Degenerate Combinations: The Sphere / 2.4.6：
Biased Base Vector Selection Schemes / 2.4.7：
Differential Mutation / 2.5：
The Mutation Scale Factor: F / 2.5.1：
Randomizing the Scale Factor / 2.5.2：
Recombination / 2.6：
The Role of Cr in Optimization / 2.6.1：
Arithmetic Recombination / 2.6.3：
Phase Portraits / 2.6.4：
The Either/Or Algorithm / 2.6.5：
Survival Criteria / 2.7：
Tournament Selection / 2.7.2：
One-to-One Survivor Selection / 2.7.3：
Local Versus Global Selection / 2.7.4：
Permutation Selection Invariance / 2.7.5：
Crossover-Dependent Selection Pressure / 2.7.6：
Parallel Performance / 2.7.7：
Extensions / 2.7.8：
Termination Criteria / 2.8：
Objective Met / 2.8.1：
Limit the Number of Generations / 2.8.2：
Population Statistics / 2.8.3：
Limited Time / 2.8.4：
Human Monitoring / 2.8.5：
Application Specific / 2.8.6：
Benchmarking Differential Evolution / 3：
About Testing / 3.1：
Performance Measures / 3.2：
DE Versus DE / 3.3：
The Algorithms / 3.3.1：
The Test Bed / 3.3.2：
Summary / 3.3.3：
DE Versus Other Optimizers / 3.4：
Comparative Performance: Thirty-Dimensional Functions / 3.4.1：
Comparative Studies: Unconstrained Optimization / 3.4.2：
Performance Comparisons from Other Problem Domains / 3.4.3：
Application-Based Performance Comparisons / 3.4.4：
Problem Domains / 3.5：
Function and Parameter Quantization / 4.1：
Uniform Quantization / 4.2.1：
Non-Uniform Quantization / 4.2.2：
Objective Function Quantization / 4.2.3：
Parameter Quantization / 4.2.4：
Mixed Variables / 4.2.5：
Optimization with Constraints / 4.3：
Boundary Constraints / 4.3.1：
Inequality Constraints / 4.3.2：
Equality Constraints / 4.3.3：
Combinatorial Problems / 4.4：
The Traveling Salesman Problem / 4.4.1：
The Permutation Matrix Approach / 4.4.2：
Relative Position Indexing / 4.4.3：
Onwubolu's Approach / 4.4.4：
Adjacency Matrix Approach / 4.4.5：
Design Centering / 4.4.6：
Divergence, Self-Steering and Pooling / 4.5.1：
Computing a Design Center / 4.5.2：
Multi-Objective Optimization / 4.6：
Weighted Sum of Objective Functions / 4.6.1：
Pareto Optimality / 4.6.2：
The Pareto-Front: Two Examples / 4.6.3：
Adapting DE for Multi-Objective Optimization / 4.6.4：
Dynamic Objective Functions / 4.7：
Stationary Optima / 4.7.1：
Non-Stationary Optima / 4.7.2：
Architectural Aspects and Computing Environments / 5：
DE on Parallel Processors / 5.1：
Background / 5.1.1：
Related Work / 5.1.2：
Drawbacks of the Standard Model / 5.1.3：
Modifying the Standard Model / 5.1.4：
The Master Process / 5.1.5：
DE on Limited Resource Devices / 5.2：
Random Numbers / 5.2.1：
Permutation Generators / 5.2.2：
Efficient Sorting / 5.2.3：
Memory-Saving DE Variants / 5.2.4：
Computer Code / 6：
DeMat - Differential Evolution for MATLAB / 6.1：
General Structure of DeMat / 6.1.1：
Naming and Coding Conventions / 6.1.2：
Data Flow Diagram / 6.1.3：
How to Use the Graphics / 6.1.4：
DeWin - DE for MS Windows: An Application in C / 6.2：
General Structure of DeWin / 6.2.1：
How To Use the Graphics / 6.2.2：
Functions of graphics.h / 6.2.5：
Software on the Accompanying CD / 6.3：
Applications / 7：
Genetic Algorithms and Related Techniques for Optimizing Si-H Clusters: A Merit Analysis for Differential Evolution / 7.1：
Introduction / 7.1.1：
The System Model / 7.1.2：
Computational Details / 7.1.3：
Results and Discussion / 7.1.4：
Concluding Remarks / 7.1.5：
Non-Imaging Optical Design Using Differential Evolution / 7.2：
Objective Function / 7.2.1：
A Reverse Engineering Approach to Testing / 7.2.3：
A More Difficult Problem: An Extended Source / 7.2.4：
Conclusion / 7.2.5：
Optimization of an Industrial Compressor Supply System / 7.3：
Background Information on the Test Problem / 7.3.1：
System Optimization / 7.3.3：
Demand Profiles / 7.3.4：
Modified Differential Evolution; Extending the Generality of DE / 7.3.5：
Component Selection from the Database / 7.3.6：
Crossover Approaches / 7.3.7：
Testing Procedures / 7.3.8：
Obtaining 100% Certainty of the Results / 7.3.9：
Results / 7.3.10：
Minimal Representation Multi-Sensor Fusion Using Differential Evolution / 7.3.11：
Minimal Representation Multi-Sensor Fusion / 7.4.1：
Differential Evolution for Multi-Sensor Fusion / 7.4.3：
Experimental Results / 7.4.4：
Comparison with a Binary Genetic Algorithm / 7.4.5：
Determination of the Earthquake Hypocenter: A Challenge for the Differential Evolution Algorithm / 7.4.6：
Brief Outline of Direct Problem Solution / 7.5.1：
Synthetic Location Test / 7.5.3：
Convergence Properties / 7.5.4：
Conclusions / 7.5.5：
Parallel Differential Evolution: Application to 3-D Medical Image Registration / 7.6：
Medical Image Registration Using Similarity Measures / 7.6.1：
Optimization by Differential Evolution / 7.6.3：
Parallelization of Differential Evolution / 7.6.4：
Acknowledgments / 7.6.5：
Design of Efficient Erasure Codes with Differential Evolution / 7.7：
Codes from Bipartite Graphs / 7.7.1：
Code Design / 7.7.3：
Differential Evolution / 7.7.4：
FIWIZ - A Versatile Program for the Design of Digital Filters Using Differential Evolution / 7.7.5：
Unconventional Design Tasks / 7.8.1：
Approach / 7.8.3：
Examples / 7.8.4：
Optimization of Radial Active Magnetic Bearings by Using Differential Evolution and the Finite Element Method / 7.8.5：
Radial Active Magnetic Bearings / 7.9.1：
Magnetic Field Distribution and Force Computed by the Two-Dimensional FEM / 7.9.3：
RAMB Design Optimized by DE and the FEM / 7.9.4：
Application of Differential Evolution to the Analysis of X-Ray Reflectivity Data / 7.9.5：
The Data-Fitting Procedure / 7.10.1：
The Model and Simulation / 7.10.3：
Inverse Fractal Problem / 7.10.4：
General Introduction / 7.11.1：
Active Compensation in RF-Driven Plasmas by Means of Differential Evolution / 7.11.2：
RF-Driven Plasmas / 7.12.1：
Langmuir Probes / 7.12.3：
Active Compensation in RF-Driven Plasmas / 7.12.4：
Automated Control System Structure and Fitness Function / 7.12.5：
Experimental Setup / 7.12.6：
Parameters and Experimental Design / 7.12.7：
Appendix / 7.12.8：
Unconstrained Uni-Modal Test Functions / A.1：
Sphere / A.1.1：
Hyper-Ellipsoid / A.1.2：
Generalized Rosenbrock / A.1.3：
Schwefel's Ridge / A.1.4：
Neumaier #3 / A.1.5：
Unconstrained Multi-Modal Test Functions / A.2：
Ackley / A.2.1：
Griewangk / A.2.2：
Rastrigin / A.2.3：
Salomon / A.2.4：
Whitley / A.2.5：
Storn's Chebyshev / A.2.6：
Lennard-Jones / A.2.7：
Hilbert / A.2.8：
Modified Langerman / A.2.9：
Shekel's Foxholes / A.2.10：
Odd Square / A.2.11：
Katsuura / A.2.12：
Bound-Constrained Test Functions / A.3：
Schwefel / A.3.1：
Epistatic Michalewicz / A.3.2：
Rana / A.3.3：
Index
Preface
Table of Contents
The Motivation for Differential Evolution / 1：
90.
ＥＢ
Mario A. A. Guti?rrez, Mario A. A. Guti?rrez, Daniel Thalmann, Fr?d?ric Vexo, Fr?d?ric Vexo
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer London, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures
Introduction / 1：
Virtual Reality: The Science of Illusion / 1.1：
Basic Concepts / 1.2：
Immersion / 1.2.1：
Presence / 1.2.2：
A Brief History of Virtual Reality / 1.3：
Reality-Virtuality Continuum / 1.4：
Fundamentals / Part I：
Computer Graphics / 2：
Mathematics / 2.1：
Coordinate Systems / 2.1.1：
Vectors, Transformations and Matrices / 2.1.2：
Angular Representations / 2.1.3：
Projections / 2.1.4：
3D Modeling / 2.2：
Geometric Representations / 2.2.1：
Curves / 2.2.2：
Surfaces / 2.2.3：
3D Rendering / 2.3：
Local Illumination Model / 2.3.1：
Global Illumination Model / 2.3.2：
Textures / 2.3.3：
Rendering Pipeline / 2.3.4：
Computer Animation / 3：
Animation Types: Real Time and Image by Image / 3.1：
Articulated Bodies and Virtual Characters / 3.1.2：
Motion Control Methods / 3.2：
Motion Capture and Performance Animation / 3.3：
Optical Motion Capture Systems / 3.3.1：
Magnetic Trackers and Systems / 3.3.2：
Motion Capture Advantages and Disadvantages / 3.3.3：
Key-Frame Animation / 3.4：
Shape Interpolation and Parametric Keyframe Animation / 3.4.1：
Kochanek-Bartels Spline Interpolation / 3.4.2：
Inverse Kinematics / 3.5：
Motion Retargeting / 3.6：
Procedural Animation / 3.7：
Physics-Based Animation / 3.8：
Behavioral Animation / 3.9：
Virtual Worlds / Part II：
Virtual Characters / 4：
Virtual Humans in Virtual Environments / 4.1：
Character Skinning / 4.2：
Skeleton-Based Deformations / 4.2.1：
Data-Driven Methods / 4.2.2：
Physics-Based Approaches / 4.2.3：
Locomotion / 4.3：
Locomotion Generation / 4.3.1：
PCA-Based Locomotion / 4.3.2：
Virtual Human-Object interaction / 4.4：
Feature Modeling and Smart Objects / 4.4.1：
Grasping / 4.4.2：
Motion Planning / 4.4.3：
Facial Animation / 4.5：
Autonomous Characters / 4.6：
Why Autonomous Virtual Characters? / 4.6.1：
Properties of Autonomous Virtual Characters / 4.6.2：
Behaviors for Autonomous Virtual Characters / 4.6.3：
Crowd Simulation / 4.7：
Architecture of Virtual Reality Systems / 5：
Scene Graph-Based Systems / 5.1：
Semantic Virtual Environments / 5.2：
Generic System Architecture for VR Systems / 5.3：
Distributed Virtual Environments / 5.4：
Communication Architecture / 5.4.1：
Interest Management / 5.4.2：
Concurrency Control / 5.4.3：
Data Replication / 5.4.4：
Load Distribution / 5.4.5：
Mixed Realities / 6：
Augmented Reality and Augmented Virtuality / 6.1：
Tracking Techniques / 6.2：
Markers-Based Tracking / 6.2.1：
Marker-Less Tracking / 6.2.2：
Mixed Reality Tool Kits / 6.3：
Perceiving Virtual Worlds / Part III：
Vision / 7：
Graphical Display Technologies / 7.1：
Cathode-Ray Tubes / 7.1.1：
Liquid Crystal Displays / 7.1.2：
Plasma Displays / 7.1.3：
Virtual Reality Displays / 7.2：
Head-Mounted Displays / 7.2.1：
Fish Tank VR / 7.2.2：
Handheld Displays / 7.2.3：
Large Projection Screens / 7.2.4：
CAVE Systems / 7.2.5：
Audition / 8：
The Need for Sound in VR / 8.1：
Recording and Reproduction of Spatial Sound / 8.2：
Synthesis of Spatial Sound / 8.3：
Sound Rendering / 8.3.1：
Head-Related Transfer Function / 8.3.2：
3D Sound Imaging / 8.3.3：
Utilization of Loudspeaker Location / 8.3.4：
Sound Systems for VR / 8.4：
Sound Hardware / 8.4.1：
Sound Engines / 8.4.2：
Touch / 9：
The Need for Touch in VR / 9.1：
Data Gloves / 9.2：
Haptic Rendering / 9.3：
History of Haptic Rendering / 9.3.1：
Haptic Interfaces / 9.4：
Vibrotactile Displays / 9.4.1：
Tactile Displays / 9.4.2：
Kinesthetic Displays / 9.4.3：
Smell and Taste / 10：
The Need for Smells and Tastes in VR / 10.1：
Smell Interfaces / 10.2：
Taste interfaces / 10.3：
Applications / Part IV：
Health Sciences / 11：
Virtual Surgery / 11.1：
Virtual Rehabilitation and Therapy / 11.2：
Physiotherapy / 11.2.1：
Psychological Therapy / 11.2.2：
Virtual Anatomy / 11.3：
Cultural Heritage / 12：
Virtual Campeche and Calakmul / 12.1：
Virtual Dunhuang / 12.2：
Terracotta Soldiers / 12.3：
EU-INCO CAHRISMA and ERATO / 12.4：
EU-IST Archeoguide / 12.5：
EU-IST Lifeplus / 12.6：
Other VR Applications / 13：
Vehicle Simulators / 13.1：
Manufacturing / 13.2：
Entertainment / 13.3：
References
Index
List of Figures
Introduction / 1：
Virtual Reality: The Science of Illusion / 1.1：
91.
ＥＢ
DFG
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , 2007
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Vorwort
Einleitung / 1：
Prasentationen mit Einzeldiskussionen / 2：
Landbewirtschaftungssysteme und terrestrische Saumbiotope / 2.1：
Exposition von Nichtzielflachen / 2.2：
Abdrift / 2.2.1：
Nahtransport / 2.2.2：
Auswirkungen von Pflanzenschutzmitteln auf Nichtzielflachen / 2.3：
Nichtzielpflanzen / 2.3.1：
Nichtzielarthropoden / 2.3.2：
Bewertung der Auswirkungen von Pflanzenschutzmitteln auf terrestrische Nichtzielflachen / 2.4：
Ergebnisse der Abschlussdiskussion / 2.4.1：
Sachstand / 3.1：
Offene Fragestellungen / 3.2：
Forschungsbedarf / 3.3：
Fazit / 4：
Anhang
Vorwort
Einleitung / 1：
Prasentationen mit Einzeldiskussionen / 2：
92.
ＥＢ
Lutz Kruschwitz, Andreas Loeffler, Andreas L?offler, Andreas L?offler
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Chichester : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2005
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures
List of Symbols
List of Definitions, Theorems, etc
Acknowledgments
List of Definitions, Theorems, etc.
Introduction
Basic Elements / 1：
Fundamental terms / 1.1：
Cash flows / 1.1.1：
Taxes / 1.1.2：
Cost of capital / 1.1.3：
Time / 1.1.4：
Problems
Conditional expectation / 1.2：
Uncertainty and information / 1.2.1：
Rules / 1.2.2：
Example / 1.2.3：
A first glance at business values / 1.3：
Valuation concept / 1.3.1：
Cost of capital as conditional expected returns / 1.3.2：
A first valuation equation / 1.3.3：
Fundamental theorem of asset pricing / 1.3.4：
Further literature / 1.4：
Corporate Income Tax / 2：
Unlevered firms / 2.1：
Valuation equation / 2.1.1：
Weak auto-regressive cash flows / 2.1.2：
Example (continued) / 2.1.3：
Basics about levered firms / 2.2：
Equity and debt / 2.2.1：
Earnings and taxes / 2.2.2：
Financing policies / 2.2.3：
Default / 2.2.4：
Example (finite case continued) / 2.2.5：
References
Autonomous financing / 2.3：
Adjusted present value (APV) / 2.3.1：
Financing based on market values / 2.3.2：
Flow to equity (FTE) / 2.4.1：
Weak autoregressive cash flows / 2.4.2：
Total cash flow (TCF)
Weighted average cost of capital (WACC) / 2.4.3：
Miles-Ezzell- and Modigliani-Miller adjustments / 2.4.4：
Financing based on book values / 2.4.5：
Assumptions / 2.5.1：
Full distribution policy / 2.5.2：
Replacement investments / 2.5.3：
Investment policy based on cash flows / 2.5.4：
Other financing policies / 2.5.5：
Financing based on cash flows / 2.6.1：
Financing based on dividends / 2.6.2：
Financing based on debt-cash flow ratio / 2.6.3：
Comparing alternative forms of financing / 2.6.4：
Personal Income Tax / 2.7：
Unlevered and levered firms / 3.1：
'Leverage' interpreted anew / 3.1.1：
The unlevered firm / 3.1.2：
Income and taxes / 3.1.3：
Fundamental theorem / 3.1.4：
Tax shield and distribution policy / 3.1.5：
Miles-Ezzell and Modigliani-Miller adjustments / 3.1.6：
Excursus: Cost of equity and tax rate / 3.2：
Retention policies / 3.3：
Autonomous retention / 3.3.1：
Retention based on cash flow / 3.3.2：
Retention based on dividends / 3.3.3：
Retention based on market value / 3.3.4：
Corporate and Personal Income Tax / 3.4：
Identification and evaluation of tax advantages / 4.1：
Epilogue / 4.3：
Appendix: Proofs
Proofs of theorems / A.1：
Proof of theorem / A.2：
Index / A.3：
'Leverage' interpreted anew / 2.8：
Problem
Proofs / Appendix：
Proofs of theorems 2.2 and 2.3
Proof of theorem 2.17
Proof of theorem 2.18
Proofs of theorems 2.19 and 2.20
Proof of theorem 2.21
Proofs of theorems 2.22 and 2.23
Proof of theorem 3.2
Proof of theorem 3.9
List of Figures
List of Symbols
List of Definitions, Theorems, etc
93.
ＥＢ
Mario A. A. Gutiérrez, Mario A. A. Gutiérrez, Daniel Thalmann, Frédéric Vexo, Frédéric Vexo, F. Vexo
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer London, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures
Introduction / 1：
Virtual Reality: The Science of Illusion / 1.1：
Basic Concepts / 1.2：
Immersion / 1.2.1：
Presence / 1.2.2：
A Brief History of Virtual Reality / 1.3：
Reality-Virtuality Continuum / 1.4：
Fundamentals / Part I：
Computer Graphics / 2：
Mathematics / 2.1：
Coordinate Systems / 2.1.1：
Vectors, Transformations and Matrices / 2.1.2：
Angular Representations / 2.1.3：
Projections / 2.1.4：
3D Modeling / 2.2：
Geometric Representations / 2.2.1：
Curves / 2.2.2：
Surfaces / 2.2.3：
3D Rendering / 2.3：
Local Illumination Model / 2.3.1：
Global Illumination Model / 2.3.2：
Textures / 2.3.3：
Rendering Pipeline / 2.3.4：
Computer Animation / 3：
Animation Types: Real Time and Image by Image / 3.1：
Articulated Bodies and Virtual Characters / 3.1.2：
Motion Control Methods / 3.2：
Motion Capture and Performance Animation / 3.3：
Optical Motion Capture Systems / 3.3.1：
Magnetic Trackers and Systems / 3.3.2：
Motion Capture Advantages and Disadvantages / 3.3.3：
Key-Frame Animation / 3.4：
Shape Interpolation and Parametric Keyframe Animation / 3.4.1：
Kochanek-Bartels Spline Interpolation / 3.4.2：
Inverse Kinematics / 3.5：
Motion Retargeting / 3.6：
Procedural Animation / 3.7：
Physics-Based Animation / 3.8：
Behavioral Animation / 3.9：
Virtual Worlds / Part II：
Virtual Characters / 4：
Virtual Humans in Virtual Environments / 4.1：
Character Skinning / 4.2：
Skeleton-Based Deformations / 4.2.1：
Data-Driven Methods / 4.2.2：
Physics-Based Approaches / 4.2.3：
Locomotion / 4.3：
Locomotion Generation / 4.3.1：
PCA-Based Locomotion / 4.3.2：
Virtual Human-Object interaction / 4.4：
Feature Modeling and Smart Objects / 4.4.1：
Grasping / 4.4.2：
Motion Planning / 4.4.3：
Facial Animation / 4.5：
Autonomous Characters / 4.6：
Why Autonomous Virtual Characters? / 4.6.1：
Properties of Autonomous Virtual Characters / 4.6.2：
Behaviors for Autonomous Virtual Characters / 4.6.3：
Crowd Simulation / 4.7：
Architecture of Virtual Reality Systems / 5：
Scene Graph-Based Systems / 5.1：
Semantic Virtual Environments / 5.2：
Generic System Architecture for VR Systems / 5.3：
Distributed Virtual Environments / 5.4：
Communication Architecture / 5.4.1：
Interest Management / 5.4.2：
Concurrency Control / 5.4.3：
Data Replication / 5.4.4：
Load Distribution / 5.4.5：
Mixed Realities / 6：
Augmented Reality and Augmented Virtuality / 6.1：
Tracking Techniques / 6.2：
Markers-Based Tracking / 6.2.1：
Marker-Less Tracking / 6.2.2：
Mixed Reality Tool Kits / 6.3：
Perceiving Virtual Worlds / Part III：
Vision / 7：
Graphical Display Technologies / 7.1：
Cathode-Ray Tubes / 7.1.1：
Liquid Crystal Displays / 7.1.2：
Plasma Displays / 7.1.3：
Virtual Reality Displays / 7.2：
Head-Mounted Displays / 7.2.1：
Fish Tank VR / 7.2.2：
Handheld Displays / 7.2.3：
Large Projection Screens / 7.2.4：
CAVE Systems / 7.2.5：
Audition / 8：
The Need for Sound in VR / 8.1：
Recording and Reproduction of Spatial Sound / 8.2：
Synthesis of Spatial Sound / 8.3：
Sound Rendering / 8.3.1：
Head-Related Transfer Function / 8.3.2：
3D Sound Imaging / 8.3.3：
Utilization of Loudspeaker Location / 8.3.4：
Sound Systems for VR / 8.4：
Sound Hardware / 8.4.1：
Sound Engines / 8.4.2：
Touch / 9：
The Need for Touch in VR / 9.1：
Data Gloves / 9.2：
Haptic Rendering / 9.3：
History of Haptic Rendering / 9.3.1：
Haptic Interfaces / 9.4：
Vibrotactile Displays / 9.4.1：
Tactile Displays / 9.4.2：
Kinesthetic Displays / 9.4.3：
Smell and Taste / 10：
The Need for Smells and Tastes in VR / 10.1：
Smell Interfaces / 10.2：
Taste interfaces / 10.3：
Applications / Part IV：
Health Sciences / 11：
Virtual Surgery / 11.1：
Virtual Rehabilitation and Therapy / 11.2：
Physiotherapy / 11.2.1：
Psychological Therapy / 11.2.2：
Virtual Anatomy / 11.3：
Cultural Heritage / 12：
Virtual Campeche and Calakmul / 12.1：
Virtual Dunhuang / 12.2：
Terracotta Soldiers / 12.3：
EU-INCO CAHRISMA and ERATO / 12.4：
EU-IST Archeoguide / 12.5：
EU-IST Lifeplus / 12.6：
Other VR Applications / 13：
Vehicle Simulators / 13.1：
Manufacturing / 13.2：
Entertainment / 13.3：
References
Index
List of Figures
Introduction / 1：
Virtual Reality: The Science of Illusion / 1.1：
94.
ＥＢ
Marcus du Sautoy, F. Takens, Luke Woodward
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
A Brief History of Zeta Functions / 1.1：
Euler, Riemann / 1.1.1：
Dirichlet / 1.1.2：
Dedekind / 1.1.3：
Artin, Weil / 1.1.4：
Birch, Swinnerton-Dyer / 1.1.5：
Zeta Functions of Groups / 1.2：
Zeta Functions of Algebraic Groups / 1.2.1：
Zeta Functions of Rings / 1.2.2：
Local Functional Equations / 1.2.3：
Uniformity / 1.2.4：
Analytic Properties / 1.2.5：
p-Adic Integrals / 1.3：
Natural Boundaries of Euler Products / 1.4：
Nilpotent Groups: Explicit Examples / 2：
Calculating Zeta Functions of Groups / 2.1：
Calculating Zeta Functions of Lie Rings / 2.2：
Constructing the Cone Integral / 2.2.1：
Resolution / 2.2.2：
Evaluating Monomial Integrals / 2.2.3：
Summing the Rational Functions / 2.2.4：
Explicit Examples / 2.3：
Free Abelian Lie Rings / 2.4：
Heisenberg Lie Ring and Variants / 2.5：
Grenham's Lie Rings / 2.6：
Free Class-2 Nilpotent Lie Rings / 2.7：
Three Generators / 2.7.1：
n Generators / 2.7.2：
The 'Elliptic Curve Example' / 2.8：
Other Class Two Examples / 2.9：
The Maximal Class Lie Ring M[subscript 3] and Variants / 2.10：
Lie Rings with Large Abelian Ideals / 2.11：
F[subscript 3,2] / 2.12：
The Maximal Class Lie Rings M[subscript 4] and Fil[subscript 4] / 2.13：
Nilpotent Lie Algebras of Dimension [less than or equal] 6 / 2.14：
Nilpotent Lie Algebras of Dimension 7 / 2.15：
Soluble Lie Rings / 3：
Proof of Theorem 3.1 / 3.1：
Choosing a Basis for tr[subscript n](Z) / 3.2.1：
Determining the Conditions / 3.2.2：
Constructing the Zeta Function / 3.2.3：
Transforming the Conditions / 3.2.4：
Deducing the Functional Equation / 3.2.5：
Variations / 3.3：
Quotients of tr[subscript n](Z) / 3.4.1：
Counting All Subrings / 3.4.2：
Algebraic Groups / 4：
Nilpotent Groups and Lie Rings / 4.3：
The Conjecture / 4.4：
Special Cases Known to Hold / 4.5：
A Special Case of the Conjecture / 4.6：
Projectivisation / 4.6.1：
Manipulating the Cone Sums / 4.6.2：
Cones and Schemes / 4.6.4：
Quasi-Good Sets / 4.6.5：
Quasi-Good Sets: The Monomial Case / 4.6.6：
Applications of Conjecture 4.5 / 4.7：
Counting Subrings and p-Subrings / 4.8：
Counting Ideals and p-Ideals / 4.9：
Heights, Cocentral Bases and the [pi]-Map / 4.9.1：
Property ([dagger]) / 4.9.2：
Lie Rings Without ([dagger]) / 4.9.3：
Natural Boundaries I: Theory / 5：
A Natural Boundary for [zeta]GSp[subscript 6] (s) / 5.1：
Natural Boundaries for Euler Products / 5.2：
Practicalities / 5.2.1：
Distinguishing Types I, II and III / 5.2.2：
Avoiding the Riemann Hypothesis / 5.3：
All Local Zeros on or to the Left of R(s) = [beta] / 5.4：
Using Riemann Zeros / 5.4.1：
Avoiding Rational Independence of Riemann Zeros / 5.4.2：
Continuation with Finitely Many Riemann Zeta Functions / 5.4.3：
Infinite Products of Riemann Zeta Functions / 5.4.4：
Natural Boundaries II: Algebraic Groups / 6：
G = GO[subscript 2l+1] of Type B[subscript l] / 6.1：
G = GSp[subscript 2l] of Type C[subscript l] or G = GO[superscript +][subscript 2l] of Type D[subscript l] / 6.3：
G = GSp[subscript 2l] of Type C[subscript l] / 6.3.1：
G = GO[superscript + subscript 2l] of Type D[subscript l] / 6.3.2：
Natural Boundaries III: Nilpotent Groups / 7：
Zeta Functions with Meromorphic Continuation / 7.1：
Zeta Functions with Natural Boundaries / 7.3：
Type I / 7.3.1：
Type II / 7.3.2：
Type III / 7.3.3：
Other Types / 7.4：
Types IIIa and IIIb / 7.4.1：
Types IV, V and VI / 7.4.2：
Large Polynomials / A：
H[superscript 4], Counting Ideals / A.1：
g[subscript 6,4], Counting All Subrings / A.2：
T[subscript 4], Counting All Subrings / A.3：
L[subscript (3,2,2)], Counting Ideals / A.4：
G[subscript 3] x g[subscript 5,3], Counting Ideals / A.5：
g[subscript 6,12], Counting All Subrings / A.6：
g[subscript 1357G], Counting Ideals / A.7：
g[subscript 1457A], Counting Ideals / A.8：
g[subscript 1457B], Counting Ideals / A.9：
tr[subscript 6](Z), Counting Ideals / A.10：
tr[subscript 7](Z), Counting Ideals / A.11：
Factorisation of Polynomials Associated to Classical Groups / B：
References
Index
Index of Notation
Introduction / 1：
A Brief History of Zeta Functions / 1.1：
Euler, Riemann / 1.1.1：
95.
ＥＢ
Pierre Henry
出版情報:
Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
The Project / 1：
Purpose and Contents of This Book / 1.1：
The Signs / 1.1.1：
Testing Revisited / 1.1.2：
Introduction to Testing / 2：
Testing Challenges / 2.1：
Business and IT / 2.1.1：
The Human Factor / 2.1.2：
Old and New Worlds / 2.1.3：
Banking Platform Renewal / 2.1.4：
Complex Testing / 2.1.5：
Global Testing / 2.1.6：
The Value of Testing / 2.1.7：
The Significance of Requirements / 2.2：
What is a Requirement? / 2.2.1：
Meeting the Unknown / 2.2.2：
Characteristics of Requirements / 2.2.3：
Requirements Elicitation / 2.2.4：
Main Problems with Requirements / 2.2.5：
Risks Associated with Requirements / 2.2.6：
Recommendations / 2.2.7：
The Nonconformity Problem / 2.3：
How Defects are Born / 2.3.1：
Nonconformity to Standards and Rules / 2.3.2：
Aging of Product Components / 2.3.3：
Environmental Changes / 2.3.4：
Outdated Tests / 2.3.5：
Conformity Assessment / 2.3.6：
The Costs of the Nonconformity / 2.3.7：
Mission Impossible? / 2.3.8：
Complexity / 2.3.9：
Test Artifacts / 2.4：
Classification of Test Artifacts / 2.4.1：
Information Life Cycle / 2.4.2：
Data Life Cycle / 2.4.3：
Testing Predictability / 2.5：
Business Rules / 2.5.1：
Business Rules Management (BRM) / 2.5.2：
Software Reliability / 2.5.3：
Software Quality Criteria [ISO 9126] / 2.5.4：
Software Development Methods / 2.6：
V-Model / 2.6.1：
Agile Software Development / 2.6.2：
What is Agility? / 2.6.3：
Iterative Development / 2.6.4：
Waterfall and Agile Methods Compared / 2.6.5：
Staged Delivery Method / 2.6.6：
Selection of the Right Development Method / 2.6.7：
The Testing Value Chain (TVC) / 2.7：
The SO Organization / 2.7.1：
Quality Gates / 2.7.2：
Test Methods and Technology / 3：
Different Views of Testing / 3.1：
Test Methods - Overview / 3.1.1：
Dynamic Test Methods / 3.2：
Structural Testing (White Box) / 3.2.1：
Functional Testing (Black Box) / 3.2.2：
Para-Functional Testing / 3.2.3：
Static Test Methods / 3.3：
Inspections / 3.3.1：
Reviews / 3.3.2：
Static Analysis (SA) / 3.3.3：
Design Verification (DV) / 3.3.4：
Ways to Test / 3.4：
Planned Testing (PT) / 3.4.1：
Exploratory Testing (ET) / 3.4.2：
Performance Testing (PT) / 3.4.3：
Rapid Testing / 3.4.4：
Regression Testing (RT) / 3.4.5：
Extended Random Regression Testing (ERRT) / 3.4.6：
Scenario Testing / 3.4.7：
SOA Testing / 3.4.8：
Test Technology / 3.4.9：
Model-Based Testing (MBT) / 3.5.1：
Model-Based Integration and Testing (MBI&T) / 3.5.2：
Model Checking / 3.5.3：
Test Automation / 3.5.4：
The Test Domain / 4：
Topology of the Test Domain / 4.1：
Environmental Factors / 4.1.1：
Business Pressure on IT / 4.1.2：
IT Technology / 4.1.3：
Mainframe as the Foundation of the IT Infrastructure / 4.1.4：
A Complex Network / 4.1.5：
Multi-Tier Architecture / 4.1.6：
Backward and Lateral Compatibility / 4.1.7：
Multi-Layered Test Domain / 4.1.8：
SOA / 4.1.9：
Data and Time Aspects / 4.2：
Master Data Management (MDM) / 4.2.1：
Business Data Categorization / 4.2.2：
Business Data Growth / 4.2.3：
Test Data Management (TDM) / 4.2.4：
Business Data Lifecycle / 4.2.5：
Bi-Temporality / 4.2.7：
Causality Violation / 4.2.8：
Other Time Aspects / 4.2.9：
Table-Driven Systems (TDS) / 4.3：
Tabular Representation of Data / 4.3.1：
Characteristics of Tables / 4.3.2：
Usage of Tables / 4.3.3：
Specification Tables / 4.3.4：
Transient Tables and Data / 4.3.5：
Relational Databases / 4.3.6：
TDS Testing / 4.3.7：
Critical Technical Parameters / 4.4：
Definition / 4.4.1：
Examples of CTPs / 4.4.2：
Test Processes / 5：
The Testing Network - Process Technology / 5.1：
What is a Process? / 5.1.1：
Process Networks / 5.1.2：
Test Process Landscape / 5.1.3：
Core Testing Processes / 5.2：
Overview / 5.2.1：
Test Strategy Elaboration / 5.2.2：
Test Planning / 5.2.3：
Test Objectives Definition / 5.2.4：
Test Design Techniques / 5.2.5：
Test Artifacts Management / 5.2.6：
TC Design / 5.2.7：
TC Review / 5.2.8：
TC Implementation / 5.2.9：
TC Archiving / 5.2.10：
Test Set Build / 5.2.11：
Test Runs / 5.2.12：
Test Results Analysis / 5.2.13：
Incident and Problem Management (IPM) / 5.2.14：
Incident Tracking and Channeling (ITC) / 5.2.15：
Compliance Testing Process (CTP) / 5.2.16：
Distributed Testing / 5.2.17：
Test Support Processes / 5.3：
Document Management / 5.3.1：
Information Channeling / 5.3.2：
Training/Skills Improvement / 5.3.3：
Software Testing Certification / 5.3.4：
Test Neighbor Processes / 5.4：
Specifications Review / 5.4.1：
Software Package Build / 5.4.2：
Software Build Manager Role / 5.4.3：
Software Package Installation / 5.4.4：
Release Management / 5.4.5：
Test Data Management / 5.4.6：
Risk Management / 5.4.7：
Test Platforms and Tools / 6：
The Integrated Test Platform / 6.1：
Benefits of an ITP / 6.1.1：
Test Platform Management / 6.1.2：
TD for QC / 6.2：
TD Staffing / 6.2.1：
TD Administration / 6.2.2：
TD Modules / 6.2.3：
Requirements Module / 6.2.4：
TestPlan Module / 6.2.5：
TestLab Module / 6.2.6：
Defect Module / 6.2.7：
Analysis Function / 6.2.8：
Export Function / 6.2.9：
Traceability Function / 6.2.10：
Email and Workflow / 6.2.11：
Document Generator / 6.2.12：
Other Functions / 6.2.13：
Dashboard / 6.2.14：
The Leading Commercial SA Tools / 6.3：
The Leading Commercial Testing Tools / 6.4：
The Analysis of Defect Root Causes / 7：
The Methodological Approach / 7.1：
Defect Classification Schemes / 7.1.1：
Orthogonal Default Classification (ODC) / 7.1.2：
Situational Analysis / 7.1.3：
Ishikawa Diagram / 7.1.4：
Limitations of Cause and Effect Models / 7.1.5：
Causal Chains Explained / 7.2：
Identifying Problem Sources / 7.2.1：
Test Perimeter / 7.2.2：
Causal Chain Examples / 7.2.3：
Data-Dependent Testing / 7.3：
Database Testing / 7.3.1：
SQL Tuning Sets (STSs) / 7.3.2：
Bi-temporality Issues / 7.3.3：
Data State / 7.3.4：
Frequent Causes of Problems / 7.3.6：
Deadlock / 7.4.1：
Fixes / 7.4.2：
Interfaces / 7.4.3：
Memory Leaks / 7.4.4：
Metadata / 7.4.5：
Network-Centric Applications / 7.4.6：
Network problems / 7.4.7：
SW Package Build / 7.4.8：
Wrong Parameters / 7.4.9：
Software Aging / 7.5：
Causes of Software Decay / 7.5.1：
Symptoms of Code Decay / 7.5.2：
Risk factors Related to Software Aging / 7.5.3：
The Cost of Software Aging / 7.5.4：
An Analysis Tool for Aging Software / 7.5.5：
The Investigation of a Technical Problem / 7.6：
Technical Processes (TPs) / 7.6.1：
Measuring Test Efforts / 8：
Overall Project Progress Measurement / 8.1：
EVA's Power / 8.1.1：
EVA's Benefits / 8.1.2：
Test Progress Reporting (TPR) / 8.2：
Technical Measurement / 8.2.1：
Test Monitoring / 8.2.2：
Implementing TPR / 8.2.3：
Test Quality Measurement / 8.2.4：
Test Progress Measurement / 8.2.5：
Test Progress Horizon / 8.2.6：
Test Progress Prediction / 8.2.7：
Test Progress Reporting with TD/QC / 8.2.8：
Central Reporting with TD/QC / 8.2.9：
Test Issues / 9：
Risk Management in the Enterprise IT Project / 9.1：
The Scope of IT Risk Management / 9.1.2：
Risk-Based Testing / 9.1.3：
Limitations on Risk Management / 9.1.4：
Risks Related to Compliance / 9.1.5：
Implementing Sarbanes-Oxley in TestDirector / 9.1.6：
The Impact of International Regulations on IT / 9.1.7：
Recommended Lectures / 9.1.8：
IPC Management / 9.2：
Detecting Danger Areas in the Project / 9.2.1：
Crisis Management / 9.2.2：
Conclusion
Appendices
Useful Aids / A：
Templates / A.1：
Data Profile / A.1.1：
Project Status / A.1.2：
Release Flash / A.1.3：
Top-Down Process Modelling / A.1.4：
Software Test Documentation (IEEE Standard) / A.1.5：
Checklists / A.2：
Cause-Effect Checklist / A.2.1：
Code Review Checklist / A.2.2：
Functionality Checklist / A.2.3：
How to Create Component Test Cases / A.2.4：
Investigation of a Technical Problem / A.2.5：
ODC Triggers Usage / A.2.6：
Process Design Parameters / A.2.7：
Requirements Definition / A.2.8：
Test Case Conformity Checklist / A.2.9：
Test Case Review Checklist / A.2.10：
Test Findings / A.2.11：
Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance / B：
Test Platforms and Tool Providers / C：
Acronyms / D：
Glossary
Bibliography
Links
Index
Acknowledgements
Copyrights and Trademarks
The Project / 1：
Purpose and Contents of This Book / 1.1：
The Signs / 1.1.1：
96.
ＥＢ
Pierre Henry
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2008
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
The Project / 1：
Purpose and Contents of This Book / 1.1：
The Signs / 1.1.1：
Testing Revisited / 1.1.2：
Introduction to Testing / 2：
Testing Challenges / 2.1：
Business and IT / 2.1.1：
The Human Factor / 2.1.2：
Old and New Worlds / 2.1.3：
Banking Platform Renewal / 2.1.4：
Complex Testing / 2.1.5：
Global Testing / 2.1.6：
The Value of Testing / 2.1.7：
The Significance of Requirements / 2.2：
What is a Requirement? / 2.2.1：
Meeting the Unknown / 2.2.2：
Characteristics of Requirements / 2.2.3：
Requirements Elicitation / 2.2.4：
Main Problems with Requirements / 2.2.5：
Risks Associated with Requirements / 2.2.6：
Recommendations / 2.2.7：
The Nonconformity Problem / 2.3：
How Defects are Born / 2.3.1：
Nonconformity to Standards and Rules / 2.3.2：
Aging of Product Components / 2.3.3：
Environmental Changes / 2.3.4：
Outdated Tests / 2.3.5：
Conformity Assessment / 2.3.6：
The Costs of the Nonconformity / 2.3.7：
Mission Impossible? / 2.3.8：
Complexity / 2.3.9：
Test Artifacts / 2.4：
Classification of Test Artifacts / 2.4.1：
Information Life Cycle / 2.4.2：
Data Life Cycle / 2.4.3：
Testing Predictability / 2.5：
Business Rules / 2.5.1：
Business Rules Management (BRM) / 2.5.2：
Software Reliability / 2.5.3：
Software Quality Criteria [ISO 9126] / 2.5.4：
Software Development Methods / 2.6：
V-Model / 2.6.1：
Agile Software Development / 2.6.2：
What is Agility? / 2.6.3：
Iterative Development / 2.6.4：
Waterfall and Agile Methods Compared / 2.6.5：
Staged Delivery Method / 2.6.6：
Selection of the Right Development Method / 2.6.7：
The Testing Value Chain (TVC) / 2.7：
The SO Organization / 2.7.1：
Quality Gates / 2.7.2：
Test Methods and Technology / 3：
Different Views of Testing / 3.1：
Test Methods - Overview / 3.1.1：
Dynamic Test Methods / 3.2：
Structural Testing (White Box) / 3.2.1：
Functional Testing (Black Box) / 3.2.2：
Para-Functional Testing / 3.2.3：
Static Test Methods / 3.3：
Inspections / 3.3.1：
Reviews / 3.3.2：
Static Analysis (SA) / 3.3.3：
Design Verification (DV) / 3.3.4：
Ways to Test / 3.4：
Planned Testing (PT) / 3.4.1：
Exploratory Testing (ET) / 3.4.2：
Performance Testing (PT) / 3.4.3：
Rapid Testing / 3.4.4：
Regression Testing (RT) / 3.4.5：
Extended Random Regression Testing (ERRT) / 3.4.6：
Scenario Testing / 3.4.7：
SOA Testing / 3.4.8：
Test Technology / 3.4.9：
Model-Based Testing (MBT) / 3.5.1：
Model-Based Integration and Testing (MBI&T) / 3.5.2：
Model Checking / 3.5.3：
Test Automation / 3.5.4：
The Test Domain / 4：
Topology of the Test Domain / 4.1：
Environmental Factors / 4.1.1：
Business Pressure on IT / 4.1.2：
IT Technology / 4.1.3：
Mainframe as the Foundation of the IT Infrastructure / 4.1.4：
A Complex Network / 4.1.5：
Multi-Tier Architecture / 4.1.6：
Backward and Lateral Compatibility / 4.1.7：
Multi-Layered Test Domain / 4.1.8：
SOA / 4.1.9：
Data and Time Aspects / 4.2：
Master Data Management (MDM) / 4.2.1：
Business Data Categorization / 4.2.2：
Business Data Growth / 4.2.3：
Test Data Management (TDM) / 4.2.4：
Business Data Lifecycle / 4.2.5：
Bi-Temporality / 4.2.7：
Causality Violation / 4.2.8：
Other Time Aspects / 4.2.9：
Table-Driven Systems (TDS) / 4.3：
Tabular Representation of Data / 4.3.1：
Characteristics of Tables / 4.3.2：
Usage of Tables / 4.3.3：
Specification Tables / 4.3.4：
Transient Tables and Data / 4.3.5：
Relational Databases / 4.3.6：
TDS Testing / 4.3.7：
Critical Technical Parameters / 4.4：
Definition / 4.4.1：
Examples of CTPs / 4.4.2：
Test Processes / 5：
The Testing Network - Process Technology / 5.1：
What is a Process? / 5.1.1：
Process Networks / 5.1.2：
Test Process Landscape / 5.1.3：
Core Testing Processes / 5.2：
Overview / 5.2.1：
Test Strategy Elaboration / 5.2.2：
Test Planning / 5.2.3：
Test Objectives Definition / 5.2.4：
Test Design Techniques / 5.2.5：
Test Artifacts Management / 5.2.6：
TC Design / 5.2.7：
TC Review / 5.2.8：
TC Implementation / 5.2.9：
TC Archiving / 5.2.10：
Test Set Build / 5.2.11：
Test Runs / 5.2.12：
Test Results Analysis / 5.2.13：
Incident and Problem Management (IPM) / 5.2.14：
Incident Tracking and Channeling (ITC) / 5.2.15：
Compliance Testing Process (CTP) / 5.2.16：
Distributed Testing / 5.2.17：
Test Support Processes / 5.3：
Document Management / 5.3.1：
Information Channeling / 5.3.2：
Training/Skills Improvement / 5.3.3：
Software Testing Certification / 5.3.4：
Test Neighbor Processes / 5.4：
Specifications Review / 5.4.1：
Software Package Build / 5.4.2：
Software Build Manager Role / 5.4.3：
Software Package Installation / 5.4.4：
Release Management / 5.4.5：
Test Data Management / 5.4.6：
Risk Management / 5.4.7：
Test Platforms and Tools / 6：
The Integrated Test Platform / 6.1：
Benefits of an ITP / 6.1.1：
Test Platform Management / 6.1.2：
TD for QC / 6.2：
TD Staffing / 6.2.1：
TD Administration / 6.2.2：
TD Modules / 6.2.3：
Requirements Module / 6.2.4：
TestPlan Module / 6.2.5：
TestLab Module / 6.2.6：
Defect Module / 6.2.7：
Analysis Function / 6.2.8：
Export Function / 6.2.9：
Traceability Function / 6.2.10：
Email and Workflow / 6.2.11：
Document Generator / 6.2.12：
Other Functions / 6.2.13：
Dashboard / 6.2.14：
The Leading Commercial SA Tools / 6.3：
The Leading Commercial Testing Tools / 6.4：
The Analysis of Defect Root Causes / 7：
The Methodological Approach / 7.1：
Defect Classification Schemes / 7.1.1：
Orthogonal Default Classification (ODC) / 7.1.2：
Situational Analysis / 7.1.3：
Ishikawa Diagram / 7.1.4：
Limitations of Cause and Effect Models / 7.1.5：
Causal Chains Explained / 7.2：
Identifying Problem Sources / 7.2.1：
Test Perimeter / 7.2.2：
Causal Chain Examples / 7.2.3：
Data-Dependent Testing / 7.3：
Database Testing / 7.3.1：
SQL Tuning Sets (STSs) / 7.3.2：
Bi-temporality Issues / 7.3.3：
Data State / 7.3.4：
Frequent Causes of Problems / 7.3.6：
Deadlock / 7.4.1：
Fixes / 7.4.2：
Interfaces / 7.4.3：
Memory Leaks / 7.4.4：
Metadata / 7.4.5：
Network-Centric Applications / 7.4.6：
Network problems / 7.4.7：
SW Package Build / 7.4.8：
Wrong Parameters / 7.4.9：
Software Aging / 7.5：
Causes of Software Decay / 7.5.1：
Symptoms of Code Decay / 7.5.2：
Risk factors Related to Software Aging / 7.5.3：
The Cost of Software Aging / 7.5.4：
An Analysis Tool for Aging Software / 7.5.5：
The Investigation of a Technical Problem / 7.6：
Technical Processes (TPs) / 7.6.1：
Measuring Test Efforts / 8：
Overall Project Progress Measurement / 8.1：
EVA's Power / 8.1.1：
EVA's Benefits / 8.1.2：
Test Progress Reporting (TPR) / 8.2：
Technical Measurement / 8.2.1：
Test Monitoring / 8.2.2：
Implementing TPR / 8.2.3：
Test Quality Measurement / 8.2.4：
Test Progress Measurement / 8.2.5：
Test Progress Horizon / 8.2.6：
Test Progress Prediction / 8.2.7：
Test Progress Reporting with TD/QC / 8.2.8：
Central Reporting with TD/QC / 8.2.9：
Test Issues / 9：
Risk Management in the Enterprise IT Project / 9.1：
The Scope of IT Risk Management / 9.1.2：
Risk-Based Testing / 9.1.3：
Limitations on Risk Management / 9.1.4：
Risks Related to Compliance / 9.1.5：
Implementing Sarbanes-Oxley in TestDirector / 9.1.6：
The Impact of International Regulations on IT / 9.1.7：
Recommended Lectures / 9.1.8：
IPC Management / 9.2：
Detecting Danger Areas in the Project / 9.2.1：
Crisis Management / 9.2.2：
Conclusion
Appendices
Useful Aids / A：
Templates / A.1：
Data Profile / A.1.1：
Project Status / A.1.2：
Release Flash / A.1.3：
Top-Down Process Modelling / A.1.4：
Software Test Documentation (IEEE Standard) / A.1.5：
Checklists / A.2：
Cause-Effect Checklist / A.2.1：
Code Review Checklist / A.2.2：
Functionality Checklist / A.2.3：
How to Create Component Test Cases / A.2.4：
Investigation of a Technical Problem / A.2.5：
ODC Triggers Usage / A.2.6：
Process Design Parameters / A.2.7：
Requirements Definition / A.2.8：
Test Case Conformity Checklist / A.2.9：
Test Case Review Checklist / A.2.10：
Test Findings / A.2.11：
Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance / B：
Test Platforms and Tool Providers / C：
Acronyms / D：
Glossary
Bibliography
Links
Index
Acknowledgements
Copyrights and Trademarks
The Project / 1：
Purpose and Contents of This Book / 1.1：
The Signs / 1.1.1：
97.
図書
Jean-Pierre Colinge, editor
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Table of Content
Contributors
The SOI MOSFET: from Single Gate to Multigate / 1：
MOSFET scaling and Moore's law / 1.1：
Short-Channel Effects / 1.2：
Gate Geometry and Electrostatic Integrity / 1.3：
A Brief History of Multiple-Gate MOSFETs / 1.4：
Single-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.1：
Double-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.2：
Triple-gate SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.3：
Surrounding-gate (quadruple-gate) SOI MOSFETs / 1.4.4：
Other multigate MOSFET structures / 1.4.5：
Multigate MOSFET memory devices / 1.4.6：
Multigate MOSFET Physics / 1.5：
Classical physics / 1.5.1：
Natural length and short-channel effects / 1.5.1.1：
Current drive / 1.5.1.2：
Corner effect / 1.5.1.3：
Quantum effects / 1.5.2：
Volume inversion / 1.5.2.1：
Mobility effects / 1.5.2.2：
Threshold voltage / 1.5.2.3：
Inter-subband scattering / 1.5.2.4：
References
Multigate MOSFET Technology / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
Active Area: Fins / 2.2：
Fin Width / 2.2.1：
Fin Height and Fin Pitch / 2.2.2：
Fin Surface Crystal Orientation / 2.2.3：
Fin Surface Preparation / 2.2.4：
Fins on Bulk Silicon / 2.2.5：
Nano-wires and Self-Assembled Wires / 2.2.6：
Gate Stack / 2.3：
Gate Patterning / 2.3.1：
Threshold Voltage and Gate Workfunction Requirements / 2.3.2：
Polysilicon Gate / 2.3.2.1：
Metal Gate / 2.3.2.2：
Tunable Workfunction Metal Gate / 2.3.2.3：
Gate EWF and Gate Induced Drain Leakage (GIDL) / 2.3.3：
Independently Controlled Gates / 2.3.4：
Source/Drain Resistance and Capacitance / 2.4：
Doping the Thin Fins / 2.4.1：
Junction Depth / 2.4.2：
Parasitic Resistance/Capacitance and Raised Source and Drain Structure / 2.4.3：
Mobility and Strain Engineering / 2.5：
Wafer Bending Experiment / 2.5.1：
Nitride Stress Liners / 2.5.3：
Embedded SiGe and SiC Source and Drain / 2.5.4：
Local Strain from Gate Electrode / 2.5.5：
Substrate Strain: Strained Silicon on Insulator / 2.5.6：
Contacts to the Fins / 2.6：
Dumbbell source and drain contact / 2.6.1：
Saddle contact / 2.6.2：
Contact to merged fins / 2.6.3：
Acknowledgments
BSIM-CMG: A Compact Model for Multi-Gate Transistors / 3：
Framework for Multigate FET Modeling / 3.1：
Multigate Models: BSIM-CMG and BSIM-IMG / 3.3：
The BSIM-CMG Model / 3.3.1：
The BSIM-IMG Model / 3.3.2：
BSIM-CMG / 3.4：
Core Model / 3.4.1：
Surface Potential Model / 3.4.1.1：
I-V Model / 3.4.1.2：
C-V Model / 3.4.1.3：
Modeling Physical Effects of Real Devices / 3.4.2：
Quantum Mechanical Effects (QME) / 3.4.2.1：
Short-channel Effects (SCE) / 3.4.2.2：
Experimental Verification / 3.4.3：
Surface Potential of independent DG-FET / 3.5：
BSIM-IMG features / 3.5.2：
Summary / 3.6：
Physics of the Multigate MOS System / 4：
Device electrostatics / 4.1：
Double gate MOS system / 4.2：
Modeling assumptions / 4.2.1：
Gate voltage effect / 4.2.2：
Semiconductor thickness effect / 4.2.3：
Asymmetry effects / 4.2.4：
Oxide thickness effect / 4.2.5：
Electron tunnel current / 4.2.6：
Two-dimensional confinement / 4.3：
Mobility in Multigate MOSFETs / 5：
Double-Gate MOSFETs and FinFETs / 5.1：
Phonon-limited mobility / 5.2.1：
Confinement of acoustic phonons / 5.2.2：
Interface roughness scattering / 5.2.3：
Coulomb scattering / 5.2.4：
Temperature Dependence of Mobility / 5.2.5：
Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Operation of DGSOI FETs / 5.2.6：
Crystallographic orientation / 5.2.7：
High-k dielectrics / 5.2.8：
Strained DGSOI devices / 5.2.9：
Silicon multiple-gate nanowires / 5.2.10：
Electrostatic description of Si nanowires / 5.3.1：
Electron transport in Si nanowires / 5.3.3：
Surface roughness / 5.3.4：
Experimental results and conclusions / 5.3.5：
Radiation Effects in Advanced Single- and Multi-Gate SOI MOSFETs / 6：
A brief history of radiation effects in SOI / 6.1：
Total Ionizing Dose Effects / 6.2：
A brief overview of Total Ionizing Dose effects / 6.2.1：
Advanced Single-Gate FDSOI devices / 6.2.2：
Description of Advanced FDSOI Devices / 6.2.2.1：
Front-gate threshold voltage shift / 6.2.2.2：
Single-transistor latch / 6.2.2.3：
Advanced Multi-Gate devices / 6.2.3：
Devices and process description / 6.2.3.1：
Single-Event Effects / 6.2.3.2：
Background / 6.3.1：
Effect of ion track diameter in nanoscale devices / 6.3.2：
Transient measurements on single-gate and FinFET SOI transistors / 6.3.3：
Scaling effects / 6.3.4：
Multi-Gate MOSFET Circuit Design / 7：
Digital Circuit Design / 7.1：
Impact of device performance on digital circuit design / 7.2.1：
Large-scale digital circuits / 7.2.2：
Leakage-performance trade off and energy dissipation / 7.2.3：
Multi-V[subscript T] devices and mixed-V[subscript T] circuits / 7.2.4：
High-temperature circuit operation / 7.2.5：
SRAM design / 7.2.6：
Analog Circuit Design / 7.3：
Device figures of merit and technology related design issues / 7.3.1：
Transconductance / 7.3.1.1：
Intrinsic transistor gain / 7.3.1.2：
Matching behavior / 7.3.1.3：
Flicker noise / 7.3.1.4：
Transit and maximum oscillation frequency / 7.3.1.5：
Self-heating / 7.3.1.6：
Charge trapping in high-k dielectrics / 7.3.1.7：
Design of analog building blocks / 7.3.2：
V-[subscript T]-based current reference circuit / 7.3.2.1：
Bandgap voltage reference / 7.3.2.2：
Operational amplifier / 7.3.2.3：
Comparator / 7.3.2.4：
Mixed-signal aspects / 7.3.3：
Current steering DAC / 7.3.3.1：
Successive approximation ADC / 7.3.3.2：
RF circuit design / 7.3.4：
SoC Design and Technology Aspects / 7.4：
Index
Preface
Table of Content
Contributors
98.
ＥＢ
Gerd Keiser
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Access Technologies / Chapter 1：
General Network Concepts / 1.1：
Network Architecture Concepts / 1.1.1：
Types of Networks / 1.1.2：
Network Terminology / 1.1.3：
First-Mile Concept / 1.1.4：
Network Market Opportunities / 1.1.5：
Terminology for Premises / 1.1.6：
Comparison of Access Technologies / 1.2：
Hybrid Fiber-Coax / 1.2.1：
Digital Subscriber Line / 1.2.2：
WiMAX / 1.2.3：
Passive Optical Networks / 1.3：
Basic PON Architectures / 1.3.1：
What Is FTTx? / 1.3.2：
Point-to-Point Links / 1.4：
Summary / 1.5：
Further Reading
Optical Communications Essentials / Chapter 2：
Definitions of Units and Terms / 2.1：
Metric Prefixes / 2.1.1：
Electromagnetic Spectral Bands / 2.1.2：
Optical Spectral Band / 2.1.3：
Digital Multiplexing Hierarchy / 2.1.4：
Decibel Units / 2.1.5：
Refractive / 2.1.6：
Index
Elements of an Optical Link / 2.2：
Optical Fibers / 2.3：
Fiber Structures / 2.3.1：
Rays and Modes / 2.3.2：
Optical Fiber Attenuation / 2.4：
Fiber Information Capacity / 2.5：
Modal Dispersion / 2.5.1：
Chromatic Dispersion / 2.5.2：
Polarization Mode Dispersion / 2.5.3：
Nonlinear Effects in Fibers / 2.6：
Stimulated Brillouin Scattering / 2.6.1：
Stimulated Raman Scattering / 2.6.2：
Optical Fiber Standards / 2.7：
Problems / 2.8：
Wavelength-Division Multiplexing / Chapter 3：
Operational Principles of WDM / 3.1：
WDM Operating Regions / 3.1.1：
Generic WDM Link / 3.1.2：
Standard WDM Spectral Grids / 3.2：
Dense WDM / 3.2.1：
Coarse WDM / 3.2.2：
PON Spectral Regions / 3.2.3：
Optical Couplers / 3.3：
Basic 22 Coupler / 3.3.1：
Coupler Performance / 3.3.2：
Tap Coupler / 3.3.3：
Bidirectional WDM Links / 3.4：
PON Transceivers / 3.5：
Optical Sources for PONs / 4.1：
Source Characteristics / 4.1.1：
DFB and FP Lasers / 4.1.2：
Modulation Speed / 4.1.3：
Optical Transmitter Packages / 4.1.4：
Optical Receivers / 4.2：
Photodetector Types / 4.2.1：
Quantum Efficiency / 4.2.2：
Responsivity / 4.2.3：
Speed of Detector Response / 4.2.4：
Receiver Bandwidth / 4.2.5：
Photodetector Noise / 4.2.6：
Receiver BER and OSNR / 4.3：
Burst-Mode Receiver Concept / 4.4：
Burst-Mode ONT Transmission / 4.5：
PON Transceiver Packages / 4.6：
Passive Optical Components / 4.7：
WDM Couplers for PONs / 5.1：
Thin-Film Filters / 5.1.1：
Transmission Diffraction Gratings / 5.1.2：
Optical Power Splitter / 5.2：
Splitting Loss / 5.2.1：
Optical Splitter Structure / 5.2.2：
Optical Cables for PONs / 5.3：
Cable Structures / 5.3.1：
Fiber and Jacket Color Coding / 5.3.2：
Fiber Interconnections / 5.4：
Optical Connectors / 5.4.1：
Connector Losses / 5.4.2：
Optical Splices / 5.4.3：
Fundamental PON Architecture / 5.5：
Active PON Modules / 6.2：
Optical Line Terminal / 6.2.1：
Optical Network Terminal / 6.2.2：
Optical Network Unit / 6.2.3：
Traffic Flows / 6.3：
Passive Component Applications / 6.4：
Optical Power Splitters / 6.4.1：
Splitter Enclosures / 6.4.3：
Wavelength Couplers / 6.4.4：
PON Alternatives / 6.5：
BPON Basics / 6.5.1：
EPON and EFM / 6.5.2：
GPON Basics / 6.5.3：
Optics Path Attenuation Ranges / 6.6：
Standards Development / 6.7：
Preface
Access Technologies / Chapter 1：
General Network Concepts / 1.1：
99.
図書
Saeid Sanei and Jonathon Chambers
出版情報:
Chichester : John Wiley & Sons, c2007 xxii, 289 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Abbreviations
List of Symbols
Introduction to EEG / 1：
History / 1.1：
Neural Activities / 1.2：
Action Potentials / 1.3：
EEG Generation / 1.4：
Brain Rhythms / 1.5：
EEG Recording and Measurement / 1.6：
Conventional Electrode Positioning / 1.6.1：
Conditioning the Signals / 1.6.2：
Abnormal EEG Patterns / 1.7：
Ageing / 1.8：
Mental Disorders / 1.9：
Dementia / 1.9.1：
Epileptic Seizure and Nonepileptic Attacks / 1.9.2：
Psychiatric Disorders / 1.9.3：
External Effects / 1.9.4：
Summary and Conclusions / 1.10：
References
Fundamentals of EEG Signal Processing / 2：
EEG Signal Modelling / 2.1：
Linear Models / 2.1.1：
Nonlinear Modelling / 2.1.2：
Generating EEG Signals Based on Modelling the Neuronal Activities / 2.1.3：
Nonlinearity of the Medium / 2.2：
Nonstationarity / 2.3：
Signal Segmentation / 2.4：
Signal Transforms and Joint Time-Frequency Analysis / 2.5：
Wavelet Transform / 2.5.1：
Ambiguity Function and the Wigner-Ville Distribution / 2.5.2：
Coherency, Multivariate Autoregressive (MVAR) Modelling, and Directed Transfer Function (DTF) / 2.6：
Chaos and Dynamical Analysis / 2.7：
Entropy / 2.7.1：
Kolmogorov Entropy / 2.7.2：
Lyapunov Exponents / 2.7.3：
Plotting the Attractor Dimensions from the Time Series / 2.7.4：
Estimation of Lyapunov Exponents from the Time Series / 2.7.5：
Approximate Entropy / 2.7.6：
Using the Prediction Order / 2.7.7：
Filtering and Denoising / 2.8：
Principal Component Analysis / 2.9：
Singular-Value Decomposition / 2.9.1：
Independent Component Analysis / 2.10：
Instantaneous BSS / 2.10.1：
Convolutive BSS / 2.10.2：
Sparse Component Analysis / 2.10.3：
Nonlinear BSS / 2.10.4：
Constrained BSS / 2.10.5：
Application of Constrained BSS: Example / 2.11：
Signal Parameter Estimation / 2.12：
Classification Algorithms / 2.13：
Support Vector Machines / 2.13.1：
The k-Means Algorithm / 2.13.2：
Matching Pursuits / 2.14：
Event-Related Potentials / 2.15：
Detection, Separation, Localization, and Classification of P300 Signals / 3.1：
Using ICA / 3.1.1：
Estimating Single Brain Potential Components by Modelling ERP Waveforms / 3.1.2：
Source Tracking / 3.1.3：
Localization of the ERP / 3.1.4：
Time-Frequency Domain Analysis / 3.1.5：
Adaptive Filtering Approach / 3.1.6：
Prony's Approach for Detection of P300 Signals / 3.1.7：
Adaptive Time-Frequency Methods / 3.1.8：
Brain Activity Assessment Using ERP / 3.2：
Application of P300 to BCI / 3.3：
Seizure Signal Analysis / 3.4：
Seizure Detection / 4.1：
Adult Seizure Detection / 4.1.1：
Detection of Neonate Seizure / 4.1.2：
Chaotic Behaviour of EEG Sources / 4.2：
Predictability of Seizure from the EEGs / 4.3：
Fusion of EEG-fMRI Data for Seizure Prediction / 4.4：
EEG Source Localization / 4.5：
Introduction / 5.1：
General Approaches to Source Localization / 5.1.1：
Dipole Assumption / 5.1.2：
Overview of the Traditional Approaches / 5.2：
ICA Method / 5.2.1：
MUSIC Algorithm / 5.2.2：
LORETA Algorithm / 5.2.3：
FOCUSS Algorithm / 5.2.4：
Standardized LORETA / 5.2.5：
Other Weighted Minimum Norm Solutions / 5.2.6：
Evaluation Indices / 5.2.7：
Joint ICA-LORETA Approach / 5.2.8：
Partially Constrained BSS Method / 5.2.9：
Determination of the Number of Sources / 5.3：
Sleep EEG / 5.4：
Stages of Sleep / 6.1：
NREM Sleep / 6.1.1：
REM Sleep / 6.1.2：
The Influence of Circadian Rhythms / 6.2：
Sleep Deprivation / 6.3：
Preface
List of Abbreviations
List of Symbols
100.
図書
John F. Watts, John Wolstenholme
出版情報:
Chichester : Wiley, c2003 x, 212 p. ; 23 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Electron Spectroscopy: Some Basic Concepts / 1：
Electron Spectrometer Design
The Electron Spectrum: Qualitative and Quantitative Interpretation
Compositional Depth Profiling / 1.1：
Applications of Electron Spectroscopy in Materials Science
Analysis of Surfaces
Comparison of XPS and AES with Other Analytical Techniques
Glossary / 1.2：
Bibliography
Notation
Auger Electron Energies / Appendix 1：
Spectroscopists' notation / Appendix 2：
Table of Binding Energies Accessible with AIK& Radiation
Index / 1.2.2：
X-ray notation
X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) / 1.3：
Auger Electron Spectroscopy (AES) / 1.4：
Scanning Auger Microscopy (SAM) / 1.5：
The Depth of Analysis in Electron Spectroscopy / 1.6：
Comparison of XPS and AES/SAM / 1.7：
The Availability of Surface Analytical Equipment / 1.8：
The Vacuum System / 2：
The Sample / 2.2：
X-ray Sources for XPS / 2.3：
The twin anode X-ray source / 2.3.1：
X-ray monochromators / 2.3.2：
Charge compensation / 2.3.3：
The Electron Gun for AES / 2.4：
Electron sources / 2.4.1：
Analysers for Electron Spectroscopy / 2.5：
The cylindrical mirror analyser / 2.5.1：
The hemispherical sector analyser / 2.5.2：
Detectors / 2.6：
Channel electron multipliers / 2.6.1：
Channel plates / 2.6.2：
Small Area XPS / 2.7：
Lens-defined small area XPS / 2.7.1：
Source-defined small area analysis / 2.7.2：
XPS Imaging and Mapping / 2.8：
Serial acquisition / 2.8.1：
Parallel acquisition / 2.8.2：
Lateral Resolution in Small Area XPS / 2.9：
Angle Resolved XPS / 2.10：
Qualitative Analysis / 3：
Unwanted features in electron spectra / 3.1.1：
Data acquisition / 3.1.2：
Chemical State Information / 3.2：
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy / 3.2.1：
Electron induced Auger electron spectroscopy / 3.2.2：
The Auger parameter / 3.2.3：
Chemical state plots / 3.2.4：
Shake-up satellites / 3.2.5：
Multiplet splitting / 3.2.6：
Plasmons / 3.2.7：
Quantitative Analysis / 3.3：
Factors affecting the quantification of electron spectra / 3.3.1：
Quantification in XPS / 3.3.2：
Quantification in AES / 3.3.3：
Compositional Depth Profilin / 4：
Non-destructive Depth Profiling Methods / 4.1：
Angle resolved electron spectroscopy / 4.1.1：
Elastic scattering / 4.1.1.1：
Compositional depth profiles by ARXPS / 4.1.1.2：
Recent advances in ARXPS / 4.1.1.3：
Variation of analysis depth with electron kinetic energy / 4.1.2：
Depth Profiling by Erosion with Noble Gas Ions / 4.2：
The sputtering process / 4.2.1：
Experimental method / 4.2.2：
Sputter yield and etch rate / 4.2.3：
Factors affecting the etch rate / 4.2.4：
Factors affecting the depth resolution / 4.2.5：
Calibration / 4.2.6：
Ion gun design / 4.2.7：
Mechanical Sectioning / 4.3：
Angle lapping / 4.3.1：
Ball cratering / 4.3.2：
Conclusions / 4.4：
Introduction / 5：
Metallurgy / 5.2：
Grain-boundary segregation / 5.2.1：
Electronic structure of metallic alloys / 5.2.2：
Surface engineering / 5.2.3：
Corrosion Science / 5.3：
Ceramics and Catalysis / 5.4：
Microelectronics and Semiconductor Materials / 5.5：
Mapping semiconductor devices using AES / 5.5.1：
Depth profiling of semiconductor materials / 5.5.2：
Ultra-thin layers studied by ARXPS / 5.5.3：
Polymeric Materials / 5.6：
Adhesion Science / 5.7：
X-ray Analysis in the Electron Microscope / 6：
Electron Analysis in the Electron Microscope / 6.2：
Mass Spectrometry for Surface Analysis / 6.3：
Ion Scattering / 6.4：
Concluding Remarks / 6.5：
Appendices
Table of Binding Energies Accessible with AlKalpha Radiation
Preface
Acknowledgements
Electron Spectroscopy: Some Basic Concepts / 1：
ＥＢ
図書
